ML080720562: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 19: Line 19:
=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:....
{{#Wiki_filter:....
ll"<i"j!"", ,,/"--:V/' , ,,',"1"" ' !' ' ' ' tF" ;'j~ ,o , " " , : "" " 'I~H'mJ~llli: ~1l'~1\7:1$'             ,j;,       ' "     "   "   /'   "",,~,,,;,     ',",     ,'"     " , ,,'
ll"<i"j!"", ,,/"--:V/' ,
ii~0',:;+<:/:>;;y;,t/~,J;mi:~',;~;:I;~;llL~,,~~~,~~~',~',~JffiU~s, . . '. ,;'                                     ',if;::,.;' ',' "<? ";;;,;' , i":   'r',;/:' : >;:;': ":'; ~; ;'<'
,,',"1"" ''!'''''''' tF"
,*""""';Zi"",,,     ""~ }f;~d\,,;IWIit"ilJlf~i~,II}f!~BI~5),~~,~N[:~tilllIYl~~~J~~'; ,", :", '/                                                                 ,,7,   ',>,         ',"
;'j~,o
                                                                                                                    'I
,
                                                                                                                        :,:
"
                                                                                                      .,
"
                                                                                                          ,',"
, : ""
                                                                                                !       ,:'
"
                                                                                                  ".' :/: ;'
'I~H'mJ~llli:
                                                                                                          .:
~1l'~1\\7:1$'
                                                                                                        ~.:,
,j;,
                                                                                                                                      "
'
                                                                                                                                                                              / /'""  /"  /
"
                                                                                                                                                                                          '"~ /
"
                                                                                                                                                                                    ,,/"//,
"
                                                                                        ".:' ;'
/'
"",,~,,,;,
',",
,'"
"
, ,,'
ii~0',:;+<:/:>;;y;,t/~,J;mi:~',;~;:I;~;llL~,,~~~,~~~',~',~JffiU~s, .... '.',;'
',if;::,.;' ',' "<? ";;;,;' , i": 'r',;/:' ::>;:;'::":';;~;;;'<'
,*""""';Zi"",,,
""~ }f;~d\\,,;IWIit"ilJlf~i~,II}f!~BI~5),~~,~N[:~tilllIYl~~~J~~'; ,", :", '/
,,7, ',>,
',"
'I
'"
/
/'"" /"
/
~
/
,,/"//,
"
:,:
,',"
~.:,
;'
!
,:'
".' :/:.: ;'
.,
".:'


r
rC
C
C
C
~
~r
r
a:
a:
:...
:...


r
rCc:
C
~r
c:
~
r
rr
rr


                                                                                    JPM #74-2AP
                                                                                    Page 1 of 11
                                                                                    Rev. 8
                SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
                JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
                              In-Plant JPMB.1.i
                                JPM # 74-2AP
              Operate the TO AFW Pump Locally
PREPAREDI
PREPAREDI
REVISED BY:                                                             Date/
REVISED BY:
VALIDATED BY: *                                                         Date/
JPM #74-2AP
APPROVED BY:                                                           Date/
Page 1 of 11
                              (Operations Training Manager)
Rev. 8
CONCURRED:   **                                                         Date/
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
                              (Operations Representative)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
              * Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that
In-Plant JPMB.1.i
              do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect the flow of
JPM # 74-2AP
              the JPM.
Operate the TO AFW Pump Locally
              ** Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the
Date/
              flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).
VALIDATED BY:
*
APPROVED BY:
(Operations Training Manager)
Date/
Date/
CONCURRED:
**
(Operations Representative)
Date/
* Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that
do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect the flow of
the JPM.
** Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the
flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).


                                                                                        JPM #74-2AP
JPM #74-2AP
                                                                                        Page 2 of 11
Page 2 of 11
                                                                                        Rev. 8
Rev. 8
                                                NUCLEAR TRAINING
NUCLEAR TRAINING
                                              REVISION/USAGE LOG
REVISION/USAGE LOG
REVISION                   DESCRIPTION OF                   V       DATE   PAGES   PREPARED/
REVISION
NUMBER                         REVISION                                   AFFECTED REVISED BY:
DESCRIPTION OF
    3         Transfer from WP. Minor enhancements.         N     8/24/94   All       HJ Birch
V
    4         SO-3-2 Rev change. Added step to             N       2/1/95   4,6       HJ Birch
DATE
              ensure PCV-3-183 controlling. Minor
PAGES
              enhancements.
PREPARED/
    5         Major chg: Chgd initial conditions to allow   Y     1/10/97   All       HJ Birch
NUMBER
              use of EA-3-7 instead of SO and made                   to
REVISION
              JPM an AP.                                           5/27/97
AFFECTED
  pen/ink       EA-3-7 revision update only                 N     12/22/00     4   W. R. Ramsey
REVISED BY:
  pen/ink     Step 1 changed section 4.2 to 4.1.           N     12/4/01     5       L. Pauley
3
              Updated KlAs to latest rev.
Transfer from WP. Minor enhancements.
    6         Incorporated pen/ink chanqes; revised per   N     8/20/02   All   JP Kearney
N
              recent change to EA-3-7; no impact on
8/24/94
              JPM flow
All
    7         Minor editorial enhancements, validation     N     10/19/06   All   J. E. Stinson
HJ Birch
              time revision.
4
    8         Incorporate EA-3-7 Rev 5 changes and         Y                 All
SO-3-2 Rev change. Added step to
              minor wording changes
N
v - Specify if the JPM change will require another Validation (Y or N).
2/1/95
    See cover sheet for criteria.
4,6
HJ Birch
ensure PCV-3-183 controlling. Minor
enhancements.
5
Major chg: Chgd initial conditions to allow
Y
1/10/97
All
HJ Birch
use of EA-3-7 instead of SO and made
to
JPM an AP.
5/27/97
pen/ink
EA-3-7 revision update only
N
12/22/00
4
W. R. Ramsey
pen/ink
Step 1 changed section 4.2 to 4.1.
N
12/4/01
5
L. Pauley
Updated KlAs to latest rev.
6
Incorporated pen/ink chanqes; revised per
N
8/20/02
All
JP Kearney
recent change to EA-3-7; no impact on
JPM flow
7
Minor editorial enhancements, validation
N
10/19/06
All
J. E. Stinson
time revision.
8
Incorporate EA-3-7 Rev 5 changes and
Y
All
minor wording changes
v - Specify if the JPM change will require another Validation (Y or N).
See cover sheet for criteria.


                                                                                            JPM #74-2AP
JPM #74-2AP
                                                                                            Page 3 of 11
Page 3 of 11
                                                                                            Rev. 8
Rev. 8
                                    SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
                                              AUO/RO/SRO
AUO/RO/SRO
                                    JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
Task:
Task:
      Operate the TDAFW Pump Locally
Operate the TDAFW Pump Locally
JAITA TASK #:           0610060104       (AUO)           0000050504       (AUO)
JAITA TASK #:
0610060104
(AUO)
0000050504
(AUO)
KIA Ratings:
KIA Ratings:
      2.1.20           4.3/4.2)         061A2.03        (3.1/3.4)       061A2.07 (3.4/3.5)
2.1.20
      061A3.01        (4.1/4.2)         061K6.02        (2.6/2.7)
061A3.01
4.3/4.2)
(4.1/4.2)
061A2.03
061K6.02
(3.1/3.4)
(2.6/2.7)
061A2.07
(3.4/3.5)
Task Standard:
Task Standard:
      Locally start and control the Unit 1 TDAFW Pump.
Locally start and control the Unit 1 TDAFW Pump.
Evaluation Method:      Simulator - - -                        x
x
                                                In-Plant _.......;;.....;~
In-Plant _.......;;.....;~
Evaluation Method:
Simulator---
====================================-===============================================
====================================-===============================================
Performer:
Performer:
                                  NAME                                             Start Time       _
NAME
Performance Rating: SAT               UNSAT           Performance Time             Finish Time         _
Start Time
_
Performance Rating:
SAT
UNSAT
Performance Time
Finish Time
_
Evaluator:
Evaluator:
                                  SIGNATURE                     DATE
SIGNATURE
DATE
===================================================================================
===================================================================================
                                                  COMMENTS
COMMENTS


                                                                                                        JPM #74-2AP
JPM #74-2AP
                                                                                                        Page 4 of 11
Page 4 of 11
                                                                                                        Rev. 8
Rev. 8
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:
1. Sequenced steps identified by an "s"
1.
2. Any UNSAT requires comments
Sequenced steps identified by an "s"
3. Insure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;
2.
    a. Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.
Any UNSAT requires comments
    b. Reviews the intended action and expected response.
3.
    c. Compares the actual response to the expected response.
Insure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;
Validation Time: CR                                   Local  17 minutes
a. Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.
b. Reviews the intended action and expected response.
c. Compares the actual response to the expected response.
Validation Time: CR
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
        EA-3-7
EA-3-7
References:
References:
                      Reference                                           Title                           Rev No.
Local
A.     EA-3-7                                     Local Operation of TD AFW Pump                               5
17 minutes
Reference
Title
Rev No.
A.
EA-3-7
Local Operation of TD AFW Pump
5
=======================================================-======================
=======================================================-======================
                                              READ TO OPERATOR
READ TO OPERATOR
Directions to Trainee:
Directions to Trainee:
        I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated
        for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you
for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you
        complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
        Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
        completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL .CONDITIONS:
INITIAL .CONDITIONS:
          1.       Unit 1 experienced a total loss of all AC approximately 10 minutes ago.
1.
          2.       The crew is in the process of implementing ECA-O.O
Unit 1 experienced a total loss of all AC approximately 10 minutes ago.
INITIATING CUES:
2.
          1.       During the step that verifies TOAFW pump operation the crew observed no AFW flow.
The crew is in the process of implementing ECA-O.O
                  FCV-1-51 has no lights and appears to have lost power.
INITIATING CUES:
          2.       The OATC/eRO has directed you, the Unit 1 Aux. Bldg. AUO to locally operate the Unit 1
1.
                  TO AFW pump using EA~3-7, Section 4.1.
During the step that verifies TOAFW pump operation the crew observed no AFW flow.
          3.       Inform the Unit 1 OATC/CRO when you have completed EA-3-7 Section 4.1 and TO AFW
FCV-1-51 has no lights and appears to have lost power.
                    pump is in service.
2.
The OATC/eRO has directed you, the Unit 1 Aux. Bldg. AUO to locally operate the Unit 1
TO AFW pump using EA~3-7, Section 4.1.
3.
Inform the Unit 1 OATC/CRO when you have completed EA-3-7 Section 4.1 and TO AFW
pump is in service.


                                                                                      JPM #74-2AP
STEP 1.:
                                                                                      Page 5 of 11
Operator obtains a copy of EA-3-7 and begins performance of
                                                                                      Rev. 8
section 4.1.
STEP 1.:     Operator obtains a copy of EA-3-7 and begins performance of                   SAT
JPM #74-2AP
            section 4.1.
Page 5 of 11
                                                                                          UNSAT
Rev. 8
    Cue:     As operator addresses Obtaining lighting, radios, gloves,
SAT
            and keys: inform them that they have those items.
UNSAT
  STANDARD: Operator obtains a copy of EA-3.;.7 and determines that Section         Start Time_ _
Cue:
            4.1 is the applicable section for use.
As operator addresses Obtaining lighting, radios, gloves,
  COMMENTS:
and keys: inform them that they have those items.
STEP 2.:   1. IDENTIFY applicable unit:                                                   SAT
STANDARD:
              *     Unit 1
Operator obtains a copy of EA-3.;.7 and determines that Section
              *     Unit 2                                                                 UNSAT
4.1 is the applicable section for use.
  STANDARD: Operator identifies Unit 1 as the applicable unit.
COMMENTS:
  COMMENTS:
Start Time__
STEP 3.:   2. OSTAIN the following items:                                                 SAT
STEP 2.:
                *   radio
1. IDENTIFY applicable unit:
                *   gloves                                                                 UNSAT
*
                *     means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop
Unit 1
                    watch)
*
  STANDARD: Operator has or demonstrates how to obtain the listed items-
Unit 2
            radio, gloves and timing device. If in the plant, should already
SAT
              have gloves. May already have other items.
UNSAT
  COMMENTS:
STANDARD:
STEP 4.:   3. OSTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM                           SAT
Operator identifies Unit 1 as the applicable unit.
                office]
COMMENTS:
                  *   Vital Area key                                                       UNSAT
STEP 3.:
                  *   Protected Area key.
2. OSTAIN the following items:
                                                                                    Critical Step
*
  STANDARD: Operator demonstrates how to obtain the listed from box in SM
radio
              office.
*
  COMMENTS:
gloves
*
means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop
watch)
SAT
UNSAT
STANDARD:
Operator has or demonstrates how to obtain the listed items-
radio, gloves and timing device. If in the plant, should already
have gloves. May already have other items.
COMMENTS:
STEP 4.:
3. OSTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM
office]
*
Vital Area key
*
Protected Area key.
SAT
UNSAT
Critical Step
STANDARD:
Operator demonstrates how to obtain the listed from box in SM
office.
COMMENTS:


                                                                                  JPM #74-2AP
STEP 5.:
                                                                                  Page 6 of 11
4. GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.
                                                                                  Rev. 8
[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]
STEP 5.:     4. GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.                               SAT
STANDARD:
                  [AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]
Operator locates Panel L-381
                                                                                      UNSAT
COMMENTS:
  STANDARD: Operator locates Panel L-381
JPM #74-2AP
  COMMENTS:
Page 6 of 11
STEP 6.:     5. IF SCSA is needed,                                                   SAT
Rev. 8
                  THEN
SAT
                  REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.       UNSAT
UNSAT
  STANDARD: Operator determines SCBA is not needed and NAs the step
STEP 6.:
  COMMENTS:
5.
STEP 7.:       6. MONITOR communications available with MCR:                           SAT
IF SCSA is needed,
                    If communication with MCR is lost and CANNOT be restored
THEN
                    OR MCR has lost the ability to monitor TDAFW pump flow             UNSAT
REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.
                    due to loss of vital AC power,
SAT
                    THEN
UNSAT
                    GO TO Section 4.2, Local Control of TDAFW Pump Flow
STANDARD:
                    with Temporary DIP Gage.
Operator determines SCBA is not needed and NAs the step
    Cue:       When control room is contacted state "Communication is
COMMENTS:
                good."
STEP 7.:
  STANDARD: Operator establishes communication with MCR and continues
6. MONITOR communications available with MCR:
                with the procedure.
If communication with MCR is lost and CANNOT be restored
  COMMENTS:
OR MCR has lost the ability to monitor TDAFW pump flow
STEP 8.:     7. IF TD AFW pump is NOT running,                                       SAT
due to loss of vital AC power,
                    THEN
THEN
                    GO TO Step 9.                                                     UNSAT
GO TO Section 4.2, Local Control of TDAFW Pump Flow
    Cue:       If asked, provide info information indicating pump not-
with Temporary DIP Gage.
                running: no sound from pump, shaft not turning, T&T valve
SAT
                stem down, etc.
UNSAT
  STANDARD: Operator determines pump NOT running and goes to step 9
Cue:
                (alternate path).
When control room is contacted state "Communication is
  COMMENTS:
good."
Evaluator Note: Procedure Step 8 is not performed because the IFITHEN
STANDARD:
                condition in procedure step 7 is met and the operator is directed
Operator establishes communication with MCR and continues
                  to step 9 in the rocedure
with the procedure.
COMMENTS:
STEP 8.:
7. IF TD AFW pump is NOT running,
THEN
GO TO Step 9.
SAT
UNSAT
Cue:
If asked, provide info information indicating pump not-
running:
no sound from pump, shaft not turning, T&T valve
stem down, etc.
STANDARD:
Operator determines pump NOT running and goes to step 9
(alternate path).
COMMENTS:
Evaluator Note: Procedure Step 8 is not performed because the IFITHEN
condition in procedure step 7 is met and the operator is directed
to step 9 in the
rocedure


                                                                                          JPM #74-2AP
JPM #74-2AP
                                                                                          Page 7 of 11
Page 7 of 11
                                                                                          Rev. 8
Rev. 8
STEP 9.:     9. IF alternate OC control power supply is AVAILABLE (determined by         -   SAT
STEP 9.:
                  MCR), THEN
9.
                  PERFORM the following:                                                 -   UNSAT
IF alternate OC control power supply is AVAILABLE (determined by
                  a. TRANSFER affected unit to alternate DC control power supply at TO
-
                        AFW PUMP RM OC CONTROL PWR TRANSFER SWITCH:
SAT
                        [Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
MCR), THEN
                        Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]                   Critical Step
PERFORM the following:
                        1) PLACE NORMAL breaker in OFF.
-
                        2) PLACE ALT breaker in ON position.
UNSAT
  Cue:         If asked, state that Vital Battery Board IV is available.
a. TRANSFER affected unit to alternate DC control power supply at TO
    Cue:       When operator makes the transfer, provide information to
AFW PUMP RM OC CONTROL PWR TRANSFER SWITCH:
                indicate* that the Normal breaker is OFF and the AL T breaker
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
                is ON
Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]
  STANDARD: Operator places normal breaker down to OFF and ALT breaker
Critical Step
                up to ON.
1) PLACE NORMAL breaker in OFF.
  COMMENTS:
2) PLACE ALT breaker in ON position.
STEP 10.:         b. ENSURE TD AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]               -   SAT
Cue:
                      LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.
If asked, state that Vital Battery Board IV is available.
                      [Refer to placard on TDAFW pump room wall]                         -   UNSAT
Cue:
    Cue:       When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position,
When operator makes the transfer, provide information to
                state "Trip lever horizontal and trip arm to left"and "the trip
indicate* that the Normal breaker is OFF and the AL T breaker
                hook is engaged with the latch up lever. 11
is ON
  STANDARD: Operator ensures trip and throttle valve is latched.
STANDARD:
  Evaluator Note:       Trip lever should be horizontal and trip arm to the left.
Operator places normal breaker down to OFF and ALT breaker
  COMMENTS:
up to ON.
STEP 11.:         c. NOTIFY MeR to check if TO AFW pump control restored to MCR.         -   SAT
COMMENTS:
    Cue:       After MeR contacted, state, "We* still do not have light                   -   UNSAT
STEP 10.:
                indication on FCV-1-51. We get no response when operating
b. ENSURE TD AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]
                the handswitch."
-
  STANDARD: Operator contacts control room to determine if theyhave control
SAT
                of the TDAFW pump.
LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.
  COMMENTS:
[Refer to placard on TDAFW pump room wall]
-
UNSAT
Cue:
When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position,
state "Trip lever horizontal and trip arm to left"and "the trip
hook is engaged with the latch up lever. 11
STANDARD:
Operator ensures trip and throttle valve is latched.
Evaluator Note:
Trip lever should be horizontal and trip arm to the left.
COMMENTS:
STEP 11.:
c. NOTIFY MeR to check if TO AFW pump control restored to MCR.
-
SAT
Cue:
After MeR contacted, state, "We*still do not have light
-
UNSAT
indication on FCV-1-51. We get no response when operating
the handswitch."
STANDARD:
Operator contacts control room to determine if theyhave control
of the TDAFW pump.
COMMENTS:


                                                                                              JPM #74-2AP
STEP 12.:
                                                                                              Page 8 of 11
d. IF TD AFW pump control restored to MCR,
                                                                                              Rev. 8
THEN
STEP 12.:         d. IF TD AFW pump control restored to MCR,                                     SAT
RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
                      THEN
JPM #74-2AP
                        RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.                                   UNSAT
Page 8 of 11
  STANDARD: Operator NAs this substep because the IFrrHEN conditions are
Rev. 8
                not met, and continues to the next step in the procedure.
SAT
                (alternate path)
UNSAT
COMMENTS:
STANDARD:
Evaluator Note: The next step in JPM is the same action as performed in JPM
Operator NAs this substep because the IFrrHEN conditions are
                  step 10.
not met, and continues to the next step in the procedure.
STEP 13.:     10. ENSURE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51] mechanical                 SAT
(alternate path)
                    overspeed mechanism LATCHED:
COMMENTS:
                    * REFER TO placard on TDAFW pump room wall                                     UNSAT
Evaluator Note:
                    * LATCH [FCV-1-51] and RESET mechanical overspeed
The next step in JPM is the same action as performed in JPM
                        mechanism.
step 10.
    Cue:       When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position,
STEP 13.:
                state, "trip lever horizontal and trip arm to left. "
10. ENSURE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51] mechanical
  STANDARD:     Operator ensures trip and throttle valve is latched or indicates the
overspeed mechanism LATCHED:
                latching was verified previously.
*
  Evaluator Note:           Trip lever should be horizontal and trip arm to the left.
REFER TO placard on TDAFW pump room wall
  COMMENTS:
*
Evaluator Note:            ENSURE operator does not touch valve stem. Have them
LATCH [FCV-1-51] and RESET mechanical overspeed
                            explain what tbey wouk: do.
mechanism.
STEP 14.:     11. ENSURE TD AFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] OPEN:                       SAT
SAT
                      a. REFER TO Appendix A and VERIFY governor valve OPEN by
UNSAT
                          observing two inches of stem exposed.                                     UNSAT
Cue:
                      b. IF less than two inches of stem exposed,
When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position,
                          THEN
state, "trip lever horizontal and trip arm to left. "
                          POSITIO.N stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping linkage bar
STANDARD:
                          above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.
Operator ensures trip and throttle valve is latched or indicates the
                                                                                            Critical Step
latching was verified previously.
    Cue:         When governor valve first checked, state "Approximately 1/2
Evaluator Note:
                  inch of stem is exposed."
COMMENTS:
    Cue:         After operator explains the process for lifting, state "Stem
Evaluator Note:
                  has I:::f 2 inches exposed."
Trip lever should be horizontal and trip arm to the left.
  8TANDARD:     Operator explains how they will grasp the stem and lift upward as
ENSURE operator does not touch valve stem. Have them
                  far as it will go. (alternate path)
explain what tbey wouk: do.
  COMMENTS:
STEP 14.:
11. ENSURE TD AFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] OPEN:
a. REFER TO Appendix A and VERIFY governor valve OPEN by
observing two inches of stem exposed.
b. IF less than two inches of stem exposed,
THEN
POSITIO.N stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping linkage bar
above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.
SAT
UNSAT
Critical Step
Cue:
When governor valve first checked, state "Approximately 1/2
inch of stem is exposed."
Cue:
After operator explains the process for lifting, state "Stem
has I:::f2 inches exposed."
8TANDARD:
Operator explains how they will grasp the stem and lift upward as
far as it will go. (alternate path)
COMMENTS:


                                                                                            JPM #74-2AP
JPM #74-2AP
                                                                                            Page 9 of 11
Page 9 of 11
                                                                                            Rev. 8
Rev. 8
STEP 15.:       12. START TDAFW Pump as follows:                                             -   SAT
STEP 15.:
                    a. DETERMINE highest*pressure of S/G #1 and 4 from MCR OR Panel
12. START TDAFW Pump as follows:
                        L-381. [outside TD AFW pump room].                                 -   UNSAT
-
  Evaluator Note: With the cabinet closed, the pressure gauges cannot be seen. Pictures
SAT
                    of cabinet and gauges can be used to prevent need to open the door.
a. DETERMINE highest*pressure of S/G #1 and 4 from MCR OR Panel
    Cue:       After S*G pressure gauges are checked, indicate reading on
L-381. [outside TD AFW pump room].
                the gauges* to be at approximately 1005 psig on each of the 4
-
                steam generators.
UNSAT
    Cue:       If control room is contacted, state "All 4 steam generators
Evaluator Note: With the cabinet closed, the pressure gauges cannot be seen. Pictures
                pressure is 1005 psig".
of cabinet and gauges can be used to prevent need to open the door.
  STANDARD: Operator checks pressure gauges on Panel L-381 or contacts
Cue:
                main control room to determine SGpressures.
After S*G pressure gauges are checked, indicate reading on
  COMMENTS:
the gauges* to be at approximately 1005 psig on each of the 4
STEP 16.:             b. MONITOR TD AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138] as             -   SAT
steam generators.
                          pump is started. [TD AFW pump room on Panel L-215A]
Cue:
                                                                                              -   UNSAT
If control room is contacted, state "All 4 steam generators
  STANDARD: Operator locates pump.discharge pressure gauge on Panel L-
pressure is 1005 psig".
                215A.
STANDARD:
  COMMENTS:
Operator checks pressure gauges on Panel L-381 or contacts
STEP 17.:             c. ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-S*1], AND SLOWLY OPEN [FCV-               -   SAT
main control room to determine SGpressures.
                          1-S1] trip and throttle valve handwheel to raise TD AFW pump
COMMENTS:
                          discharge pressure approximately 50-100 psig greater than S/G #1   -   UNSAT
STEP 16.:
                          and 4 highest pressure.
b. MONITOR TD AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138] as
    Cue:         When pressure gauge is checked after initial opening of the
-
                  valve, indicate reading on the gauge to be at approximately
SAT
                  800 psig.                                                                 Critical Step
pump is started. [TD AFW pump room on Panel L-215A]
    Cue:         When pressure gauge is checked after making an adjustment
-
                  on the valve, indicate reading on the gauge to be at
UNSAT
                  approximately 1080 psig.
STANDARD:
  STANDARD: Operator simulates manually engaging the handwheel by pushing
Operator locates pump.discharge pressure gauge on Panel L-
                  the de-clutch lever down and rotating thehandwheel counterwise
215A.
                  to open valve. Then determines discharge pressure and realizes
COMMENTS:
                  additional opening of the valve is needed to raise discharge
STEP 17.:
                  pressure.
c. ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-S*1], AND SLOWLY OPEN [FCV-
-
SAT
1-S1] trip and throttle valve handwheel to raise TD AFW pump
discharge pressure approximately 50-100 psig greater than S/G #1
-
UNSAT
and 4 highest pressure.
Cue:
When pressure gauge is checked after initial opening of the
valve, indicate reading on the gauge to be at approximately
800 psig.
Critical Step
Cue:
When pressure gauge is checked after making an adjustment
on the valve, indicate reading on the gauge to be at
approximately 1080 psig.
STANDARD:
Operator simulates manually engaging the handwheel by pushing
the de-clutch lever down and rotating thehandwheel counterwise
to open valve. Then determines discharge pressure and realizes
additional opening of the valve is needed to raise discharge
pressure.


                                                                          JPM #74-2AP
JPM #74-2AP
                                                                          Page 10 of 11
Page 10 of 11
                                                                          Rev. 8
Rev. 8
STEP 18.:     d. ADJUST [FCV-1-51] as directed by MeR.                   -   SAT
STEP 18.:
    Cue:   When MCR contacted state "Leave valve at current position,     -   UNSAT
d.
            we will contact you for any needed adjustments. "
ADJUST [FCV-1-51] as directed by MeR.
  STANDARD: Operator contacts control room for directions on additional
-
            adjustments.
SAT
  COMMENTS:
Cue:
STEP 19.:   13. IF TD AFW pump trips,                                       -   SAT
When MCR contacted state "Leave valve at current position,
                THEN
-
                PERFORM the following:                                     -   UNSAT
UNSAT
                a. ENSURE TD AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]
we will contact you for any needed adjustments."
                    LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.
STANDARD:
                b. REPEAT Step 12.
Operator contacts control room for directions on additional
  STANDARD: No action required, Operator may acknowledge the requirement
adjustments.
            to repeat step 12 if the TO AFW pump trips.
COMMENTS:
  COMMENTS:
STEP 19.:
STEP 20.:   14. RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.                     - SAT
13. IF TD AFW pump trips,
                                                                            -   UNSAT
-
  STANDARD: Operator reports the procedure is complete.
SAT
  COMMENTS:                                                               Stop Time_ _
THEN
                                          END ofJPM
PERFORM the following:
-
UNSAT
a. ENSURE TD AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]
LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.
b. REPEAT Step 12.
STANDARD:
No action required, Operator may acknowledge the requirement
to repeat step 12 if the TO AFW pump trips.
COMMENTS:
STEP 20.:
14. RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
-
SAT
-
UNSAT
STANDARD:
Operator reports the procedure is complete.
COMMENTS:
Stop Time__
END ofJPM


( Jirections to Trainee:
(
        I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps
Jirections to Trainee:
        shall be simulated for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps
        steps to be discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective
shall be simulated for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any
        for this job performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me
steps to be discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective
        when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed
for this job performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me
        your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed
  INITIAL CONDITIONS:
your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
        1.       Unit 1 experienced a total loss of all ACapproximately 10 minutes ago.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
        2.       The crew is in the process of implementing ECA-O.O
1.
  INITIATING CUES:
Unit 1 experienced a total loss of all ACapproximately 10 minutes ago.
          1.     During the step that verifies TD AFW pump operation the crew observed
2.
                  no AFW flow. FCV-1-51 has no lights and appears to have lost power.
The crew is in the process of implementing ECA-O.O
          2.     The GATC/CRG has directed you, the Unit 1 Aux. Bldg. AUO to locally
INITIATING CUES:
                  operate the Unit 1 TD AFW pump using EA-3-7, Section 4.1.
1.
          3.     Inform the Unit 1 OATC/CRG when you have completed EA-3-7 Section
During the step that verifies TD AFW pump operation the crew observed
                  4.1 and TO AFW pump is in service.
no AFW flow. FCV-1-51 has no lights and appears to have lost power.
2.
The GATC/CRG has directed you, the Unit 1 Aux. Bldg. AUO to locally
operate the Unit 1 TD AFW pump using EA-3-7, Section 4.1.
3.
Inform the Unit 1 OATC/CRG when you have completed EA-3-7 Section
4.1 and TO AFW pump is in service.




Line 393: Line 645:




                  TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
                      SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
                          EOI PROGRAM MANUAL
EOI PROGRAM MANUAL
              EMERGENCY ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
EMERGENCY ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
                                      EA-3-7
EA-3-7
                LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
                                    RevisionS
RevisionS
                              QUALITY RELATED
QUALITY RELATED
PREPARED/PROOFREAD BY:           M.S.LEENERTS I D. A.PORTER
PREPARED/PROOFREAD BY:
RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION:                 OPERATIONS
M.S.LEENERTS I D. A.PORTER
APPROVED BY:                       W. T. LEARY
RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION:
                                                EFFECTIVE DATE:   5/31/2007
OPERATIONS
APPROVED BY:
W. T. LEARY
EFFECTIVE DATE:
5/31/2007
REVISION
REVISION
DESCRIPTION: Added Section 4.2 which replaces AOP-T.01 Appendix B.
DESCRIPTION:
            Incorporated various enhancements and corrective actions to improve
Added Section 4.2 which replaces AOP-T.01 Appendix B.
            feasibility of actions (PER 104225).
Incorporated various enhancements and corrective actions to improve
feasibility of actions (PER 104225).


    SQN                                                                     EA-3-7
SQN
                        LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP                     Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                     Page 2 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
1.0   PURPOSE
Rev. 5
      To provide instructions for locally operating the TD AFW pump following loss of AC
1,2
      and/or DC control power OR other events which could impact the ability of the MCR to
Page 2 of 21
      monitor and control TD AFW flow.
1.0
      Section 4.2 is a commitment to the NRC in accordance with TVA's response to NRC
PURPOSE
      Demand for Information letter dated 12/2/05 and CANNOT be removed without prior NRC
To provide instructions for locally operating the TD AFW pump following loss of AC
      review and approval.
and/or DC control power OR other events which could impact the ability of the MCR to
2.0   SYMPTOMS AND ENTRY CONDITIONS
monitor and control TD AFW flow.
2.1   Entry Conditions
Section 4.2 is a commitment to the NRC in accordance with TVA's response to NRC
      A.       EGA-O.O, Loss of AIIAC Power.
Demand for Information letter dated 12/2/05 and CANNOT be removed without prior NRC
      B.       AOP-T.01, Security Events.
review and approval.
3.0   PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
2.0
3.1   Precautions
SYMPTOMS AND ENTRY CONDITIONS
      A.     If the accountability siren sounds the operator should continue performing this
2.1
              procedure. The SM should be aware of procedure performance and personnel
Entry Conditions
              locations.
A.
      B.     The TO AFW pump electronic overspeed trip at 4300 rpm will be disabled on loss of
EGA-O.O, Loss of AIIAC Power.
              power. The mechanical overspeed trip at 4900 rpm will be available for overspeed
B.
              protection.
AOP-T.01, Security Events.
3.0
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
3.1
Precautions
A.
If the accountability siren sounds the operator should continue performing this
procedure. The SM should be aware of procedure performance and personnel
locations.
B.
The TO AFW pump electronic overspeed trip at 4300 rpm will be disabled on loss of
power. The mechanical overspeed trip at 4900 rpm will be available for overspeed
protection.


,=~~~....- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , - - - , , _.._,.-
,=~~~....---------------------------------,---,,_.._,.-
            SQN                                                                 EA-3-7
SQN
                                  LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP               Rev. 5
EA-3-7
            1,2                                                                 Page 3 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
    4.0     PERFORMANCE
Rev. 5
              1.     RECORD approximate time of unit trip.
1,2
              2.     CONSULT MGR to determine applicable section of this procedure:
Page 3 of 21
                IF the following conditions met:               THEN GOTO
4.0
                This procedure entered due to aircraft threat
PERFORMANCE
                (AOP-T.01 )
1.
                OR                                             Section 4.2, Local Control   0
RECORD approximate time of unit trip.
                                                              of TDAFW Pump Flow
2.
                Temporary gage for locally monitoring         with Temporary DIP Gage
CONSULT MGR to determine applicable section of this procedure:
                TDAFWP flow is needed due to loss of
IF the following conditions met:
                instrumentation or electrical power
THEN GOTO
                This procedure entered from EGA-O.O (Loss of
This procedure entered due to aircraft threat
                all AC Power) or FR-H.1 (Loss of Secondary
(AOP-T.01 )
                Heat Sink)
OR
                                                              Section 4.1, Local Actions     0
Section 4.2, Local Control
                AND                                           to Restore TDAFW Pump Flow.
0
                Temporary gage for locally monitoring
of TDAFW Pump Flow
                TDAFWP flow is NOT needed
Temporary gage for locally monitoring
with Temporary DIP Gage
TDAFWP flow is needed due to loss of
instrumentation or electrical power
This procedure entered from EGA-O.O (Loss of
all AC Power) or FR-H.1 (Loss of Secondary
Heat Sink)
0
Section 4.1, Local Actions
AND
to Restore TDAFW Pump Flow.
Temporary gage for locally monitoring
TDAFWP flow is NOT needed


    SQN                                                                       EA-3-7
SQN
                          LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP                       Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                       Page 4 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
4.1   Local Actions to Restore TD AFW Pump Flow
Rev. 5
      1. IDENTIFY applicable unit:
1,2
              *   Unit 1                     D
Page 4 of 21
              *   Unit 2                     D
4.1
      2. OBTAIN the following items:                                                       D
Local Actions to Restore TD AFW Pump Flow
          *     radio
1.
          *     gloves
IDENTIFY applicable unit:
          *     means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop watch)
*
      3.   OBTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM office]
Unit 1
          *     Vital Area key                                                             D
D
          *     Protected Area key.                                                         D
*
      4.   GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.
Unit 2
          [AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]                                             D
D
      NOTE:             Equipment Storage boxes are located in vicinity of TDAFWP rooms
2.
                        (Unit 1: across from TDAFWP room, near 1A-A CCP Room door),
OBTAIN the following items:
                        (Unit 2: behind lighting board, AB el. 669 south wall).
*
      5.   IF SCBA is needed,
radio
            THEN
*
            REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.                   D
gloves
      6.   MONITOR communications available with MCR:
*
            *     IF communication withMCR is lost and CANNOT be restored
means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop watch)
                  OR MeR has lost the ability to monitor TDAFW pump flow
3.
                  due to loss of vital *AC power,
OBTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM office]
                  THEN
*
                  GO* TO Section 4.2, Local Control of TDAFW Pump Flow
Vital Area key
                  with Temporary DIP Gage.                                                 D
*
Protected Area key.
4.
GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.
[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]
D
D
D
D
NOTE:
Equipment Storage boxes are located in vicinity of TDAFWP rooms
(Unit 1: across from TDAFWP room, near 1A-A CCP Room door),
(Unit 2: behind lighting board, AB el. 669 south wall).
5.
IF SCBA is needed,
THEN
REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.
6.
MONITOR communications available with MCR:
*
IF communication withMCR is lost and CANNOT be restored
OR MeR has lost the ability to monitor TDAFW pump flow
due to loss of vital *AC power,
THEN
GO*TO Section 4.2, Local Control of TDAFW Pump Flow
with Temporary DIP Gage.
D
D


    SQN                                                                   EA-3-7
SQN
                        LOCAL OPERATIONOF TO AFW PUMP                     Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                   Page 5 of 21
LOCAL OPERATIONOF TO AFW PUMP
4.1   Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
Rev. 5
      7. IF TO AFW pump is NOT running,
1,2
          THEN
Page 5 of 21
          GO TO Step 9.                                                                     D
4.1
      NOTE           Loss of AC control power with DC control power still available will
Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
                      result in TO AFW pump operating at minimum speed. Removal of
7.
                      DC control power will cause governor valve to fail open and will allow
IF TO AFW pump is NOT running,
                      manual control of TOAFWP speed using FCV-1-51 handwheel.
THEN
      8.   IF TOAF'W pump is RUNNING
GO TO Step 9.
          THEN
D
          PERFORM the following:
NOTE
          a.   MONITOR [FIC-46-571 to determine if AC control power
Loss of AC control power with DC control power still available will
                has been lost. [inside panel L-381 , outside TDAFWP Room]                   D
result in TO AFW pump operating at minimum speed.
          b.   IF FIC-46-57 is energized,
Removal of
                THEN
DC control power will cause governor valve to fail open and will allow
                PERFORM the following:
manual control of TOAFWP speed using FCV-1-51 handwheel.
                1)   PLACE [XS-46-571 in AUX position.
8.
                      [Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
IF TOAF'W pump is RUNNING
                      Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]                           D
THEN
                2)   PLACE [FIC-46-571 TOAFWP flow controller in MANUAL
PERFORM the following:
                      [Inside Panel L-381]                                                   D
a.
                3)   CONTROL TDAFW pump flow as directed by MCR.                           D
MONITOR [FIC-46-571 to determine if AC control power
                4)   IF required TOAFW pump flow is restored,
has been lost. [inside panel L-381 , outside TDAFWP Room]
                      THEN
b.
                      DO NOT CO.NTIN*UE this section.                                       D
IF FIC-46-57 is energized,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
D
1)
PLACE [XS-46-571 in AUX position.
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]
D
2)
PLACE [FIC-46-571 TOAFWP flow controller in MANUAL
[Inside Panel L-381]
D
3)
CONTROL TDAFW pump flow as directed by MCR.
D
4)
IF required TOAFW pump flow is restored,
THEN
DO NOT CO.NTIN*UE this section.
D


    SQN                                                                   EA-3-7
SQN
                        LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP                   Rev.S
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                   Page 6 of21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
4.1   Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
Rev.S
      8. (Continued)
1,2
          c.   IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized
Page 6 of21
                OR required TDAFWpump flow CANNOT be established
4.1
                using FIC-46-57,
Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
                THEN
8.
                PERFORM the following:
(Continued)
                1)   ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPED USING trip lever
c.
                      at east end of shaft.                                           D
IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized
                2)   ENSURE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakers
OR required TDAFWpump flow CANNOT be established
                      on DC control power transfer switch in OFF position.
using FIC-46-57,
                      [Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
THEN
                      Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room]                     D
PERFORM the following:
                3)   GO TO Step 10.                                                   D
1)
ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPED USING trip lever
at east end of shaft.
D
2)
ENSURE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakers
on DC control power transfer switch in OFF position.
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room]
D
3)
GO TO Step 10.
D


    SQN                                                                     EA-3-7
SQN
                          LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP                   Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                     Page 7 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
4.1   Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
Rev. 5
      NOTE 1           The TO AFW pump governor valve [FCV-1-521 fails open on
1,2
                        loss of OC control power to TO AFW pump speed controller.
Page 7 of 21
      NOTE 2            Unit 1 Alternate OC power supply is from 125V Vital Batt Bd IV.
4.1
                        Unit 2 Alternate OC power supply is from 125V Vital Batt Bd II.
Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
      9.   IF alternate DC control power supply is AVAILABLE (determined by MCR),
NOTE 1
            THEN
NOTE 2
            PERFORM the following:
The TO AFW pump governor valve [FCV-1-521 fails open on
            a.   TRANSFER affected unit to alternate DC control power supply
loss of OC control power to TO AFW pump speed controller.
                  at TO AFW PUMP RM DC CONTROLPWR TRANSFER SWITCH:
Unit 1 Alternate OC power supply is from 125V Vital Batt Bd IV.
                  [Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
Unit 2 Alternate OC power supply is from 125V Vital Batt Bd II.
                  Unit2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]
9.
                  1) PLACE NORMAL breaker in OFF.                                       D
IF alternate DC control power supply is AVAILABLE (determined by MCR),
                  2) PLACE ALT breaker in ON position.                                   D
THEN
            b.   ENSURE TO AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]
PERFORM the following:
                  LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.
a.
                  [Refer to placard on TO AFW pump room wall]                           D
TRANSFER affected unit to alternate DC control power supply
            c.   NOTIFY MCR to check if TD AFW pump control restored to MCR.           D
at TO AFW PUMP RM DC CONTROLPWR TRANSFER SWITCH:
            d.   IF TO AFW pump control restored to MCR,
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
                  THEN
Unit2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]
                  RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.                               D
1)
      10*. ENSURE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51] mechanical
PLACE NORMAL breaker in OFF.
            overspeed mechanism LATCHED:
2)
            *     REFER TO placard on TOAFWpump room wall                                 D
PLACE ALT breaker in ON position.
            *     LATCH [FCV-1-51] and RESET mechanical overspeed
D
                    mechanism.                                                             D
D
b.
ENSURE TO AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]
LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.
[Refer to placard on TO AFW pump room wall]
D
c.
NOTIFY MCR to check if TD AFW pump control restored to MCR.
D
d.
IF TO AFW pump control restored to MCR,
THEN
RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
D
10*.
ENSURE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51] mechanical
overspeed mechanism LATCHED:
*
REFER TO placard on TOAFWpump room wall
*
LATCH [FCV-1-51] and RESET mechanical overspeed
mechanism.
D
D


    SQN                                                                 EA-3-7
SQN
                        LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP                 Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                 Page 8 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
4.1   Local Actions to Restore TD AFWPump Flow (Continued)
Rev. 5
    NOTE-:       TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] fails OPEN
1,2
                  on loss of DC control power to the TDAFW pump speed controller.
Page 8 of 21
      11. ENSURE TD AF-W pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] OPEN:
4.1
          a.   REF-ER TO Appendix A and VERIFY governor valve OPEN
Local Actions to Restore TD AFWPump Flow (Continued)
                by observing two inches of stem exposed.                             D
NOTE-:
          b.   IF less than two inches of stem exposed,
TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] fails OPEN
                THEN
on loss of DC control power to the TDAFW pump speed controller.
                POSITION stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping linkage bar
11.
                above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.             D
ENSURE TD AF-W pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] OPEN:
      12. START TOAFW Pump as follows:
a.
          a.   DETERMINE highest pressure of S/G #1 and 4 from MCR
REF-ER TO Appendix A and VERIFY governor valve OPEN
                OR Panel L-381. [outside TO AFW pump room]                           D
by observing two inches of stem exposed.
          b.   MONITO-R TO AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138]
b.
                as pump is started. [TO AFWpump room on Panel L-215A]               D
IF less than two inches of stem exposed,
            c.   ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-511, AND
THEN
                SLOWLY OPEN [FCV-1-511 trip and throttle valve handwheel
POSITION stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping linkage bar
                to raise TO AFW pump discharge pressure approximately 50-100 psig
above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.
                greater than S/G #1 and 4 highest pressure.                         D
12.
            d.   ADJUST [FCV-1-51] as directed by MCR.                               D
START TOAFW Pump as follows:
D
D
a.
DETERMINE highest pressure of S/G #1 and 4 from MCR
OR Panel L-381. [outside TO AFW pump room]
D
b.
MONITO-RTO AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138]
as pump is started.
[TO AFWpump room on Panel L-215A]
D
c.
ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-511, AND
SLOWLY OPEN [FCV-1-511 trip and throttle valve handwheel
to raise TO AFW pump discharge pressure approximately 50-100 psig
greater than S/G #1 and 4 highest pressure.
D
d.
ADJUST [FCV-1-51] as directed by MCR.
D


    SQN                                                               EA-3-7
SQN
                      LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP                   Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                               Page 9 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
4.1 Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
Rev. 5
    NOTE           Refer to placard on TD AFW pump room wall for instructions
1,2
                    on latching the mechanical overspeed mechanism.
Page 9 of 21
      13. IF TD AFW pumptrips,
4.1
          THEN         .
Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
          PERFORM the following:
NOTE
          a.   ENSURE TO AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511
Refer to placard on TD AFW pump room wall for instructions
              LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.                   D
on latching the mechanical overspeed mechanism.
          b.   REPEAT Step 12.                                                     D
13.
      14. RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.                                   D
IF TD AFW pumptrips,
                                      END OF TEXT
THEN
.
PERFORM the following:
a.
ENSURE TO AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511
LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.
b.
REPEAT Step 12.
14.
RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
END OF TEXT
D
D
D


    SQN                                                                       EA-3-7
SQN
                          LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP                     Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                       Page 100f 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
4.2 Localcontrol of TDAFW pump Flow with Temporary DIP Gage
Rev. 5
      1. IDENTIFY applicable unit:
1,2
              *   Unit 1                     D
Page 100f 21
              *. Unit 2                       D
4.2
      2. OBTAIN the following items:                                                       D
Localcontrol of TDAFW pump Flow with Temporary DIP Gage
          *     radio
1.
          *     gloves
IDENTIFY applicable unit:
          *     means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop watch)
*
      3. OBTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM office]
Unit 1
          *   Vital Area key                                                               D
*.
          *   Protected Area key.                                                           D
Unit 2
      CAUTION         If performing this section due to aircraft threat,operator should
2.
                      remain clear of elevator and stairwells after arriving on AS el. 669.
OBTAIN the following items:
      4.   GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.
*
          [AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]                                             D
radio
      NOTE:           Equipment Storage boxes are located in vicinity of TDAFWP rooms
D
                      (Unit 1: across from TDAFWP room, near 1A-A *CCP Room door),
D
                      (Unit 2: behind lighting board, AS el. 669 south wall).
D
      5.   OBTAIN the following equipment from storage box
*
            and move to TDAFWP Room:
gloves
            *   Breathing apparatus and supply hose                                         D
*
            *   Battery lantern                                                             D
means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop watch)
            *   Differential pressure gauge with tubing                                     D
3.
OBTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM office]
*
Vital Area key
*
Protected Area key.
D
D
CAUTION
If performing this section due to aircraft threat,operator should
remain clear of elevator and stairwells after arriving on AS el. 669.
4.
GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.
[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]
D
NOTE:
Equipment Storage boxes are located in vicinity of TDAFWP rooms
(Unit 1: across from TDAFWP room, near 1A-A *CCP Room door),
(Unit 2: behind lighting board, AS el. 669 south wall).
5.
OBTAIN the following equipment from storage box
and move to TDAFWP Room:
*
Breathing apparatus and supply hose
*
Battery lantern
*
Differential pressure gauge with tubing
D
D
D


    SQN                                                                   EA-3-7
SQN
                        LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP                     Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                   Page 11 of21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
4.2 Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
Rev. 5
      6. IF SCBA is needed,
1,2
          THEN
Page 11 of21
          REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.                 D
4.2
      NOTE:           Radio communications from inside the TD AFW Pump Room may
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
                      NOT be possible. It may be necessary to move outside the room to
6.
                      establish communications.
IF SCBA is needed,
      7   ATTEMPT to establish communications with Main Control Room
THEN
          while continuing this section.                                               D
REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.
      NOTE 1:         Connection points are labeled on back side of Panel L-215
D
                      (near floor).
NOTE:
      NOTE 2:        Unit 1 Only: Access to rear of PaneI1-L-215 may require
Radio communications from inside the TD AFW Pump Room may
                      temporarily removing SCBA from the normal carrying position
NOT be possible. It may be necessary to move outside the room to
                      (on back). Mask should be left on if needed due to smoke
establish communications.
    8. INSTALL temporary differential pressure   (~P) gauge for monitoring
7
        TDAFWP flow as follows:
ATTEMPT to establish communications with Main Control Room
        a.   PLACE differential pressure (AP) gauge near Panel L-215.
while continuing this section.
              [inside TDAFWP Rm]                                                       D
D
        b.   ENSURE all valves on temporary AP gauge are OPEN.                         D
NOTE 1:
        c.   CONNECT high pressure and low pressure side tubing quick
NOTE 2:
              connects to quick connects mounted on drain valves
Connection points are labeled on back side of Panel L-215
                                                                                        D
(near floor).
                    OT-3o-1421
Unit 1 Only: Access to rear of PaneI1-L-215 may require
              for [F          at bottom of Panel L-215 (back side).
temporarily removing SCBA from the normal carrying position
(on back). Mask should be left on if needed due to smoke
8.
INSTALL temporary differential pressure (~P) gauge for monitoring
TDAFWP flow as follows:
a.
PLACE differential pressure (AP) gauge near Panel L-215.
[inside TDAFWP Rm]
b.
ENSURE all valves on temporary AP gauge are OPEN.
c.
CONNECT high pressure and low pressure side tubing quick
connects to quick connects mounted on drain valves
for [F
OT-3o-1421 at bottom of Panel L-215 (back side).
D
D
D


    SQN                                                                 EA-3-7
SQN
                        LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP                 Rev.S
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                 Page 12 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
4.2   Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
Rev.S
      CAUTION         If TO AFW pump is running, drain valves in the following step
1,2
                      should be slowly cracked open to avoid damaging temporary
Page 12 of 21
                      DIP gage.
4.2
    9. PLACE temporary     ~p gauge in service as follows:
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
        a.   SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN [DRIV-3-324D] low side drain valve
CAUTION
              for FT~3-142 to fill tubing for temporary ~p gauge.                     D
If TO AFW pump is running, drain valves in the following step
        b.   WHEN a steady stream of water flow is observed,
should be slowly cracked open to avoid damaging temporary
              THEN
DIP gage.
              CLOSE [DRIV-3-324D] low side drain valve.                               D
9.
        c.   SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN [DRIV-3-323El high side drain valve
PLACE temporary ~p gauge in service as follows:
              for FT-3-142 to fill tubing fortemporary ~p gauge.                       D
a.
          d. WHEN a steady stream of water flow is observed,
SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN [DRIV-3-324D] low side drain valve
              THEN
for FT~3-142 to fill tubing for temporary ~p gauge.
              PERFORM the following:
b.
              1)     CLOSE [DRIV-3-323E] high side drain valve.                       D
WHEN a steady stream of water flow is observed,
              2)     CLOSE vent valves on     ~p gauge.                               D
THEN
          e.   FULLY OPEN IDRIV~3-324D] and [DRIV-3-323E]
CLOSE [DRIV-3-324D] low side drain valve.
              FT-3-142 panel drain valves.                                           D
c.
          f.   CLOSE equalizing valve on ~p gauge.
SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN [DRIV-3-323El high side drain valve
              [on front near center bottom]                                           D
for FT-3-142 to fill tubing fortemporary ~p gauge.
d.
WHEN a steady stream of water flow is observed,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
1)
CLOSE [DRIV-3-323E] high side drain valve.
2)
CLOSE vent valves on ~p gauge.
e.
FULLY OPEN IDRIV~3-324D] and [DRIV-3-323E]
FT-3-142 panel drain valves.
f.
CLOSE equalizing valve on ~p gauge.
[on front near center bottom]
D
D
D
D
D
D
D


    SQN                                                                 EA-3-7
SQN
                            LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP               Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                 Page 13 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
4.2   Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
Rev. 5
    10.   IF continuous communications established
1,2
          and maintained with MCR,
Page 13 of 21
          THEN
4.2
          PERFORM the following:
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
          a.   REMAIN on station in TDAFWP Room and
10.
                MONITOR situation to determine if remaining steps
IF continuous communications established
                in this section are needed.                                           D
and maintained with MCR,
          b.   DO NOT CONTINUE this section
THEN
                UNTIL communications with MCR have been lost
PERFORM the following:
                OR MCR directs local control of TDAFWP.                               D
a.
      11.   IF TO AFWpump is running
REMAIN on station in TDAFWP Room and
            AND local handwheel control ofFCV-1-51 is already established,
MONITOR situation to determine if remaining steps
            THEN
in this section are needed.
            GO TO Step 15.                                                           D
b.
DO NOT CONTINUE this section
UNTIL communications with MCR have been lost
OR MCR directs local control of TDAFWP.
11.
IF TO AFWpump is running
AND local handwheel control ofFCV-1-51 is already established,
THEN
GO TO Step 15.
D
D
D


    SQN                                                                     EA-3-7
SQN
                          LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP                   Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                     Page 14 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
4.2   Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
Rev. 5
      NOTE           Loss of AC control power with DC control power still available will
1,2
                      result in TO AFW pump operating at minimum speed. Removal of
Page 14 of 21
                      DC control power will cause governor valve to fail open and will allow
4.2
                      manual control of TOAFWP speed using FCV-1-51 handwheel.
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
    12. IF TOAFW pump is RUNNING
NOTE
        AND one of the following conditions is met:
Loss of AC control power with DC control power still available will
          *   communications with MCR are lost
result in TO AFW pump operating at minimum speed. Removal of
              OR
DC control power will cause governor valve to fail open and will allow
          *   MCR directs taking local control of TOAFWP,
manual control of TOAFWP speed using FCV-1-51 handwheel.
          THEN
12.
          PERFORM the following:
IF TOAFW pump is RUNNING
            a. MONITOR [FIC-46-57] to determine if AC power has been lost.
AND one of the following conditions is met:
                [inside panel L-381 , outside TDAFWP Room]                                   D
*
            b. IF FIC-46-57 is energized,
communications with MCR are lost
                THEN
OR
                PERFORM the following:
*
                1)     PLACE [XS-46-57] in AUX position.
MCR directs taking local control of TOAFWP,
                      [Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
THEN
                      Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]                         D
PERFORM the following:
                2)   PLACE [FIC-46-57] TOAFWP flow controller in MANUAL
a.
                      [inside Panel L-381].                                                 D
MONITOR [FIC-46-57] to determine if AC power has been lost.
                3)   REFER TO Appendix C to determine required AFW flow
[inside panel L-381 , outside TDAFWP Room]
                      based upon time since reactor trip.                                   D
b.
                4)   ADJUST TDAFW pump flow as necessary
IF FIC-46-57 is energized,
                      to establish required flow on temporary DIP gage
THEN
                      OR as directed by MCR (if communications available).                 D
PERFORM the following:
                5)   IF S/G indication is available,
D
                      THEN
1)
                        ATTEMPT to control S/G level between 100/0 and 50 0/0.               D
PLACE [XS-46-57] in AUX position.
                6)     IF TDAFW pump flow is established,
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
                        THEN
Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]
                        DO NOT CONTINUE this section.                                       D
D
                                  (step continued on next page)
2)
PLACE [FIC-46-57] TOAFWP flow controller in MANUAL
[inside Panel L-381].
D
3)
REFER TO Appendix C to determine required AFW flow
based upon time since reactor trip.
D
4)
ADJUST TDAFW pump flow as necessary
to establish required flow on temporary DIP gage
OR as directed by MCR (if communications available).
D
5)
IF S/G indication is available,
THEN
ATTEMPT to control S/G level between 100/0 and 500/0.
D
6)
IF TDAFW pump flow is established,
THEN
DO NOT CONTINUE this section.
D
(step continued on next page)


    SQN                                                                     EA-3-7
SQN
                        LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP                     Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                   Paqe 15 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
4.2   Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
Rev. 5
    12. (Continued)
1,2
          c. IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized
Paqe 15 of 21
              OR TDAFW pump flow CANNOT be established or maintained,
4.2
              THEN
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
                PERFORM* the following:
12.
                1)   ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPED USING trip lever
(Continued)
                      at east end of shaft.                                               D
c.
                2)   PLACE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakers
IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized
                      on DC control power transfer switch in OFF position.
OR TDAFW pump flow CANNOT be established or maintained,
                      [Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
THEN
                      Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.].                       D
PERFORM* the following:
                3)     CONTINUE with remainder of this section.                           D
1)
    NOTE 1:       TDAFWP Mechanical Overspeed Trip is approximately 4900 RPM.
ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPED USING trip lever
                  Speed indication on top of L-381 (outside TD*AFWP Room door) may
at east end of shaft.
                  not be available.
D
    NOTE 2:      TDAFWP should have started if unit is tripped, but TDAFWP may have
2)
                  tripped on overspeed if DC power has been lost. Turbine governor
PLACE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakers
                  valve fails full open on loss of power causing speed to increase.
on DC control power transfer switch in OFF position.
      NOTE 3:      TDAFW Pump is required to be filling S/Gs within 30 minutes after
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
                  shutdown to provide secondary heat sink if loss of AC and DC electrical
Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.].
                  power occurs.
D
      13. ENSURE [FCV-1-51] mechanical overspeed mechanism LATCHED:
3)
            *   REFER TO'placard on TDAFWpump room wall                                   D
CONTINUE with remainder of this section.
            *   LATCH [FCV-1-511 and RESET mechanical overspeed
D
                mechanism.                                                               D
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2:
NOTE 3:
TDAFWP Mechanical Overspeed Trip is approximately 4900 RPM.
Speed indication on top of L-381 (outside TD*AFWP Room door) may
not be available.
TDAFWP should have started if unit is tripped, but TDAFWP may have
tripped on overspeed if DC power has been lost. Turbine governor
valve fails full open on loss of power causing speed to increase.
TDAFW Pump is required to be filling S/Gs within 30 minutes after
shutdown to provide secondary heat sink if loss of AC and DC electrical
power occurs.
13.
ENSURE [FCV-1-51] mechanical overspeed mechanism LATCHED:
*
REFER TO'placard on TDAFWpump room wall
*
LATCH [FCV-1-511 and RESET mechanical overspeed
mechanism.
D
D


    SQN                                                                     EA-3-7
SQN
                            LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP                   Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                     Page 16 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
4.2   Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
Rev. 5
    NOTE:           The TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] fails OPEN
1,2
                    on loss of DC control power to the TDAFW pump speed controller.
Page 16 of 21
    14. ENSURE TDAFW pump turbine governor valve           [FCV-1~521 OPEN
4.2
          by performing the following:
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
          a.   VERIFY governor valve OPEN by observing at least two inches of
NOTE:
                stem exposed (Refer to Appendix A).                                       D
The TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] fails OPEN
          b.   IF less than two inches of stem exposed,
on loss of DC control power to the TDAFW pump speed controller.
                THEN
14.
                P'OSITION stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping *Iinkage bar
ENSURE TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1~521 OPEN
                above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.                   D
by performing the following:
    NOTE 1           S/G pressure may be slightly above 1064 psig ifRCS temperatures
a.
                      were normal when unit tripped. TOAFWP discharge pressure must
VERIFY governor valve OPEN by observing at least two inches of
                      exceed the S/G pressure to establish flow. Depending on unit
stem exposed (Refer to Appendix A).
                      conditions at beginning of event, the S/G pressure could be lower.
b.
    NOTE 2          AppendixC is provided as guideline for comparing inches of water
IF less than two inches of stem exposed,
                      to flow and to required minimum flow over period of time after
THEN
                      shutdown.
P'OSITION stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping *Iinkage bar
      15. START TDAFW Pump as follows:
above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.
            a.   MONITOR TD AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138]
D
                  as pump is started. [TO AFW pump room on Panel L-215A]                   D
D
            b.   ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-51l, AND
NOTE 1
                  ADJUST trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511 MANUALLY
NOTE 2
                  to establish TOAFW pump flow.                                             D
S/G pressure may be slightly above 1064 psig ifRCS temperatures
            c.   REFER TO Appendix C to determine required ~AFW flow
were normal when unit tripped. TOAFWP discharge pressure must
                  based upon time since reactor trip.                                     D
exceed the S/G pressure to establish flow. Depending on unit
            d.   CONTROL TDAFW Pump flow at or slightly above
conditions at beginning of event, the S/G pressure could be lower.
                  flow rate on Appendix C for current time since shutdown
AppendixC is provided as guideline for comparing inches of water
                  OR as directed by MCR (if communications available).                     D
to flow and to required minimum flow over period of time after
shutdown.
15.
START TDAFW Pump as follows:
a.
MONITOR TD AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138]
as pump is started. [TO AFW pump room on Panel L-215A]
b.
ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-51l, AND
ADJUST trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511 MANUALLY
to establish TOAFW pump flow.
c.
REFER TO Appendix C to determine required ~AFW flow
based upon time since reactor trip.
d.
CONTROL TDAFW Pump flow at or slightly above
flow rate on Appendix C for current time since shutdown
OR as directed by MCR (if communications available).
D
D
D
D


    SQN                                                                   EA-3-7
SQN
                          LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP                   Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                                   Page 17 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
4.2   Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
Rev. 5
    16. IF TDAFW pump trips,
1,2
          THEN
Page 17 of 21
          PERFORM the following:
4.2
          a.   CLOSE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511.                     D
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
          b.   REPEAT Steps 13 through ,15.                                             D
16.
    17. IF area outside TDAFW Pump room is cooler than inside pump room,
IF TDAFW pump trips,
          THEN
THEN
          CONSIDER opening TDAFW Pump room doors for ventilation.
PERFORM the following:
          (Wedges in boxes)                                                             D
a.
                    If the turbine begins to sound abnormal, water may be carrying over
CLOSE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511.
                    from SIG due to overfill (requiring flow reduction).
b.
    18.   IF TDAFW Pump begins to sound abnormally noisy,
REPEAT Steps 13 through ,15.
          THEN
17.
          REDUCE pump flow by throttling CLOSED [FCV-1-511.                             D
IF area outside TDAFW Pump room is cooler than inside pump room,
    NOTE           TDAFW pump suction may be lost if suction pressure
THEN
                    decreases to less than 13.9 psig.
CONSIDER opening TDAFW Pump room doors for ventilation.
    19.   MONITOR pump suction pressure [PI-3-137] on Panel L-215.                     D
(Wedges in boxes)
      20.   RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.                                     D
If the turbine begins to sound abnormal, water may be carrying over
                                          END OF TEXT
from SIG due to overfill (requiring flow reduction).
18.
IF TDAFW Pump begins to sound abnormally noisy,
THEN
REDUCE pump flow by throttling CLOSED [FCV-1-511.
D
D
D
D
NOTE
TDAFW pump suction may be lost if suction pressure
decreases to less than 13.9 psig.
19.
MONITOR pump suction pressure [PI-3-137] on Panel L-215.
20.
RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
END OF TEXT
D
D


    SQN                                         EA-3-7
SQN
                LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                         Page 18 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
5.0   REFERENCES
Rev. 5
      None.
1,2
Page 18 of 21
5.0
REFERENCES
None.


    SQN                                                       EA-3-7
SQN
                          LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP     Rev. 5
EA-3-7
    1,2                                                       Page 19 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
                                        APPENDIX A
Rev. 5
                                Terry Turbine Governor Valve
1,2
Page 19 of 21
APPENDIX A
Terry Turbine Governor Valve
NOTE:
NOTE:
Governor valve solenoid stem
Governor valve solenoid stem
Line 842: Line 1,406:
approximately two inches
approximately two inches
indicates valve is full open.
indicates valve is full open.
  Linkage bar
Linkage bar
                t----.-.--
t----.-.--
            .-----.Stem
+----- Governor valve solenoid
      2"
.-----.Stem
              +-----        Governor valve solenoid
2"
/
/


SQN                                                                     EA-3-7
SQN
                    LOCAL*OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP                     Rev.S
EA-3-7
1,2                                                                     Page 20 of 21
LOCAL*OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
                                                                                  APPENDIX B
Rev.S
                                                                                    Page 1 of 1
1,2
          USE OF PERMANENT AIR BOTTLE IN TDAFWP ROOM
Page 20 of 21
  NOTE 1:         Four-hour air bottle is permanently mounted inside TDAFWPRoom.
APPENDIX B
                  (Unit 1: Northeast corner, Unit 2: South wall). This large bottle should be
Page 1 of 1
                  used to conserve air in SCBA unit (which has standard one hour bottle).
USE OF PERMANENT AIR BOTTLE IN TDAFWP ROOM
  NOTE 2:        The sleeve on the female fittings must be twisted (rotated) slightly to
NOTE 1:
                  allow the male fitting to be inserted and seated.
NOTE 2:
  [1] IF breathing air is needed,
Four-hour air bottle is permanently mounted inside TDAFWPRoom.
      THEN
(Unit 1: Northeast corner, Unit 2: South wall). This large bottle should be
      PERFORM the following:
used to conserve air in SCBA unit (which has standard one hour bottle).
      a.   DON SCBA.                                                                         D
The sleeve on the female fittings must be twisted (rotated) slightly to
      b.   CONNECT to wall-mounted. bottle as follows:
allow the male fitting to be inserted and seated.
            1. OPEN cylinder valve on wall-mounted air bottle.                               D
[1]
            2. ADJUST regulator on wall-mounted bottle
IF breathing air is needed,
                to approximately 80-100 psig.                                                 D
THEN
            3.   CONNECT male end of long supply hose to adapter on
PERFORM the following:
                regulator on wall-mounted bottle.                                           D
a.
            4.   CONNECT female end of long supply hose
DON SCBA.
                to adapter on SCBA regulator (on belt).                                     D
b.
            5.   CLOSE cylinder valve on portable SCBA bottle
CONNECT to wall-mounted. bottle as follows:
                (behind your back).                                                         D
1.
            6.   VERIFY breathing air supply in service.                                     D
OPEN cylinder valve on wall-mounted air bottle.
      c.   IF wall-mounted bottle is depleted
2.
            OR disconnecting supply hose is desired to allow movement,
ADJUST regulator on wall-mounted bottle
            THEN
to approximately 80-100 psig.
            PERFORM the following:
3.
            1.   OPEN cylinder valve on portable SCBA bottle
CONNECT male end of long supply hose to adapter on
                  (behind your back).                                                         D
regulator on wall-mounted bottle.
            2.   DISCONNECT female end oflong supply hose
4.
                  from adapter on SCBA regulator (on belt).                                   D
CONNECT female end of long supply hose
                                            END
to adapter on SCBA regulator (on belt).
5.
CLOSE cylinder valve on portable SCBA bottle
(behind your back).
6.
VERIFY breathing air supply in service.
c.
IF wall-mounted bottle is depleted
OR disconnecting supply hose is desired to allow movement,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
1.
OPEN cylinder valve on portable SCBA bottle
(behind your back).
2.
DISCONNECT female end oflong supply hose
from adapter on SCBA regulator (on belt).
END
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D


  SQN                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               EA-3-7
SQN
                                              LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP                                                                                                                                                                         Rev.S
EA-3-7
  1,2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Page 21 of 21
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          APPENDIXC
Rev.S
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Page 1 of 1
1,2
                                                                                          AFW Required Flow
Page 21 of 21
        **"*l"""************",,** ................................................................................................................... ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... ......................................
APPENDIXC
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  f-
Page 1 of 1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      60
AFW Required Flow
    440
60
              \                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   -   56
56
              \                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 -   52
52
    400                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              48
48
                \                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                f-
44
    360
~...
        -r-\\                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     f-
40 3!
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -
36
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        ...
\\I-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      44 ~
32
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      40 3!
0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -
28 m
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      36 \I-
..r:
.~ 320                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               32 0
24
c,                         \
0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  f-
20 .E
16 %
12
8
4o
4
3
2
1
**"*l"""************",,** ................................................................................................................... ...................................... ...................................... ............................................................................
f-
\\
-
\\
-
\\
f-
-r-\\
f-
-
\\
-
\\
f-
~
-
<,
-
----~
f-
-----..........
-
-------
f-
I
160
o
200
240
360
400
280
440
.~ 320
c,
C)
C)
                                  ~
Time After Shutdown (HRS)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  -      m
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      28 ..r:
    280                                    <,                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -  24  0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  f- 20 .E
                                                                ---- ~
    240                                                                                                          -----..........                                                                                                                                                                                  -  16 %
    200
                                                                                                                                                      -------                                                                                                                                                        12
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      8
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  f-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      4
    160                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    I                                        o
        o                                                              1                                                                            2                                                                            3                                                                              4
                                                                                  Time After Shutdown (HRS)


        Ib "
Ib
TVAN STANDARD                                                                                                                           SPP-8.2
"
PROGRAMS AND                                               SURVEILLANCE TEST PROGRAM                                                   Date          06-04*2004
TVAN STANDARD
  PROCESSES                                                                                        I                                 Page 25 of 29
PROGRAMS AND
                                                                                                    r
PROCESSES
                                                                                                    I
SURVEILLANCE TEST PROGRAM
                                                        SURVEILLANCE TASK SHEET (STS)
I
                                                                                  Page 1 of 1
r
                                                          SURVEILLANCE TASK SHEET (STS)
I
                                  ..
SURVEILLANCE TASK SHEET (STS)
            Work Order                                                                                                       Page                 of
Page 1 of 1
                  SIKey                 pea       ~.:::;                                             '1
SPP-8.2
                                                                                                                                      ---              ---
Date
        Procedure No. O-t>I-O '-'S-tF1'l.-O'JH.U                                                     i
06-04*2004
                    Title
Page 25 of 29
            Perf. Section
SPP 8.2 1[06
            Test Reason
Page 1 of 1
                              F<J.-'JfR (. P-t-<< ... E j:Ill ttt. A
TVA40753[06-2004)
                                  I'1P~~" 10/'1.5
SURVEILLANCE TASK SHEET (STS)
                              t;C,.1-l E: t\tl (..IJ P ft2.FO {)flPx(E
..
                                                                          c
Work Order
                                                                                                  ).Y!/J/      ~V
Page
                                                                                            AuttidMafion to Begin. SRO
of
                                                                                                                                      ct/Xf-!v'll
---
                                                                                                                                        I Dat'e
---
                                                                                                                                                              'j-;l.N'
SIKey
                                                                                                                                                                Time
pea
            Data Sheets
~.:::;
                      Due
'1
                                                                                              //
Procedure No. O-t>I-O '-'S-tF1'l.-O'JH.U
              Extension
i
        Max. Extension
~V
                                                                .                            V                                          Start Date             Time
Title
              Frequency
F<J.-'JfR (. P-t-<< ...E j:Ill c ttt. A
                      EQ
).Y!/J/
                ASME XI
ct/Xf-!v'll
              APP Mode                                                                                                             Completion Date             Time
Perf. Section
    Performance Mode
I'1P~~"
Operational Condition
10/'1.5
                                                                                                        I
'j-;l.N'
      Dry Cask Storage         DYes             oNo                                                   I
Test Reason
Subsequent Reviews
t;C,.1-l E: t\\tl (..IJ
                Instruction
P ft2.FO{)flPx(E
                                      Test Performer's                                     Was this a complete or partial
AuttidMafion to Begin. SRO
            Name                       />   Sicnature                 InjtiiJl   Section   performance?
I
  i..,.",~~'1 H;A     0 (-   17Y:-:1/I,       /Jd;f,{/ ~             Nr--         V(,.t   (Ex.EI~~*~a.:!i~*J.n_R~~a0-~ ____~~e!.e~JJ__ t:.~~I_Q_
Dat'e
                                          :/ "'                                             Were all Tech SpecJTech Req./
Time
                                                                                            ISFSI CoC/ODCM/Fire Protection
Data Sheets
                                                                                            ~9.:~C.&#xa3;e.E~n~~c!!.t~ri~~U;;~~!..?__~~Cl__lioJd_~~CL
/ /
                                                                                            Were all other acceptance
Due
                                                                                            criteria satisfied?                         Yes 0         No 0       N/A 0
V
                                                                                              Ifan Tech-SpedTechReq.iiSFSi- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Extension
                                                                                              CoC/ODCM/Fire Protection Req.
.
                                                                                              were not satisfied, was an LCO/
Max. Extension
                                                                                              TRJODCM/OR action required?
Start Date
                                                                                              (Explain in Remarks)
Time
                                                                                              Ale3 ~~~~i69&#xa3;~~i~[::::::::           ==,    Yes  0      No O_~~CL
Frequency
                                                                                                                                          ~~ 0-- No-k1__ ~~.cL
EQ
                                                                                                    Test Director/Lead Performer                               Date
ASME XI
                                                                                              Acceptance Criteria Review: SRO                     Date             Time
APP Mode
                                                                                              (ASME XI Sis require review within
Completion Date
                                                                                              96 hours)
Time
                                                                                                                Independent Reviewer                                 Date
Performance Mode
                                                                                                                    ANII (If required)                               Date
Operational Condition
                                                                                                Copy of STS sent     to Scheduling                        /
I
                                                                  ,                                                                           Initials               Date
Dry Cask Storage
    Remark:
DYes
                                .  _.-                           ..                                      :
oNo
                                                                                                                          Section               No. Men           Our. Hrs
I
                                    .-                                                                   ..               Section                 No. Men           Our. Hrs
Subsequent Reviews
                                    '-                       --                                           .
Instruction
                                                                                                          I      .
Test Performer's
                                                                                                                i*
Was this a complete or partial
                                                                                                                !
Name
                                                                                                                            Section               No. Men           Our. Hrs
/>
                                                                                                          l.
Sicnature
                            .-.. --                                                                 -r
InjtiiJl
                              . ".    -.                ---     -            ..
Section
                                                                                                          r     r          Section               No. Men
performance?
                                                                                                                                                            - -
i..,.",~~'1
                                                                                                                                                                    Our. Hrs
H;A 0 (-
                                                                                                                                                      SPP 8.2 1[06.04-2004
17Y:-:1/I,
  TVA 40753[06-2004)                                                                    Page 1 of 1
/Jd;f,{/~
Nr--
V(,.t
(Ex.EI~~*~a.:!i~*J.n_R~~a0-~ ____~~e!.e~JJ__ t:.~~I_Q_
:/ "'
Were all Tech SpecJTech Req./
ISFSI CoC/ODCM/Fire Protection
~9.:~C.&#xa3;e.E~n~~c!!.t~ri~~U;;~~!..?__~~Cl__lioJd_~~CL
Were all other acceptance
criteria satisfied?
Yes 0
No 0
N/A 0
Ifan Tech-SpedTechReq.iiSFSi- - - - - -- - - - -
- - --
CoC/ODCM/Fire Protection Req.
were not satisfied, was an LCO/
TRJODCM/OR action required?
(Explain in Remarks)
,
Yes 0
No O_~~CL
Ale3 ~~~~i69&#xa3;~~i~[::::::::==~~0--No-k1__~~.cL
Test Director/Lead Performer
Date
Acceptance Criteria Review: SRO
Date
Time
(ASME XI Sis require review within
96 hours)
Independent Reviewer
Date
ANII (If required)
Date
Copy of STS sent toScheduling
/
,
Initials
Date
Remark:
-
Section
No. Men
Our. Hrs
._.
..
:
.-
..
Section
No. Men
Our. Hrs
'-
--
i*
.
!
I
.
Section
No. Men
Our. Hrs
l.
r
.-..--
-r
---
-
..
r
Section
No. Men
Our. Hrs
.". -.
- -
.04-2004


                    TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
                        SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
                      SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION
SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION
                              O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
                POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX CHANNEL
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX CHANNEL
            CALIBRATION BY HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
CALIBRATION BY HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                                  Revision 18
Revision 18
                              QUALITY RELATED
QUALITY RELATED
                                        w. T. LEARY
w. T. LEARY
  PREPARED/PROOFREAD BY: ~--:....:...:......:....:....::~~---_
PREPARED/PROOFREAD BY: ~--:....:...:......:....:....::~~---_
  RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION: _0=.P:. . :E=R.. : . A. :. :T. .:. ;IO: :. :N. .:. ;S=--           _
RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION: _0=.P:....:E=R...::..A..:..:T...:..;IO:::..:N...:..;S=--
( APPROVED BY:~                   ....:....:="-'-'-.:....:.......:~"""'-'-'=---
_
                                      KEITH PERKINS                                          _
KEITH PERKINS
                                                                                    EFFECTIVE DATE:03/30/06
APPROVED BY:~
  LEVEL OF USE:   CONTINUOUS USE
....:....:="-'-'-.:....:.......:~"""'-'-'=---
  REVISION
_
  DESCRIPTION:   Revised to add a note directing that consistency between channels be
(
                  considered when determining if adjust is desired. This is a minor
EFFECTIVE DATE:03/30/06
                  change.
LEVEL OF USE:
              THIS PROCEDURE COULD AFFECT REACTIVITY.
CONTINUOUS USE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION:
Revised to add a note directing that consistency between channels be
considered when determining if adjust is desired. This is a minor
change.
THIS PROCEDURE COULD AFFECT REACTIVITY.


        SQN             POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX               O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                          CHANNEL CALI BRATION BY               Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
        1&2             HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON               Page 2 of 33
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
                                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
                                                Page 1 of 2
Rev: 18
    Section     Title                                                             Page
1&2
          TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                         2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
    1.0   INTRODUCTION                                                             4
Page 2 of 33
    1.1       Purpose                                                               4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
    1.2       Scope                                                                 4
Page 1 of 2
              1.2.1   Surveillance Test to be Performed                             4
Section
              1.2.2   Requirements Fulfilled                                         4
Title
              1.2.3   Modes                                                         4
Page
    1.3       Frequency and Conditions                                              4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
.' 2.0   REFERENCES                                                                5
2
1.0
INTRODUCTION
4
1.1
Purpose
4
1.2
Scope
4
1.2.1
Surveillance Test to be Performed
4
1.2.2
Requirements Fulfilled
4
1.2.3
Modes
4
1.3
.'
2.0
(
(
    2.1       Performance References                                                 5
2.1
    2.2      Developmental References                                               5
2.2
    3.0    PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS                                               5
3.0
    4.0    PREREQUISITE ACTIONS                                                     7
4.0
    4.1      Preliminary Actions                                                     7
4.1
    4.2      Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies                       7
4.2
    4.3        Field Preparations                                                     7
4.3
    4.4        Approvals and Notifications                                           7
4.4
    5.0    ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA                                                       7
5.0
Frequency and Conditions
4
REFERENCES
5
Performance References
5
Developmental References
5
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
5
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
7
Preliminary Actions
7
Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
7
Field Preparations
7
Approvals and Notifications
7
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
7


    SQN           POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX               O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                    CHANNEL CALI BRA TION BY             Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2           HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON               Page 3 of 33
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
                                    TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
                                          Page 2 of 2
Rev: 18
  Section     Title                                                           Page
1&2
  6.0   PERFORMANCE                                                           8
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
  6.1     As-Found Data                                                       8
Page 3 of 33
  6.2     NIS Channel Adjustment                                             14
TABLE OF CONTENTS
  7.0   POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY                                             18
Page 2 of 2
          APPENDICES
Section
          APPENDIX A:      CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
Title
                            USING LEFM                                        19
Page
          APPENDIX B:      SUBSTITUTION OF RCS 6.T AT LOW POWER LEVELS
6.0
                            (:s: 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)                  22
PERFORMANCE
8
6.1
As-Found Data
8
6.2
NIS Channel Adjustment
14
7.0
POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY
18
APPENDICES
(
(
          APPENDIX C:       CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
APPENDIX A:
                            USING U1118 (> 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)       23
APPENDIX B:
          APPENDIX D:      CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
APPENDIX C:
                            WITH PLANT COMPUTER INOPERABLE (RCS 6.T
APPENDIX D:
                            GREATER THAN 40%)                                 26
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
          SOURCE NOTES                                                         33
USING LEFM
19
SUBSTITUTION OF RCS 6.T AT LOW POWER LEVELS
(:s: 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)
22
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
USING U1118 (> 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)
23
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
WITH PLANT COMPUTER INOPERABLE (RCS 6.T
GREATER THAN 40%)
26
SOURCE NOTES
33


  SQN              POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                    0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
                      CHANNEL CALI BRA TION BY                  Rev: 18
  1&2                HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                    Page 4 of 33
    1.0  INTRODUCTION
    1.1  Purpose
          This Surveillance Instruction (SI) provides detailed steps for ensuring proper
          calibration of the power range neutron flux channels.
    1.2  Scope
  1.2.1  Surveillance Test to be Performed
          This Instruction performs a comparison between the power level calculated by the
          Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) power range neutron flux channels and the
          "true" power level as determined by a secondary system heat balance based value.
          If necessary, the power range channels are adjusted to agree with the "true" power
          level.
          This instruction also verifies availability of Leading Edge Flow Meter (LEFM)
          calorimetric power.
(
(
  1.2.2   Requirements Fulfilled
SQN
          Performance of this Instruction completely fulfills Technical Specification (TS)
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
          Surveillance Requirement (SR) 4.3.1.1.1.8.2 (Table 4.3-1, item 2, note 2)
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
          and Technical Requirements Manual (TR) 4.3.3.15.1.
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
  1.2.3   Modes
Rev: 18
            A. Applicable Mode - 1 (above 15 percent power).
1&2
            8. Performance Mode - 1 (above 15 percent power).
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
      1.3   Frequency and Conditions
Page 4 of 33
            This test must be performed at least once every 24 hours when the reactor power
1.0
            level is greater than 15 percent. [C.3] To ensure NIS accuracy, this test should be
INTRODUCTION
            performed when directed by 0-80-4 or 0-80-5.
1.1
            In the event that the Plant Computer is unavailable, provisions have been
Purpose
            incorporated in this procedure to fulfill the SR requirements. [C.5]
This Surveillance Instruction (SI) provides detailed steps for ensuring proper
calibration of the power range neutron flux channels.
1.2
Scope
1.2.1
Surveillance Test to be Performed
This Instruction performs a comparison between the power level calculated by the
Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) power range neutron flux channels and the
"true" power level as determined by a secondary system heat balance based value.
If necessary, the power range channels are adjusted to agree with the "true" power
level.
This instruction also verifies availability of Leading Edge Flow Meter (LEFM)
calorimetric power.
1.2.2
Requirements Fulfilled
Performance of this Instruction completely fulfills Technical Specification (TS)
Surveillance Requirement (SR) 4.3.1.1.1.8.2 (Table 4.3-1, item 2, note 2)
and Technical Requirements Manual (TR) 4.3.3.15.1.
1.2.3
Modes
A. Applicable Mode - 1 (above 15 percent power).
8.
Performance Mode - 1 (above 15 percent power).
1.3
Frequency and Conditions
This test must be performed at least once every 24 hours when the reactor power
level is greater than 15 percent. [C.3] To ensure NIS accuracy, this test should be
performed when directed by 0-80-4 or 0-80-5.
In the event that the Plant Computer is unavailable, provisions have been
incorporated in this procedure to fulfill the SR requirements. [C.5]


  SQN           POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                   0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
(
                  CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                   Rev: 18
SQN
  1&2           HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                   Page 5 of 33
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    2.0 REFERENCES
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
    2.1 Performance References
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
        0-PI-SXX-000-022.2, Calorimetric Calculation. (Optional)
Rev: 18
    2.2 Developmental References
1&2
        A. SON Technical Specifications.
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
        B. SPP-8.1, Conduct of Testing
Page 5 of 33
        C. NP-STD-4.4.7, Attachment 1, Writer's Guide for Technical Documents
2.0
        D. 0-PI-NUC-092-082.0, Post Startup NIS Calibration following Core Load.
REFERENCES
        E. Memo from Reactor Engineering - RIMS S57 941219 934
2.1
        F. Integrated Computer System Critical Design Requirements and Operator's
Performance References
(          Guide.
0-PI-SXX-000-022.2, Calorimetric Calculation. (Optional)
    3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
2.2
        A. Reactor power must remain constant (+/- 0.5%) during the performance of
Developmental References
            Sections 6.1 and 6.2. It is desirable for any required NIS adjustment be made
A. SON Technical Specifications.
            promptly during performance of these sections.
B. SPP-8.1, Conduct of Testing
        B. Average RCS temperature (T avg) should be maintained within 0.5&deg;F of
C. NP-STD-4.4.7, Attachment 1, Writer's Guide for Technical Documents
            RCS reference temperature (Tref).
D. 0-PI-NUC-092-082.0, Post Startup NIS Calibration following Core Load.
        C. Caution should be exercised when adjusting NIS power range instrumentation
E. Memo from Reactor Engineering - RIMS S57 941219 934
            to minimize the potential for a channel trip.
F. Integrated Computer System Critical Design Requirements and Operator's
        D. Only one NIS channel shall be adjusted at a time. If a rate trip occurs, the
Guide.
            channel's trip signal and annunciator on panel XA-55-6A, "NC-41 U or NC-41 K
3.0
            NIS POWER RANGE HIGH NEUTRON FLUX RATE" must be cleared before
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
            proceeding to the next NIS channel.
A. Reactor power must remain constant (+/- 0.5%) during the performance of
Sections 6.1 and 6.2. It is desirable for any required NIS adjustment be made
promptly during performance of these sections.
B. Average RCS temperature (Tavg) should be maintained within 0.5&deg;F of
RCS reference temperature (Tref).
C. Caution should be exercised when adjusting NIS power range instrumentation
to minimize the potential for a channel trip.
D. Only one NIS channel shall be adjusted at a time. If a rate trip occurs, the
channel's trip signal and annunciator on panel XA-55-6A, "NC-41 U or NC-41 K
NIS POWER RANGE HIGH NEUTRON FLUX RATE" must be cleared before
proceeding to the next NIS channel.


  SQN          POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                      0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
                  CHANNEL CALI BRATION BY                      Rev: 18
  1&2            HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                      Page 6 of 33
    3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (Continued)
        E. Operations and Engineering should be notified if larger than normal channel
            adjustments (as determined by the SRO) are required to bring the power range
            channels into alignment with calculated core thermal power. [C.4] An
            operability concern may exist if excessive error in the non-conservative
            direction adversely impacts the NIS high flux trip setpoint. The 3% tolerance
            for calibration error on the high flux trip setpoints was selected using the
            extrapolated error from the 30% power level.
        F. The reactor cores have been loaded with a low leakage loading pattern which
            can affect NIS Reactor Power level indications such that differences greater
            than the Acceptance Criteria can occur between NIS and true power level. The
            impact of the NIS non-linearity due to low leakage loading pattern is in the
            conservative direction, since NIS indicated power rises faster than true power
            during a power increase. 0-GO-5 may direct performance of this procedure to
            ensure excessive errors in the non-conservative direction do not exist. During
            plant restarts, Reactor Engineering may perform 0-PI-NUC-092-082.0 at 4%
            power to provide an initial NIS correction for startup.
(
(
        G. Technical Specifications require a heat balance calculation for adjustment of
SQN
            the NIS when the Plant is above 15% power within 24 hours. If the Leading
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
            Edge Flow Meter (LEFM) is available, ICS point U2118 is required to be used
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
            for the heat balance when greater than 15% power (TRM 3.3.3.15). If LEFM is
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
            NOT available, then Loop ~T data should be used between 15 and 40% power
Rev: 18
            due to potential inaccuracies in the feedwater flow venturi heat balance below
1&2
            40%. If LEFM is NOT available above 40%, then venturi-based calorimetric
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
            power (U1118) should be used.
Page 6 of 33
3.0
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (Continued)
E. Operations and Engineering should be notified if larger than normal channel
adjustments (as determined by the SRO) are required to bring the power range
channels into alignment with calculated core thermal power. [C.4] An
operability concern may exist if excessive error in the non-conservative
direction adversely impacts the NIS high flux trip setpoint. The 3% tolerance
for calibration error on the high flux trip setpoints was selected using the
extrapolated error from the 30% power level.
F. The reactor cores have been loaded with a low leakage loading pattern which
can affect NIS Reactor Power level indications such that differences greater
than the Acceptance Criteria can occur between NIS and true power level. The
impact of the NIS non-linearity due to low leakage loading pattern is in the
conservative direction, since NIS indicated power rises faster than true power
during a power increase. 0-GO-5 may direct performance of this procedure to
ensure excessive errors in the non-conservative direction do not exist. During
plant restarts, Reactor Engineering may perform 0-PI-NUC-092-082.0 at 4%
power to provide an initial NIS correction for startup.
G. Technical Specifications require a heat balance calculation for adjustment of
the NIS when the Plant is above 15% power within 24 hours. If the Leading
Edge Flow Meter (LEFM) is available, ICS point U2118 is required to be used
for the heat balance when greater than 15% power (TRM 3.3.3.15). If LEFM is
NOT available, then Loop ~T data should be used between 15 and 40% power
due to potential inaccuracies in the feedwater flow venturi heat balance below
40%. If LEFM is NOT available above 40%, then venturi-based calorimetric
power (U1118) should be used.


    SQN               POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                   0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                        CHANNEL CALI BRATION BY                 Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2               HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                   Page 7 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit.       I      _
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
        4.0   PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
Rev: 18
        NOTE               During the performance of this Instruction, any "IFITHEN"
1&2
                            statement may be marked N/A when the corresponding stated
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                            condition does not occur,
Page 7 of 33
        4.1   Preliminary Actions
I
          [1]   ENSURE Instruction to be used is a copy of effective version
Unit.
                    and Data Package Cover Sheet is attached.                           Ifr
_
        4.2   Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
4.0
              None,
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
        4.3   Field Preparations
NOTE
(         [1]   ENSURE reactor power and RCS average temperature are
During the performance of this Instruction, any "IFITHEN"
                      stable.                                                           Jk
statement may be marked N/A when the corresponding stated
        4.4 Approvals and Notifications
condition does not occur,
          [1]   NOTIFY SRO of test performance.
4.1
        S.O   ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Preliminary Actions
              A. The indicated "as-found" power level from each operable NIS neutron flux
[1]
                  channel must equal the core thermal power level to within +/- 2.0%.
ENSURE Instruction to be used is a copy of effective version
              B. The indicated "as-left" power level from each operable NIS neutron flux
Ifr
                  channel that was adjusted must equal the core thermal power level to within
and Data Package Cover Sheet is attached.
                  +/-0.5%.
4.2
              C. If the criteria stated above are NOT satisfied, the SRO shall be notified and
Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
                  Action Requirement 2 of TS Table 3.3-1 satisfied.
None,
              D. LEFM shall be used for the plant calorimetric measurement for power range
4.3
                  NIS calibration by heat balance comparison. If this criteria is NOT satisfied,
Field Preparations
                  the SRO shall be notified and the applicable action of TRM 3.3.3.15 shall be
(
                  entered.
[1]
ENSURE reactor power and RCS average temperature are
Jk
stable.
4.4
Approvals and Notifications
[1]
NOTIFY SRO of test performance.
S.O
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
A. The indicated "as-found" power level from each operable NIS neutron flux
channel must equal the core thermal power level to within +/- 2.0%.
B. The indicated "as-left" power level from each operable NIS neutron flux
channel that was adjusted must equal the core thermal power level to within
+/-0.5%.
C. If the criteria stated above are NOT satisfied, the SRO shall be notified and
Action Requirement 2 of TS Table 3.3-1 satisfied.
D. LEFM shall be used for the plant calorimetric measurement for power range
NIS calibration by heat balance comparison. If this criteria is NOT satisfied,
the SRO shall be notified and the applicable action of TRM 3.3.3.15 shall be
entered.


    SQN         POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                   O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                    CHANNEL CALI BRA TION BY                 Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2           HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                   Page 8 of 33
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit           _                                                      Date          _
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
      6.0 PERFORMANCE
Rev: 18
      6.1 As-Found Data
1&2
      NOTE 1         The following step determines if LEFM is available to satisfy TRM
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                      3.3.3.15. If LEFM is NOT available, operators should notify US,
Page 8 of 33
                      document status and continue with next step.
Unit
      NOTE 2        Main feedwater temperature must be greater than or equal to 250&deg;F
_
                      for reliable LEFM data.
6.0
        [1] VERIFY availability of LEFM calorimetric power:
PERFORMANCE
                [a]   CHECK LEFM status NORMAL on ICS (NSSS and BOP)
6.1
                          Current Calorimetric Data screen.
As-Found Data
                              YES             NO
Date
(                                o               0
_
                [b]   CHECK LEFM Core Thermal Power (ICS point
NOTE 1
                          U2118) showing good (green) data.
NOTE 2
                              YES             NO
The following step determines if LEFM is available to satisfy TRM
                                o               0
3.3.3.15. If LEFM is NOT available, operators should notify US,
                [c]   CHECK LEFM MFW header temperature (ICS point
document status and continue with next step.
                          T8502MA) greater than or equal to 250&deg;F.
Main feedwater temperature must be greater than or equal to 250&deg;F
                              YES             NO
for reliable LEFM data.
                                o               0
(
  ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:          LEFM is available based upon the indications above.
[1]
VERIFY availability of LEFM calorimetric power:
[a]
CHECK LEFM status NORMAL on ICS (NSSS and BOP)
Current Calorimetric Data screen.
YES
NO
o
0
[b]
CHECK LEFM Core Thermal Power (ICS point
U2118) showing good (green) data.
YES
NO
o
0
[c]
CHECK LEFM MFW header temperature (ICS point
T8502MA) greater than or equal to 250&deg;F.
YES
NO
o
0
(
(
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
LEFM is available based upon the indications above.


    SQN             POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                     O-S1-0PS-092-078.0
SQN
                        CHANNEL CALI BRA TION BY                   Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2               HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                     Page 9 of 33
O-S1-0PS-092-078.0
  Unit.             _                                                        Date          _
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
        6.1   As-Found Data
Rev: 18
        NOTE              With LEFM unavailable, AFD limit lines in COLR must be made more
1&2
                          restrictive by 1% and Rod Insertion Limit lines in COLR must be raised
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                          by 3 steps. These adjustments are automatically applied in ICS.
Page 9 of 33
          [2]  IF LEFM calorimetric power NOT available
Unit.
                    OR ICS computer NOT available,
_
                    THEN
6.1
                PERFORM the following:
As-Found Data
                    [a]    ENTER applicable action of TRM 3.3.3.15.
Date
                    [b]    ENSURE work order initiated as required.
_
(
(
                    [c]   IF LEFM calorimetric power CANNOT be restored
NOTE
                              in time to complete this surveillance,
With LEFM unavailable, AFD limit lines in COLR must be made more
                              THEN
restrictive by 1% and Rod Insertion Limit lines in COLR must be raised
                          PERFORM the following:
by 3 steps. These adjustments are automatically applied in ICS.
                                1.     REDUCE reactor power to
[2]
                                            98.7% (3411 MWt) or less
IF LEFM calorimetric power NOT available
                                            USING U1118 (if available) or NIS.
OR ICS computer NOT available,
                                2.     WHEN reactor power is less than 98.7%,
THEN
                                            THEN
PERFORM the following:
                                        CONTINUE this instruction using
[a]
                                            alternate power indications as
ENTER applicable action of TRM 3.3.3.15.
                                            specified below.
[b]
ENSURE work order initiated as required.
[c]
IF LEFM calorimetric power CANNOT be restored
in time to complete this surveillance,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
1.
REDUCE reactor power to
98.7% (3411 MWt) or less
USING U1118 (if available) or NIS.
2.
WHEN reactor power is less than 98.7%,
THEN
CONTINUE this instruction using
alternate power indications as
specified below.


    SQN             POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                     0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                      CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                     Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2             HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                     Page 10 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit- - - - - -                                                            Date- - - - -
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
      6.1   As-Found Data
Rev: 18
      NOTE               If Engineering has performed 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2, then the applicable
1&2
                          section(s) of 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 may be used in place of Appendix C
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                          or D to obtain the current calorimetric power.
Page 10 of 33
        [3]   DETERMINE reactor core power level by performing the
Unit------
                    applicable appendix below:
6.1
                                    CONDITION                           APPENDIX   ./
As-Found Data
                RCS liT greater than 15% and                                         0
Date-----
                                                                            A
(
                LEFM core thermal power (U2118) available
NOTE
                (step [1] acceptance criteria met)
If Engineering has performed 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2, then the applicable
                RCS liT between 15% and 40% and                               B     0
section(s) of 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 may be used in place of Appendix C
(              LEFM core thermal power (U2118) NOT available
or D to obtain the current calorimetric power.
                RCS liTgreater than 40%                                       C     0
[3]
                LEFM core thermal power (U2118) NOT available
DETERMINE reactor core power level by performing the
                but ICS point U1118 is available
applicable appendix below:
                RCS liT greater than 40% and                                 D     0
CONDITION
                ICS core thermal power indication (U1118 and
APPENDIX
                U2118) NOT available
./
                AND RECORD below (N/A power if using printout from ICS):
RCS liT greater than 15% and
                % Rated Core Thermal Power     =     ----- %
A
0
LEFM core thermal power (U2118) available
(step [1] acceptance criteria met)
RCS liT between 15% and 40% and
B
0
LEFM core thermal power (U2118) NOT available
RCS liTgreater than 40%
C
0
LEFM core thermal power (U2118) NOT available
but ICS point U1118 is available
RCS liT greater than 40% and
D
0
ICS core thermal power indication (U1118 and
U2118) NOT available
AND RECORD below (N/A power if using printout from ICS):
% Rated Core Thermal Power =
%
-----


    SQN             POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                       0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                        CHANNEL CALI BRATION BY                     Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2               HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                       Page 11 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit,               _                                                          Date          _
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
        6.1   As-Found Data (Continued)
Rev: 18
        NOTE               Data for an inoperable NIS channel may be marked N/A.
1&2
          [4]   RECORD "as-found" power level from each of the
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                    four NIS power range A channel drawers:
Page 11 of 33
                        POWER RANGE                   "AS-FOUND"
Unit,
                            CHANNEL                   NIS POWER (%)
_
                              N-41
6.1
                          (XI-92-5005B)
As-Found Data (Continued)
                              N-42
Date
                          (XI-92-5006B)
_
                              N-43
(
                          (XI-92-5007B)
NOTE
                              N-44
Data for an inoperable NIS channel may be marked N/A.
(                        (XI-92-5008B)
[4]
        NOTE               The following step is performed to satisfy Tech Specs.
RECORD "as-found" power level from each of the
            [5]   COMPARE NIS indication with core thermal power level.
four NIS power range A channel drawers:
                      [a]     CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the
POWER RANGE
                                following "as-found" acceptance criteria were
"AS-FOUND"
                                satisfied:
CHANNEL
  ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:               The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [4] is
NIS POWER (%)
                                      equal to the core thermal power level recorded in step [3] or
N-41
                                      as listed on the printed copy to within +/- 2.0 percent.
(XI-92-5005B)
                                                        YES            NO            N/A
N-42
                          NIS Channel N-41              0            0            0
(XI-92-5006B)
                          NIS Channel N-42              0            0            0
N-43
                          NIS Channel N-43              0            0            0
(XI-92-5007B)
                          NIS Channel N-44              0            0            0
N-44
                                                                          RO or SRO
(XI-92-5008B)
NOTE
The following step is performed to satisfy Tech Specs.
[5]
COMPARE NIS indication with core thermal power level.
[a]
CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the
following "as-found" acceptance criteria were
satisfied:
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [4] is
equal to the core thermal power level recorded in step [3] or
as listed on the printed copy to within +/- 2.0 percent.
(,
(,
YES
NO
N/A
NIS Channel N-41
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-42
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-43
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-44
0
0
0
RO or SRO


    SQN               POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                       0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                        CHANNEL CALI BRA TION BY                   Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2               HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                       Page 12 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit,               _                                                         Date       _
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
        6.1   As-Found Data (Continued)
Rev: 18
                    [b]   IF any NIS channels were inoperable during the
1&2
                                performance of this Instruction, THEN
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                            NOTIFY applicable unit SRO that this SI must be
Page 12 of 33
                                performed on all inoperable NIS channels when
Unit,
                                they are returned to service.
_
          [6]   VERIFY that all NIS channel indications are within
Date
                      +/-3 percent of the determined core thermal
_
                      power level.
6.1
                                    YES               NO
As-Found Data (Continued)
                                      o                o
[b]
          [7]   IF a NIS channel was more than 3 percent in error in the
IF any NIS channels were inoperable during the
(                    non-conservative direction (core thermal power> NIS),
performance of this Instruction, THEN
                      THEN
NOTIFY applicable unit SRO that this SI must be
                  NOTIFY Engineering to determine if the calibration error
performed on all inoperable NIS channels when
                      impacts operability of the NIS high flux trip.
they are returned to service.
          [8]   CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the following
[6]
                      "as-found" acceptance criteria were satisfied:
VERIFY that all NIS channel indications are within
  ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:               The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [4] is less
+/-3 percent of the determined core thermal
                                      than or equal to 100.5 percent.
power level.
                                                      YES             NO         N/A
YES
                          NIS Channel   N-41           0             0           0
o
                          NIS Channel   N-42           0             0           0
NO
                          NIS Channel   N-43           0             0           0
o
                          NIS Channel   N-44           0             0           0
(
                                                                        RO or SRO
[7]
IF a NIS channel was more than 3 percent in error in the
non-conservative direction (core thermal power> NIS),
THEN
NOTIFY Engineering to determine if the calibration error
impacts operability of the NIS high flux trip.
[8]
CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the following
"as-found" acceptance criteria were satisfied:
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [4] is less
than or equal to 100.5 percent.
YES
NO
N/A
NIS Channel N-41
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-42
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-43
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-44
0
0
0
RO or SRO


    SQN            POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                  0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
(                    CHANNEL CALI BRA TION BY                Rev: 18
    1&2              HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                  Page 13 of 33
  Unit              _                                                      Date_ _----,-_ _
        6.1  As-Found Data (Continued)
        NOTE              Consistency between the four NIS PR channels is to be considered
                          when determining if an adjustment is desired.
          [9]  IF any channel does not meet acceptance criteria, OR
                NIS Channel Adjustment is desired, THEN
                PERFORM adjustment using section 6.2
                AND/OR
                REDUCE reactor power not to exceed 100 percent.
(
(
                                        END OF TEXT
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 13 of 33
Unit
_
6.1
As-Found Data (Continued)
Date__----,-__
(
(
(
NOTE
Consistency between the four NIS PR channels is to be considered
when determining if an adjustment is desired.
[9]
IF any channel does not meet acceptance criteria, OR
NIS Channel Adjustment is desired, THEN
PERFORM adjustment using section 6.2
AND/OR
REDUCE reactor power not to exceed 100 percent.
END OF TEXT


  SQN               POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                     0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                        CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                     Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
  1&2                 HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON                       Page 14 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit. _ - - - - -                                                            Date - - - - -
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
      6.2   NIS Channel Adjustment
Rev: 18
      NOTE 1              Performance of this section is required only for those PRchannels
1&2
                            designated by the Reactor Operator or that did not satisfy the
HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON
                            acceptance criteria in Section 6.1. All other NIS channels may be
Page 14 of 33
                            marked N/A.
Unit._-----
      NOTE 2              During the performance of Section 6.2, data required for an inoperable
6.2
                            NIS channel may be marked N/A.
NIS Channel Adjustment
        [1]    IF calculated average power in Section 6.1 or on printed copy
Date-----
                    differs by more than 3% from average ReS delta T,
                    THEN
                NOTIFY Engineering to determine the cause.
(        [2]    VERIFY reactor power has remained constant
                    (+/- 0.5 %) since performance of Section 6.1.
        NOTE                The inoperable channel may be bypassed for up to 4 hours for
                            surveillance testing of other channels.
          [3]    IF NIS power range channel is inoperable,
                    THEN
                  REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to Bypass inoperable
                      NIS channel in accordance with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.
          [4]    ENSURE all NIS power range channels are operable or
                      bypassed with no bistables tripped.
          [5]    ENSURE rod control system is in MANUAL in accordance
                      with 0-SO-85-1.                                                            o
(
(
NOTE 1
Performance of this section is required only for those PRchannels
designated by the Reactor Operator or that did not satisfy the
acceptance criteria in Section 6.1. All other NIS channels may be
marked N/A.
NOTE 2
During the performance of Section 6.2, data required for an inoperable
NIS channel may be marked N/A.
[1]
IF calculated average power in Section 6.1 or on printed copy
differs by more than 3% from average ReS delta T,
THEN
NOTIFY Engineering to determine the cause.
[2]
VERIFY reactor power has remained constant
(+/- 0.5 %) since performance of Section 6.1.
NOTE
The inoperable channel may be bypassed for up to 4 hours for
surveillance testing of other channels.
[3]
IF NIS power range channel is inoperable,
THEN
REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to Bypass inoperable
NIS channel in accordance with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.
[4]
ENSURE all NIS power range channels are operable or
bypassed with no bistables tripped.
(
[5]
ENSURE rod control system is in MANUAL in accordance
with 0-SO-85-1.
o


    SQN              POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                      0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
(                      CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                    Rev: 18
    1&2                HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                    Page 15 of 33
  Unit- - - - - -                                                              Date - - - - -
        6.2    NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)
        NOTE 1              Steps [6] through [9] must be completed on one NIS channel before
                            proceeding to the next channel.
        NOTE 2                NIS channels in the following step may be performed out of sequence.
          [6]    IF a rate trip exists (or occurs) on the NIS channel being
                      calibrated, THEN
                  CLEAR that channels trip signal (momentarily set RATE
                      MODE switch to RESET position) and annunciator on
                      panel XA-55-6A, "NC-41Uor NC-41 K NIS POWER
                      RANGE HIGH NEUTRON FLUX RATE," before proceeding
                      to the next NIS channel.
                                                          Trip
                                                          Cleared        N/A
(
(
                      NIS   Channel   N-41                   o            o
SQN
                      NIS   Channel   N-42                   o            o
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
                      NIS   Channel   N-43                   o            o
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
                      NIS   Channel   N-44                   o            o
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
                                                                    First Person                 _
Rev: 18
                                                                                CV             _
1&2
        NOTE                 The gain potentiometers have latches which must be disengaged prior
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                              to adjustment, and re-engaged following adjustment.
Page 15 of 33
          [7]   ADJUST gain potentiometer on associated channel's power
Unit------
                      range B drawer to bring that channel's indicated power
6.2
                      level to within +/- 0.5% of the calorimetric power recorded in
NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)
                      Section 6.1 or as listed on the printed copy. AND
Date-----
                  ENSURE gain potentiometer latch re-engaged. [C.2]
NOTE 1
                                                        Adjustment
Steps [6] through [9] must be completed on one NIS channel before
                                                          Required       N/A
proceeding to the next channel.
                      NIS Channel   N-41                   0           0
NOTE 2
                        NIS Channel   N-42                   0           0
NIS channels in the following step may be performed out of sequence.
                        NIS Channel   N-43                   0           0
[6]
                        NIS Channel   N-44                   0           0
IF a rate trip exists (or occurs) on the NIS channel being
                                                                      First Person                 _
calibrated, THEN
                                                                              CV                 _
CLEAR that channels trip signal (momentarily set RATE
MODE switch to RESET position) and annunciator on
panel XA-55-6A, "NC-41Uor NC-41 K NIS POWER
RANGE HIGH NEUTRON FLUX RATE," before proceeding
to the next NIS channel.
(
NIS Channel N-41
NIS Channel N-42
NIS Channel N-43
NIS Channel N-44
Trip
Cleared
oooo
N/A
oooo
First Person
_
CV
_
NOTE
The gain potentiometers have latches which must be disengaged prior
to adjustment, and re-engaged following adjustment.
[7]
ADJUST gain potentiometer on associated channel's power
range B drawer to bring that channel's indicated power
level to within +/- 0.5% of the calorimetric power recorded in
Section 6.1 or as listed on the printed copy. AND
ENSURE gain potentiometer latch re-engaged. [C.2]
Adjustment
Required
N/A
NIS Channel N-41
0
0
NIS Channel N-42
0
0
NIS Channel N-43
0
0
NIS Channel N-44
0
0
First Person
_
CV
_


    SQN               POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                     O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                        CHANNEL CALI BRATION BY                   Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
  1&2                 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                   Page 16 of 33
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit- - - - - -                                                               Date   --
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
      6.2   NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)
Rev: 18
        [8]     IF fine gain potentiometer on power range B drawer will not provide
1&2
                      enough adjustment to satisfy the calibration requirements of step
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                      [7], THEN
Page 16 of 33
                REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to adjust the coarse gain
Unit------
                      (resistor R312, Coarse Level Adjust) inside the applicable
Date
                      power range drawer, AND
--
                READJUST fine gain potentiometer to achieve calibration
6.2
                      requirements specified in step [7].
NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)
                                                    Adjustment
[8]
                                                        Required        N/A
IF fine gain potentiometer on power range B drawer will not provide
                      NIS Channel N-41                 o              o
enough adjustment to satisfy the calibration requirements of step
                      NIS   Channel N-42                 o              o
[7], THEN
(                      NIS Channel N-43                 o              o
REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to adjust the coarse gain
                      NIS   Channel N-44                 o              o
(resistor R312, Coarse Level Adjust) inside the applicable
                                                                    First Person           _
power range drawer, AND
                                                                              CV         _
N/A
          [9]     IF additional NIS channel(s) require calibration, THEN
ooo
                  RETURN TO step [6].
o
          [10]   WHEN NIS adjustments have been completed, THEN
NIS Channel N-41
                  RECORD "as-left" power level from NIS power range channels.
NIS Channel N-42
                        POWER RANGE                 " AS-LEFT"
NIS Channel N-43
                            CHANNEL               NIS POWER (%)
NIS Channel N-44
                        N-41 (XI-92-5005B)
READJUST fine gain potentiometer to achieve calibration
                        N-42 (XI-92-5006B)
requirements specified in step [7].
                        N-43 (XI-92-5007B)
Adjustment
                        N-44 (XI-92-5008B)
Required
                                                                    First Person           _
oooo
                                                                              IV         _
(
First Person
_
CV
_
[9]
IF additional NIS channel(s) require calibration, THEN
RETURN TO step [6].
[10]
WHEN NIS adjustments have been completed, THEN
RECORD "as-left" power level from NIS power range channels.
POWER RANGE
" AS-LEFT"
CHANNEL
NIS POWER (%)
N-41 (XI-92-5005B)
N-42 (XI-92-5006B)
N-43 (XI-92-5007B)
N-44 (XI-92-5008B)
First Person
_
IV
_


    SQN               POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                       0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
(
(                        CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                     Rev: 18
SQN
    1& 2               HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                     Page 17 of 33
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
  Unit.         ~_ _                                                            Date- - - - -
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
        6.2   NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
          [11]   IF NIS power range channel is inoperable, THEN
Rev: 18
                  REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to remove
1 & 2
                      Bypass on inoperable NISchannel in accordance
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                      with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.
Page 17 of 33
          [12]   CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the following
Unit.
                      "as-left" acceptance criteria were satisfied.
~__
  ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:               The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [10] is
6.2
                                      within +/- 0.5 percent the calorimetric power level recorded in
NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)
                                      Section 6.1 or as listed on the printed copy.
[11]
                                                        YES           NO           N/A
IF NIS power range channel is inoperable, THEN
                          NIS Channel   N-41             0           0           0
REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to remove
(                         NIS Channel   N-42             0           0           0
Bypass on inoperable NISchannel in accordance
\
with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.
                          NIS Channel   N-43             0           0           0
[12]
                          NIS Channel   N-44             0           0           0
CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the following
                                                                        RO or SRO
"as-left" acceptance criteria were satisfied.
          [13]   IF acceptance criteria were NOT satisfied for any NIS channel,
Date-----
                      THEN
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
                  NOTIFY Shift Manager that acceptance criteria were NOT met
The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [10] is
                      and another performance of this test is necessary,
within +/- 0.5 percent the calorimetric power level recorded in
                      subsequently action 2 of LCO 3.3.1.1 (Unit 1) or LCO 3.3.1
Section 6.1 or as listed on the printed copy.
                      (Unit 2) must be satisfied if the other performance does not
YES
                      meet acceptance criteria.
NO
        NOTE     NIS channel adjustment may cause step change in input to rod control. A delay of at
N/A
                      least 3 minutes prior to returning rod control to automatic will allow lead/lag signal to
NIS Channel N-41
                      decay off.
0
            [14]   RETURN Rod Control System to AUTO in
0
                      accordance with 0-SO-85-1.                                                     D
0
                                              END OF TEXT
(
NIS Channel N-42
0
0
0
\\
NIS Channel N-43
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-44
0
0
0
RO or SRO
[13]
IF acceptance criteria were NOT satisfied for any NIS channel,
THEN
NOTIFY Shift Manager that acceptance criteria were NOT met
and another performance of this test is necessary,
subsequently action 2 of LCO 3.3.1.1 (Unit 1) or LCO 3.3.1
(Unit 2) must be satisfied if the other performance does not
meet acceptance criteria.
NOTE
NIS channel adjustment may cause step change in input to rod control. A delay of at
least 3 minutes prior to returning rod control to automatic will allow lead/lag signal to
decay off.
[14]
RETURN Rod Control System to AUTO in
accordance with 0-SO-85-1.
END OF TEXT
D


  SQN          POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX              O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
                CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY              Rev: 18
  1&2          HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON              Page 18 of 33
    7.0  POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY
      [1]  NOTIFY SRO that test has been completed.
(
(
(
(
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 18 of 33
7.0
POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY
[1]
NOTIFY SRO that test has been completed.


    SQN         POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                     O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                    CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                     Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2           HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                     Page 19 of 33
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit     _                                                                 APPENDIX A
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
  Date      _                                                                Page 1 of 3
Rev: 18
              CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER USING LEFM
1&2
      NOTE 1      ICS allows two options for blowdown flows:
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                    Option #1 (Preferred) -use point [F2261A] which requires no
Page 19 of 33
                    operator entered data (computer automatically updates the
Unit
                    blowdown flows).
_
                    Option #2 - use manually entered S/G blowdown flow rates.
Date
      NOTE 2      Computer point [F2261A] is more accurate than flow indicators
_
                    located in the fan rooms. If the computer point is inoperable and
NOTE 1
                    blowdown flows from the FIS's are used, then indicated core thermal
NOTE 2
                    power may be a slightly different value.
APPENDIX A
        (1)   ENSURE S/G blowdown flows are updated by performing the
Page 1 of 3
(                following functions on ICS:
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER USING LEFM
                [a)     SELECT "NSSS AND SOP".                                           D
ICS allows two options for blowdown flows:
                [b)      SELECT "CALORIMETRIC FUNCTION MENU".                             D
Option #1 (Preferred) -use point [F2261A] which requires no
                [c)     SELECT "UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED
operator entered data (computer automatically updates the
                                  SLOWDOWN FLOW" on menu AND
blowdown flows).
                          PERFORM one of the following options
Option #2 - use manually entered S/G blowdown flow rates.
                            (N/A option not used):                                       D
Computer point [F2261A] is more accurate than flow indicators
                        1. IF using computer point [F2261A) S/G Total Slowdown
located in the fan rooms. If the computer point is inoperable and
                            Flow, THEN
blowdown flows from the FIS's are used, then indicated core thermal
                                    (a) VERIFY point value is updating
power may be a slightly different value.
                                        (changing values).                               D
(
                                    (b) IF computer point is NOT updating,
(1)
                                        THEN
ENSURE S/G blowdown flows are updated by performing the
                                        NOTIFY MIG that point is not
following functions on ICS:
                                        updating and initiate WOo                       D
[a)
[b)
SELECT "NSSS AND SOP".
SELECT "CALORIMETRIC FUNCTION MENU".
D
D
[c)
SELECT "UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED
SLOWDOWN FLOW" on menu AND
PERFORM one of the following options
(N/A option not used):
1.
IF using computer point [F2261A) S/G Total Slowdown
Flow, THEN
(a)
VERIFY point value is updating
(changing values).
(b)
IF computer point is NOT updating,
THEN
NOTIFY MIG that point is not
updating and initiate WOo
D
D
D


    SQN     POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
              CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                 Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2     HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                 Page 20 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit    _                                                        APPENDIX A
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
  Date    _                                                        Page 2 of 3
Rev: 18
      NOTE    Local readings of steam generator blowdown flow are obtained
1&2
                from Panel L-357.
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                2.  IF manually updating blowdown flows, THEN
Page 20 of 33
                          [a]    RECORD local readings for
(
                                S/G blowdown flow:
                                    RCS      BLOWDOWN FLOW
                                  LOOP              (GPM)
                                      1
                                                    FI-1-152
                                      2
                                                    FI-1-156
                                      3
                                                    FI-1-160
(                                     4
                                                    FI-1-164
                          [b]    ENSURE blowdown flows above
                                entered in ICS.
                          [c]  IF blowdown flows were updated, THEN
                                WAIT a minimum of 10 minutes
                                to allow program to accurately
                                reflect new value.                            D
(
(
Unit
_
Date
_
NOTE
APPENDIX A
Page 2 of 3
Local readings of steam generator blowdown flow are obtained
from Panel L-357.
2.
IF manually updating blowdown flows, THEN
[a]
RECORD local readings for
S/G blowdown flow:
RCS
BLOWDOWN FLOW
LOOP
(GPM)
1
FI-1-152
2
FI-1-156
3
FI-1-160
4
FI-1-164
[b]
ENSURE blowdown flows above
entered in ICS.
[c]
IF blowdown flows were updated, THEN
WAIT a minimum of 10 minutes
to allow program to accurately
reflect new value.
D


    SQN        POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                    O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
(                  CHANNEL CALI BRA TION BY                Rev: 18
    1&2          HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                    Page 21 of 33
  Unit                                                                        APPENDIX A
  Date                                                                        Page 3 of 3
      NOTE          ICS printout may be used to document power level and NIS values.
                      Since core thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviation may exist
                      between the recorded core thermal power value (if used) and the
                      printed sheet value (if used). SI acceptance is satisfied in the body
                      of the instruction.
        [2] SELECT "DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC DATA"
                on ICS Calorimetric menu AND
                          PERFORM one of the following:                                    D
              [a]    RECORD the following:
            LEFM Core Thermal Power (U2118)                    _ _ _ _~_Mwt
            Percent Rated Core Thermal Power (U 1127)          ------            %
(
(
\
SQN
                                          OR
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
                [b]    PRINT power level and NIS values AND
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
                      ATTACH report to this instruction.                                   D
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 21 of 33
Unit
APPENDIX A
Date
Page 3 of 3
NOTE
ICS printout may be used to document power level and NIS values.
Since core thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviation may exist
between the recorded core thermal power value (if used) and the
printed sheet value (if used). SI acceptance is satisfied in the body
of the instruction.
[2]
SELECT "DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC DATA"
on ICS Calorimetric menu AND
(
\\
PERFORM one of the following:
[a]
RECORD the following:
LEFM Core Thermal Power (U2118)
Percent Rated Core Thermal Power (U1127)
OR
____~_Mwt
%
------
D
(
(
\
\\
[b]
PRINT power level and NIS values AND
ATTACH report to this instruction.
D


    SQN           POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                       O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
I\\
I
SQN
\                  CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                       Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2           HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                       Page 22 of 33
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit     _                                                                   APPENDIX B
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
  Date      _                                                                  Page 1 of 1
Rev: 18
                    SUBSTITUTION OF RCS flT AT LOW POWER LEVELS
1&2
                            (:s: 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
        NOTE 1          RCS delta T loops (flTO) are aligned to results of a secondary-side
Page 22 of 33
                        heat balance. Consequently, using flTs to adjust NIS at low power
Unit
                        levels still satisfies the requirement to use heat balance. Loop flT is
_
                        used to avoid potentially non-conservative errors in NIS power range
Date
                        indication if adjustments were made based upon an inaccurate
_
                        secondary heat balance at a low feedwater flowrate. At low power
NOTE 1
                        levels the traditional secondary-side heat balance (U 1118) is not as
NOTE 2
                        accurate as Reactor Coolant Loop flTs.
APPENDIX B
        NOTE 2          This appendix should NOT be used if LEFM is operable.
Page 1 of 1
(        [1]  CALCULATE the average RCS delta T using control
SUBSTITUTION OF RCS flT AT LOW POWER LEVELS
                  board indications or computer point for average
(:s: 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)
                  RCS flT.
RCS delta T loops (flTO) are aligned to results of a secondary-side
                Loop A (TI-68-2D)                          %                  PLANT
heat balance. Consequently, using flTs to adjust NIS at low power
                                                                          COMPUTER
levels still satisfies the requirement to use heat balance. Loop flT is
                Loop B (TI-68-25D)                        %        OR  U0485        %
used to avoid potentially non-conservative errors in NIS power range
                Loop C (TI-68-44D)                        %
indication if adjustments were made based upon an inaccurate
                Loop D (TI-'68-67D)                        %
secondary heat balance at a low feedwater flowrate. At low power
                                  Total                % -7- (4) =Avg            ---~
levels the traditional secondary-side heat balance (U 1118) is not as
                                                                                                %
accurate as Reactor Coolant Loop flTs.
          [2]  RECORD average RCS delta T as the core thermal
This appendix should NOT be used if LEFM is operable.
                  power level                    %.
(
(
[1]
CALCULATE the average RCS delta T using control
board indications or computer point for average
RCS flT.
Loop A (TI-68-2D)
%
PLANT
COMPUTER
Loop B (TI-68-25D)
%
OR
U0485
%
Loop C (TI-68-44D)
%
Loop D (TI-'68-67D)
%
(
Total
% -7- (4) =Avg
[2]
RECORD average RCS delta T as the core thermal
power level
%.
%
---~


    SQN           POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                       0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                      CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                       Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2           HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                       Page 23 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit     _                                                                   APPENDIXC
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
  Date     _                                                                   Page 1 of 3
Rev: 18
              CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL USING U1118
1&2
                              (> 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
        NOTE 1       This appendix is used when RCS ~ T is greater than 40%
Page 23 of 33
                      and LEFM (U2118) NOT available, but ICS and U1118 are available.
Unit
        NOTE 2        ICS allows two options for blowdown flows:
_
                      Option #1 (Preferred) - use point [F2261A] which requires no
Date
                      operator entered data (computer automatically updates the
_
                      blowdown flows).
APPENDIXC
                      Option #2 - use manually entered S/G blowdown flow rates.
Page 1 of 3
        NOTE 3        Computer point [F2261A] is more accurate than flow indicators
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL USING U1118
                      located in the fan rooms. If the computer point is inoperable and
(> 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)
                      blowdown flows from the FIS's are used in the calculation of U1118, then
(
(                    expect U1118 to indicate a different value and adjustment of NIS may be
NOTE 1
                      required.
NOTE 2
        [1]   ENSURE S/G blowdown flows are updated by performing the
NOTE 3
                  following on ICS:
This appendix is used when RCS ~T is greater than 40%
                  [a]     SELECT "NSSS AND BOP".                                           o
and LEFM (U2118) NOT available, but ICS and U1118 are available.
                  [b]      SELECT "CALORIMETRIC FUNCTION MENU"                               o
ICS allows two options for blowdown flows:
                  [c]     SELECT "UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED
Option #1 (Preferred) - use point [F2261A] which requires no
                          BLOWDOWN FLOW' on menu AND
operator entered data (computer automatically updates the
                          PERFORM one of the following options
blowdown flows).
                                      (N/A option not used):                                 o
Option #2 - use manually entered S/G blowdown flow rates.
                          1.     IF using computer point [F2261A] S/G Total
Computer point [F2261A] is more accurate than flow indicators
                                Blowdown Flow, THEN
located in the fan rooms. If the computer point is inoperable and
                                  [a]   VERIFY point value is updating
blowdown flows from the FIS's are used in the calculation of U1118, then
                                            (changing values).                               o
expect U1118 to indicate a different value and adjustment of NIS may be
                                  [b]   IF computer point is NOT updating, THEN
required.
(                                        NOTIFY MIG that point is not
[1]
                                            updating and initiate WOo                       o
ENSURE S/G blowdown flows are updated by performing the
following on ICS:
[a]
[b]
SELECT "NSSS AND BOP".
SELECT "CALORIMETRIC FUNCTION MENU"
o
o
(
[c]
SELECT "UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED
BLOWDOWN FLOW' on menu AND
PERFORM one of the following options
(N/A option not used):
1.
IF using computer point [F2261A] S/G Total
Blowdown Flow, THEN
[a]
VERIFY point value is updating
(changing values).
[b]
IF computer point is NOT updating, THEN
NOTIFY MIG that point is not
updating and initiate WOo
o
o
o


    SQN     POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
              CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                 Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2     HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON                     Page 24 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit    _                                                        APPENDIX C
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
  Date- - -                                                        Page 2 of 3
Rev: 18
        NOTE    Local readings of steam generator blowdown flow are obtained
1&2
                from Panel L-357.
HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON
                2.    IF manually updating blowdown flows, THEN
Page 24 of 33
                          [a]    RECORD local readings for
                                  S/G blowdown flow:
                                    RCS      BLOWDOWN FLOW
                                    LOOP              (GPM)
                                      1
                                                    FI-1-152
                                      2
                                                    FI-1-156
(                                    3
                                                    FI-1-160
                                      4
                                                    FI-1-164
                          [b]    ENSURE blowdown flows above
                                  entered in ICS.
                            [c]  IF blowdown flows were updated, THEN
                                  WAIT a minimum of 10 minutes
                                  to allow program to accurately
                                  reflect new value.                            o
{
{
(
Unit
_
Date---
NOTE
APPENDIX C
Page 2 of 3
Local readings of steam generator blowdown flow are obtained
from Panel L-357.
2.
IF manually updating blowdown flows, THEN
[a]
RECORD local readings for
S/G blowdown flow:
RCS
BLOWDOWN FLOW
LOOP
(GPM)
1
FI-1-152
2
FI-1-156
3
FI-1-160
4
FI-1-164
[b]
ENSURE blowdown flows above
entered in ICS.
[c]
IF blowdown flows were updated, THEN
WAIT a minimum of 10 minutes
to allow program to accurately
reflect new value.
o


    SQN             POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                   O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
(
(                      CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                 Rev: 18
SQN
    1&2               HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                 Page 25 of 33
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
  Unit       _                                                                   APPENDIX C
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Date - - -                                                                     Page 3 of 3
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
      NOTE              ICS printout may be used to document power level and NIS values.
Rev: 18
                        Since core thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviation may exist
1&2
                        between the recorded core thermal power value (if used) and the
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                        printed sheet value (if used). SI acceptance is satisfied in the body
Page 25 of 33
                        of the instruction.
Unit
        [2]   SELECT "DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC DATA"
_
                  on ICS Calorimetric menu AND                                               0
Date---
              PERFORM one of the following:
NOTE
                  [a]   RECORD the following:
APPENDIX C
              Venturi Core Thermal Power (U1118)                                     Mwt
Page 3 of 3
(               Percent Rated Core Thermal Power (U1127)                             %
ICS printout may be used to document power level and NIS values.
                                            OR
Since core thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviation may exist
                    [b]   PRINT power level and NIS values AND
between the recorded core thermal power value (if used) and the
                          ATTACH report to this instruction.                                   0
printed sheet value (if used). SI acceptance is satisfied in the body
          [3] IF any value is a blue "NCAl" quality, THEN
of the instruction.
                          PERFORM the following:
[2]
                    [a]   IF cause of bad data is unknown, THEN
SELECT "DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC DATA"
                                REQUEST assistance from MIG or ICS
on ICS Calorimetric menu AND
                                          computer engineer.                                   0
0
                    [b]   INITIATE WO if required.                                             0
PERFORM one of the following:
                    [c]   GO TO Appendix D.                                                     0
[a]
RECORD the following:
Venturi Core Thermal Power (U1118)
Mwt
(
Percent Rated Core Thermal Power (U1127)
%
OR
[b]
PRINT power level and NIS values AND
ATTACH report to this instruction.
0
[3]
IF any value is a blue "NCAl" quality, THEN
PERFORM the following:
[a]
IF cause of bad data is unknown, THEN
REQUEST assistance from MIG or ICS
computer engineer.
0
[b]
INITIATE WO if required.
0
[c]
GO TO Appendix D.
0


    SQN         POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                   0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                    CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                 Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2           HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                   Page 26 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit     _                                                               APPENDIX D
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
  Date- - -                                                                 Page 1 of 7
Rev: 18
                  CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
1&2
                        WITH INOPERABLE PLANT COMPUTER
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                                (RCS ~T Greater Than 40%)
Page 26 of 33
      NOTE 1          This appendix provides guidance determining calorimetric power when
Unit
                      ICS core thermal power indication (U1118 and U2118) is unavailable
_
                      with power above 40% and the computer cannot be restored in time to
Date---
                      complete SR 4.3.1.1.1.
NOTE 1
      NOTE 2          0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 requires several hours from initiation until
NOTE 2
                      completion of power calculation.
APPENDIX D
        [1]  IF 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 will be used for calorimetric data,
Page 1 of 7
(                THEN
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
              PERFORM the following:
WITH INOPERABLE PLANT COMPUTER
                [a]    NOTIFY Systems Engineering to perform
(RCS ~T Greater Than 40%)
                          manual calorimetric calculation
This appendix provides guidance determining calorimetric power when
                          using 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2.                                    D
ICS core thermal power indication (U1118 and U2118) is unavailable
                [b]    MARK remaining steps "N/A" in this appendix.                    D
with power above 40% and the computer cannot be restored in time to
complete SR 4.3.1.1.1.
0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 requires several hours from initiation until
completion of power calculation.
(
(
(
[1]
IF 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 will be used for calorimetric data,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
[a]
NOTIFY Systems Engineering to perform
manual calorimetric calculation
using 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2.
[b]
MARK remaining steps "N/A" in this appendix.
D
D


    SQN           POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                     O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                      CHANNEL CALI BRATION BY                   Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2             HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                     Page 27 of 33
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit - - -                                                                     APPENDIX D
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
  Date      _                                                                  Page 2 of 7
Rev: 18
      NOTE 1            The remaining steps determine core thermal power by manually
1&2
                        entering calorimetric data on opposite unit's ICS computer. This
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                        method requires adding 3.5% to the calculated power level for
Page 27 of 33
                        additional conservatism due to greater errors associated with indicator
Unit---
                        error and readability. Therefore, power level should be reduced to
Date
                        less than or equal to 96.5% before performance.
_
        NOTE 2          Calorimetric calculation on opposite unit's ICS assumes that blowdown
NOTE 1
                        flow is identical on each unit. This error is accounted for in the 3.5%
NOTE 2
                          correction factor.
APPENDIX D
        [2]   IF opposite unit's ICS will be used to perform a calorimetric
Page 2 of 7
                  calibration,
The remaining steps determine core thermal power by manually
                  THEN
entering calorimetric data on opposite unit's ICS computer. This
(               PERFORM the following:
method requires adding 3.5% to the calculated power level for
                  [a]     ENSURE reactor power less than or equal to 96.5%.                   D
additional conservatism due to greater errors associated with indicator
                  [b]     ENSURE reactor power and RCS temperature stable.                     D
error and readability. Therefore, power level should be reduced to
less than or equal to 96.5% before performance.
Calorimetric calculation on opposite unit's ICS assumes that blowdown
flow is identical on each unit. This error is accounted for in the 3.5%
correction factor.
[2]
IF opposite unit's ICS will be used to perform a calorimetric
calibration,
THEN
(
PERFORM the following:
[a]
ENSURE reactor power less than or equal to 96.5%.
[b]
ENSURE reactor power and RCS temperature stable.
D
D


    SQN           POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                     0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
(
                    CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                     Rev: 18
SQN
    1&2           HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON                         Page 28 of 33
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
  Unit                                                                       APPENDIX D
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Date                                                                       Page 3 of 7
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
      NOTE 1           If ICS is unavailable, LEFM Feed flow and feed temperature may still
Rev: 18
                        be available on LEFM panel [LOCL-500-R183] in Aux Inst Rm.
1&2
      NOTE 2           MFW header temp must be greater than 250&deg;F for reliable LEFM data.
HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON
        [3] IF LEFM feed flow and feed temperature is available on
Page 28 of 33
                local LEFM panel, THEN
Unit
              PERFORM the following:
APPENDIX D
                [a]     RECORD the following data:
Date
                        Parameter                     Indication             Reading
Page 3 of 7
              Loop 1 Feedwater Pressure               PI-3-37 [M-3]                   psig
NOTE 1
              Loop 2 Feedwater Pressure             PI-3-50 [M-3]                   psig
If ICS is unavailable, LEFM Feed flow and feed temperature may still
(              Loop 3 Feedwater Pressure             PI-3-92 [M-3]                   psig
be available on LEFM panel [LOCL-500-R183] in Aux Inst Rm.
              Loop 4 Feedwater Pressure             PI-3-105 [M-3]                 psig
NOTE 2
              Loop 1 SfG Pressure                 PI-1-2A or 2B [M-4]               psig
MFW header temp must be greater than 250&deg;F for reliable LEFM data.
              Loop 2 SfG Pressure                 PI-1-9A or 9B [M-4]               psig
[3]
              Loop 3 SfG Pressure               PI-1-20A or 20B [M-4]               psig
IF LEFM feed flow and feed temperature is available on
              Loop 4 S/G Pressure               PI-1-27Aor 27B [M-4]               psig
local LEFM panel, THEN
              Total Feedwater Flow                       LEFM                       Ibm/hr
PERFORM the following:
              Feedwater Temperature                       LEFM                       of
[a]
              (must be > 250&deg;F)
RECORD the following data:
                                                                                        IV
Parameter
                  [b]     SELECT Calorimetric Main Menu screen on other
Indication
                            unit's ICS computer.                                           o
Reading
                                    (step continued on next page)
Loop 1 Feedwater Pressure
PI-3-37 [M-3]
psig
Loop 2 Feedwater Pressure
PI-3-50 [M-3]
psig
Loop 3 Feedwater Pressure
PI-3-92 [M-3]
psig
Loop 4 Feedwater Pressure
PI-3-105 [M-3]
psig
Loop 1 SfG Pressure
PI-1-2A or 2B [M-4]
psig
Loop 2 SfG Pressure
PI-1-9A or 9B [M-4]
psig
Loop 3 SfG Pressure
PI-1-20A or 20B [M-4]
psig
Loop 4 S/G Pressure
PI-1-27Aor 27B [M-4]
psig
Total Feedwater Flow
LEFM
Ibm/hr
Feedwater Temperature
LEFM
of
(must be > 250&deg;F)
IV
[b]
SELECT Calorimetric Main Menu screen on other
unit's ICS computer.
(step continued on next page)
o


  SQN         POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                   O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                  CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                 Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
  1&2           HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                   Page 29 of 33
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
Unit                                                                     APPENDIX D
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Date                                                                     Page 4 of 7
Rev: 18
      [3] (Continued)
1&2
            [c]   SELECT LEFM Special Offline Calorimetric on
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
                        Calorimetric Menu.                                           D
Page 29 of 33
            [d]   ENTER data in ICS from table in substep 3 [a].
Unit
            [e]   SELECT function key F3 to execute calculation.                   D
APPENDIX D
            [f]   PRINT calorimetric results.                                       D
Date
            [g]   VERIFY data was correctly entered in ICS
Page 4 of 7
                        from table in substep 3 [a].
[3]
                                                                                IV
(Continued)
            [h]     RECORD Total S/G Thermal Power from
[c]
                        calorimetric printout:
SELECT LEFM Special Offline Calorimetric on
                              _ _ _ _MWt
Calorimetric Menu.
              [i]   CALCULATE percent power
[d]
                        corresponding to item [h]
ENTER data in ICS from table in substep 3 [a].
                              _ _ _ _MWt        = ---%
[e]
                                    34.55
SELECT function key F3 to execute calculation.
    NOTE           The following step adds 3.5% to calorimetric power to compensate for
[f]
                    additional errors in this method. The corrected power value below
PRINT calorimetric results.
                    should be used in Section 6.1.
[g]
              [j]   CALCULATE corrected core thermal power:
VERIFY data was correctly entered in ICS
                    (substep [i])           % + 3.5 % =   -~-
from table in substep 3 [a].
                                                                      %
[h]
              [k]   VERIFY substeps [g] through [j].
RECORD Total S/G Thermal Power from
                                                                                  IV
calorimetric printout:
____MWt
[i]
CALCULATE percent power
corresponding to item [h]
IV
D
D
D
____MWt =
34.55
%
---
NOTE
The following step adds 3.5% to calorimetric power to compensate for
additional errors in this method. The corrected power value below
should be used in Section 6.1.
[j]
CALCULATE corrected core thermal power:
(substep [i])
% + 3.5 % =
[k]
VERIFY substeps [g] through [j].
%
-~-
IV


    SQN         POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                    CHANNEL CALI BRA TION BY               Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2           HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                 Page 30 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit                                                                     APPENDIX D
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
  Date                                                                     Page 5 of 7
Rev: 18
      NOTE           1,2-PI-ICC-003-036.0 provides details on required test equipment for
1&2
                      feedwater temperature measurement.
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
        [4] IF LEFM feed flow and feed temperature is NOT available,
Page 30 of 33
                THEN
Unit
            PERFORM the following:
APPENDIX D
                [a]   NOTIFY MIG or Systems Engineering to install
Date
                          precision temperature monitoring equipment in
Page 5 of 7
                          feedwater header temperature wells TW-3-197 and
NOTE
                          TW-3-198 [TB el. 685].                                         D
1,2-PI-ICC-003-036.0 provides details on required test equipment for
                [b]    RECORD average feedwater header temperature:
feedwater temperature measurement.
[4]
IF LEFM feed flow and feed temperature is NOT available,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
[a]
NOTIFY MIG or Systems Engineering to install
precision temperature monitoring equipment in
feedwater header temperature wells TW-3-197 and
TW-3-198 [TB el. 685].
D
(
(
                                      - - - - - of
                                                                              MIG or Eng
                                                                                  IV
                                (step continued on next page)
(
(
[b]
RECORD average feedwater header temperature:
of
-----
(step continued on next page)
MIG or Eng
IV


    SQN         POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                   0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                    CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                   Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
    1&2           HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON                       Page 31 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Unit                                                                     APPENDIX D
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
  Date                                                                     Page 6 of 7
Rev: 18
        [4] (Continued)
1 & 2
                [c]   RECORD the following data:
HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON
                      Parameter                     Indication             Reading
Page 31 of 33
            Loop 1 Feedwater Press               PI-3-37 [M-3]                   psig
Unit
            Loop 2 Feedwater Press               PI-3-50 [M-3]                   psig
APPENDIX D
            Loop 3 Feedwater Press               PI-3-92 [M-3]                   psig
Date
            Loop 4 Feedwater Press               PI-3-105 [M-3]                   psig
Page 6 of 7
            Loop 1 S/G Pressure               PI-1-2A or 2B [M-4]                 psig
[4]
            Loop 2 S/G Pressure               PI-1-9A or 9B [M-4]                 psig
(Continued)
            Loop 3 S/G Pressure               PI-1-20A or 20B [M-4]               psig
[c]
            Loop 4 S/G Pressure             PI-1-27A or 27B [M-4]               psig
RECORD the following data:
            Loop 1 Feedwater Flow           FI-3-35A or 35B [M-4]               Ibm/hr
Parameter
            Loop 2 Feedwater Flow           FI-3-48A or 48B [M-4]               Ibm/hr
Indication
            Loop 3 Feedwater Flow           FI-3-90A or 90B [M-4]               Ibm/hr
Reading
            Loop 4 Feedwater Flow           FI-3-103A or 103B [M-4]               Ibm/hr
Loop 1 Feedwater Press
                                                                                  IV
PI-3-37 [M-3]
                [d]  SELECT Calorimetric Main Menu screen on other
psig
                          unit's ICS computer.                                          o
Loop 2 Feedwater Press
                [e]  SELECT Special Offline Calorimetric
PI-3-50 [M-3]
                          on Calorimetric Menu.                                        o
psig
                                (step continued on next page)
Loop 3 Feedwater Press
PI-3-92 [M-3]
psig
Loop 4 Feedwater Press
PI-3-105 [M-3]
psig
Loop 1 S/G Pressure
PI-1-2A or 2B [M-4]
psig
Loop 2 S/G Pressure
PI-1-9A or 9B [M-4]
psig
Loop 3 S/G Pressure
PI-1-20A or 20B [M-4]
psig
Loop 4 S/G Pressure
PI-1-27A or 27B [M-4]
psig
Loop 1 Feedwater Flow
FI-3-35A or 35B [M-4]
Ibm/hr
Loop 2 Feedwater Flow
FI-3-48A or 48B [M-4]
Ibm/hr
Loop 3 Feedwater Flow
FI-3-90A or 90B [M-4]
Ibm/hr
Loop 4 Feedwater Flow
FI-3-103A or 103B [M-4]
Ibm/hr
IV
(
(
[d]
SELECT Calorimetric Main Menu screen on other
unit's ICS computer.
[e]
SELECT Special Offline Calorimetric
on Calorimetric Menu.
(step continued on next page)
o
o


    SQN         POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX                   O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
(
(                  CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY                 Rev: 18
SQN
    1&2           HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON                   Page 32 of 33
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
  Unit                                                                     APPENDIX D
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
  Date                                                                     Page 7 of 7
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
        [4] (Continued)
Rev: 18
              [f]   ENTER data in ICSfrom substeps 4 [b] and 4 [c].
1 & 2
              [9]   SELECTfunction key F3 to execute calculation.                     0
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
              [h]   PRINT calorimetric results.                                       0
Page 32 of 33
              [i]   VERIFY data from substeps 4 [b] and 4 [c]
Unit
                          was correctly entered in ICS.
APPENDIX D
                                                                                  IV
Date
              [j]     RECORD Total S/G Thermal Power from
Page 7 of 7
                          calorimetric printout:
[4]
(                                             MWt
(Continued)
                [k]   CALCULATE percent power
[f]
                          corresponding to item [j]
ENTER data in ICSfrom substeps 4 [b] and 4 [c].
                                _ _ _ _MWt        = ---%
[9]
                                      34.55
SELECTfunction key F3 to execute calculation.
      NOTE           The following step adds 3.5% to calorimetric power to compensate for
0
                      additional errors in this method. The corrected power value below
[h]
                      should be used in Section 6.1.
PRINT calorimetric results.
                [I]   CALCULATE corrected core thermal power:
0
                      (substep [k])           % + 3.5 % = - - - %
[i]
                [m]   VERIFY substeps [j] through [I].
VERIFY data from substeps 4 [b] and 4 [c]
                                                                                    IV
was correctly entered in ICS.
IV
[j]
RECORD Total S/G Thermal Power from
calorimetric printout:
(
MWt
[k]
CALCULATE percent power
corresponding to item [j]
____MWt =
34.55
%
---
NOTE
The following step adds 3.5% to calorimetric power to compensate for
additional errors in this method. The corrected power value below
should be used in Section 6.1.
[I]
CALCULATE corrected core thermal power:
(substep [k])
% + 3.5 % =
[m]
VERIFY substeps [j] through [I].
%
---
IV


      SQN             POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX       0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
SQN
                          CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY       Rev: 18
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
      1& 2             HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON       Page 33 of 33
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
                                        SOURCE NOTES
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
                                          Page 1 of 1
Rev: 18
        REQUIREMENTS                     SOURCE           IMPLEMENTING
1 & 2
          STATEMENT                     DOCUMENT           STATEMENT
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
  Ensure calculation of thermal     INPO SER 89-23               C.1
Page 33 of 33
  power is correct before           CAQR SQQ 90052
SOURCE NOTES
  calibrating excore detectors.
Page 1 of 1
  Excore detectors should be       INPO SER 89-09               C.2
REQUIREMENTS
  calibrated based on best
SOURCE
  available power indication.
IMPLEMENTING
  NIS power range calibrations     INPO SOER 90-03               C.3
STATEMENT
  should be performed periodically
DOCUMENT
  following power ascension above
STATEMENT
  15% power.
Ensure calculation of thermal
  Careful consideration and         INPO SOER 90-03               CA
INPO SER 89-23
  caution should be exercised
C.1
( before adjusting nuclear
power is correct before
  instrumentation. Operations and
CAQR SQQ 90052
  Engineering Management should
calibrating excore detectors.
  be notified if larger than normal
Excore detectors should be
  channel adjustments are
INPO SER 89-09
  required.
C.2
  0-81-0P8-092-078.0 will be         LER 328/91005                 C.5
calibrated based on best
    revised to allow the use of a     810910819844
available power indication.
    Plant Computer program to
NIS power range calibrations
    provide an increased frequency
INPO SOER 90-03
    of the performance of this
C.3
    procedure.
should be performed periodically
following power ascension above
15% power.
Careful consideration and
INPO SOER 90-03
CA
(
caution should be exercised
before adjusting nuclear
instrumentation. Operations and
Engineering Management should
be notified if larger than normal
channel adjustments are
required.
0-81-0P8-092-078.0 will be
LER 328/91005
C.5
revised to allow the use of a
810910819844
Plant Computer program to
provide an increased frequency
of the performance of this
procedure.
(
(


                                                                                    JPM # 40-2a
JPM # 40-2a
                                                                                    Page 1 of 7
Page 1 of 7
                                                                                    Rev 0
Rev 0
                SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
                JOB PERFOR-MANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFOR-MANCE MEASURE
                              IN~Plant JPM            B.1.j.
IN~PlantJPM B.1.j.
                                    JPM # 40-2
JPM # 40-2
        Uncontrolled Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation
Uncontrolled Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation
                          (O-SI-OPS 062-214.0)
(O-SI-OPS 062-214.0)
                              Original Signatures on File
Original Signatures on File
PREPAREDI
PREPAREDI
REVISED BY:                                                             Date!
REVISED BY:
VALIDATED BY: *                                                         Date!
VALIDATED BY:
APPROVED BY:                                                           Date!
*
                              (Operations Training Manager)
APPROVED BY:
CONCURRED:   **                                                         Date!
(Operations Training Manager)
                              (Operations Representative)
Date!
              * Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that
Date!
              do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect th-e flow of
Date!
              the JPM.
CONCURRED:
              ** Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the
**
              flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).
(Operations Representative)
Date!
* Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that
do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect th-e flow of
the JPM.
** Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the
flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).


                                                                                          JPM # 40-2a
JPM # 40-2a
                                                                                          Page 2 of 7
Page 2 of 7
                                                                                          Rev 0
Rev 0
I
I
                                                    NUCLEAR TRAINING
NUCLEAR TRAINING
                                                  REVISION/USAGE LOG
REVISION/USAGE LOG
  REVISION                     DESCRIPTION OF                     V     DATE PAGES   PREPARED/
REVISION
  NUMBER                           REVISION                                   AFFECTED REVISED BY:
DESCRIPTION OF
      0         Initial issue- modified from JPM #40-2
V
  v ~ Specify if the JPM     change will require another Validation (Y or N).
DATE
      See cover sheet for criteria.
PAGES
PREPARED/
NUMBER
REVISION
AFFECTED
REVISED BY:
0
Initial issue- modified from JPM #40-2
v ~ Specify if the JPM change will require another Validation (Y or N).
See cover sheet for criteria.


                                                                                      JPM # 40-2a
JPM # 40-2a
                                                                                      Page 3 of 7
Page 3 of 7
                                                                                      Rev 0
Rev 0
                                          SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
                                                  AUO/RO/SRO
AUO/RO/SRO
                                        JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
Task:
Task:
      Uncontrolled Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation (0-SI-062-214.0)
Uncontrolled Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation (0-SI-062-214.0)
JAJTA TASK#: 3420990304 (AUO)
JAJTA TASK#: 3420990304 (AUO)
KIA Ratings:
KIA Ratings:
      004K1.19 (2.7/2.9)                 004K1.16 (3.3/3.5)
004K1.19 (2.7/2.9)
      004A2.25 (3.8/4.3)                 2.2.13 (3.6/3.8)
004A2.25 (3.8/4.3)
004K1.16 (3.3/3.5)
2.2.13 (3.6/3.8)
Task Standard:
Task Standard:
      The identified flow path is isolated and under administrative control.
The identified flow path is isolated and under administrative control.
Evaluation .Method:     Simulator         In-Plant_X__
Evaluation .Method:
Simulator
In-Plant_X__
==================================================================================
==================================================================================
Performer:
Performer:
                                NAME                                        Start Time      _
Performance Rating:
Performance Rating: SAT               UNSAT            Performance Time      Finish Time ~_ _
SAT
Evaluator:
Evaluator:
                                SIGNATURE                   DATE
NAME
UNSAT
SIGNATURE
Performance Time
DATE
Start Time
_
Finish Time ~__
========================================================.===========================
========================================================.===========================
                                                    COMMENTS
COMMENTS


                                                                                                        JPM # 40-2a
JPM # 40-2a
                                                                                                        Page 4 of 7
Page 4 of 7
                                                                                                        Rev 0
Rev 0
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:
1. Sequenced steps identified by an "s"
1.
2. Any UNSAT requires comments
Sequenced steps identified by an "s"
3. Do NOT use with JPM #40
2.
4. Insure Unit 2 VCT Hallway door unlocked on the day 'of the JPM.
Any UNSAT requires comments
5. Insure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;
3.
    a. Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.
Do NOT use with JPM #40
    b. Reviews the intended action and expected response.
4.
    c. Compares the actual response to the expected response.
Insure Unit 2 VCT Hallway door unlocked on the day 'of the JPM.
Validation Time: CR.                         Local 14 mins
5.
Insure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;
a.
Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.
b.
Reviews the intended action and expected response.
c.
Compares the actual response to the expected response.
Validation Time: CR.
Local
14 mins
Tools/Equipment/ProceduresNeeded:
Tools/Equipment/ProceduresNeeded:
        0-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B
0-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B
References:
References:
                      Reference                                           Title                          Rev No.
Reference
        O-SI-OPS-062-214.0                         Uncontrolled Boron Dilution                                 3
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
Title
Uncontrolled Boron Dilution
Rev No.
3
-~--~-----~------~----------------------------------------------------~---~---------
-~--~-----~------~----------------------------------------------------~---~---------
----~-------------------------------------~--------~--~------------~----------------
----~-------------------------------------~--------~--~------------~----------------
                                                  READ TO OPERATOR
READ TO OPERATOR
Directions to Trainee:
Directions to Trainee:
        I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated for this
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated for this
        JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you complete the task
JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you complete the task
        successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me
successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me
        when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return
when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return
        the handout sheet I provided you.
the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
    1.   Unit 2 has been shutdown for refueling and is currently in Mode 5.
1.
    2.   In one hour the reactor vessel head bolts will be detensioned in preparation for pulling the head.
Unit 2 has been shutdown for refueling and is currently in Mode 5.
    3.   All systems required for Mode 6 are operable.
2.
INITIATING CUES:
In one hour the reactor vessel head bolts will be detensioned in preparation for pulling the head.
    1.   You are the Unit 2 Auxiliary Bldg AUG and you are to complete the dilution path isolation in preparation for
3.
          the initial performance of O-SI~OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B.
All systems required for Mode 6 are operable.
    2. Another AUG has already closed valve 81-536, Primary Water Valve to Containment and determined
INITIATING CUES:
          valve FCV-62-128, VeT Bypass Flow, is closed.
1.
    3. You are to close the remaining valves on O-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.
You are the Unit 2 Auxiliary Bldg AUG and you are to complete the dilution path isolation in preparation for
    4. The valves will be verified closed and tagged after the clearance is prepared and issued.
the initial performance of O-SI~OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B.
    5. Inform the U2 CRO when the remaining valves on Appendix B have been closed.
2.
Another AUG has already closed valve 81-536, Primary Water Valve to Containment and determined
valve FCV-62-128, VeT Bypass Flow, is closed.
3.
You are to close the remaining valves on O-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.
4.
The valves will be verified closed and tagged after the clearance is prepared and issued.
5.
Inform the U2 CRO when the remaining valves on Appendix B have been closed.


                                                                                    JPM # 40-2a
                                                                                    Page 5 of 7
                                                                                    Rev 0
Job Performance Checklist:
Job Performance Checklist:
                              STEP/STAN DARD                                      SAT/UNSAT
STEP/STANDARD
STEP 1.:       Obtain copy of required surveillance instruction.                   -   SAT
JPM # 40-2a
                                                                                    -   UNSAT
Page 5 of 7
  STANDARD:     Obtains copy of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B procedure.
Rev 0
                                                                                  Start Time- -
SAT/UNSAT
    NOTE:     Steps may be performed in any order.                               -   SAT
STEP 1.:
STEP 2.:       CLOSE valve 62-916, Cation Bed Demin Outlet.                       -     UNSAT
Obtain copy of required surveillance instruction.
    Cue:       HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.
-
                                                                                  Critical Step
SAT
  STANDARD:   Operator locates 2-HCV-62-916 (CVCS demin reach rod area), turns
-
                handwheel clockwise until snug.
UNSAT
STEP 3.:       CLOSE valve 62-922, Mixed Bed Demin Outlet.                         -   SAT
STANDARD:
                                                                                    -   UNSAT
Obtains copy of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B procedure.
    Cue:       HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.
Start Time--
                                                                                  Critical Step
NOTE:
  STANDARD:   Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-922 (CVeS demin reach rod area),
Steps may be performed in any order.
                turns handwheel clockwise until snug.
-
STEP 4.:       CLOSE valve 62-696, Boric Acid to VCT outlet.                         -   SAT
SAT
                                                                                      -   UNSAT
STEP 2.:
    Cue:         HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.
CLOSE valve 62-916, Cation Bed Demin Outlet.
                                                                                  Critical Step
-
  STANDARD:     Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-696 (hallway to VCT room), turns
UNSAT
                handwheel clockwise until snug.
Cue:
HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.
Critical Step
STANDARD:
Operator locates 2-HCV-62-916 (CVCS demin reach rod area), turns
handwheel clockwise until snug.
STEP 3.:
CLOSE valve 62-922, Mixed Bed Demin Outlet.
-
SAT
-
UNSAT
Cue:
HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.
Critical Step
STANDARD:
Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-922 (CVeS demin reach rod area),
turns handwheel clockwise until snug.
STEP 4.:
CLOSE valve 62-696, Boric Acid to VCT outlet.
-
SAT
-
UNSAT
Cue:
HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.
Critical Step
STANDARD:
Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-696 (hallway to VCT room), turns
handwheel clockwise until snug.


                                                                                          JPM # 40-2a
                                                                                          Page 6 of 7
                                                                                          Rev 0
Job Performance Checklist:
Job Performance Checklist:
                                STEP/STANDARD                                             SAT/UNSAT
STEP/STANDARD
STEP 5.:       Close valve 62-940, Primary Water to chemical mixing tank.                 -   SAT
JPM # 40-2a
                                                                                          -   UNSAT
Page 6 of 7
    CUE:     HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.
Rev 0
  STANDARD: Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62~940 (690 blender area) and attempts to
SAT/UNSAT
              turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction.
STEP 5.:
STEP 6.:       Close valve 62-929, Manual Emergency Borate Valve.                         -   SAT
Close valve 62-940, Primary Water to chemical mixing tank.
                                                                                            -   UNSAT
-
    CUE:       HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.
SAT
  STANDARD: Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-929 (690 blender area, day-glo green)
-
                and attempts to turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction
UNSAT
STEP 7.:       Close valve 62-932, Emergency boration flush valve.                             SAT
CUE:
                                                                                            -"
HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.
                                                                                            -   UNSAT
STANDARD:
    CUE:       HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.
Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62~940 (690 blender area) and attempts to
  STANDARD: Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-932 (690 blender area) and attempts to
turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction.
                turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction
STEP 6.:
STEP 8.:       Inform Unit 2 CRO that the closing of the remaining valves on Appendix B   - SAT
Close valve 62-929, Manual Emergency Borate Valve.
                of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 is complete.
-
                                                                                            - UNSAT
SAT
    NOTE:       Role playas Unit 2 CROandacknowledge the report.
-
                                                                                          Stop Time_ _
UNSAT
  STANDARD:     Operator informs Unit 2 CRO that the remaining valves on Appendix B of
CUE:
                O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 have been closed.
HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.
STANDARD:
Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-929 (690 blender area, day-glo green)
and attempts to turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction
STEP 7.:
Close valve 62-932, Emergency boration flush valve.
-" SAT
-
UNSAT
CUE:
HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.
STANDARD:
Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-932 (690 blender area) and attempts to
turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction
STEP 8.:
Inform Unit 2 CRO that the closing of the remaining valves on Appendix B
-
SAT
of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 is complete.
-
UNSAT
NOTE:
Role playas Unit 2 CROandacknowledge the report.
Stop Time__
STANDARD:
Operator informs Unit 2 CRO that the remaining valves on Appendix B of
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 have been closed.


                                          READ TO OPERATOR
READ TO OPERATOR
Directions to Trainee:
Directions to Trainee:
      I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be
      simulated for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be
simulated for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be
      discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job
discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job
      performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand
performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand
      your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the
your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the
      handout sheet I provided you.
handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
  1. Unit 2 has been shutdown for refueling and is currently in Mode 5.
1. Unit 2 has been shutdown for refueling and is currently in Mode 5.
  2. In one hour the reactor vessel head bolts will be detensioned in preparation for pulling
2. In one hour the reactor vessel head bolts will be detensioned in preparation for pulling
      the head.
the head.
  3. All systems required for Mode 6 are operable.
3. All systems required for Mode 6 are operable.
INITIATING CUES:
INITIATING CUES:
  1. You are the Unit 2 Auxiliary Bldg AUG and you are to complete the dilution path
1. You are the Unit 2 Auxiliary Bldg AUG and you are to complete the dilution path
        isolatlon in preparation for the initial performance of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B.
isolatlon in preparation for the initial performance of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B.
  2. Another AUG has already closed valve 81-536, Primary Water Valve to Containment
2. Another AUG has already closed valve 81-536, Primary Water Valve to Containment
        and determined valve FCV-62-128, VCT Bypass Flow, is closed.
and determined valve FCV-62-128, VCT Bypass Flow, is closed.
  3. You are to close the remaining valves on O-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.
3. You are to close the remaining valves on O-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.
  4~ The valves will be verified closed and tagged after the clearance is prepared and
4~ The valves will be verified closed and tagged after the clearance is prepared and
        issued.
issued.
    5. Inform the U2 CRG when the remaining valves on Appendix B have been closed.
5. Inform the U2 CRG when the remaining valves on Appendix B have been closed.


                  TENNESSE*E VALLEY AUTHORITY
TENNESSE*E VALLEY AUTHORITY
                      SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
                    SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION
SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION
                          O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
                UNCONTROLLED BORON DILUTION
UNCONTROLLED BORON DILUTION
                                Revision 3
Revision 3
                          QUALITY RELATED
QUALITY RELATED
PREPARE~PROOFREADBY:~~~~~~~~~~_ JERRY B. ESPY
JERRY B. ESPY
RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION:         OPERATIONS
PREPARE~PROOFREADBY:~~~~~~~~~~_
                            --~~~~~--~
OPERATIONS
APPROVED BY:             ~~~~~
RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION: --~~~~~--~
                        JIM DVORAK                ~_
JIM DVORAK
                                            EFFECTIVE DATE: 13 May 02
APPROVED BY:
LEVEL OF USE:       CONTINUOUS
~~~~~
~_
EFFECTIVE DATE:
13 May 02
LEVEL OF USE:
CONTINUOUS
REVISION
REVISION
DESCRIPTION: Revised to update shutdownmarqin procedure number. This is a non-
DESCRIPTION:
              intent change.
Revised to update shutdownmarqin procedure number. This is a non-
intent change.


    SQN                                               O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
SQN
                    UNCONTROLLED BORON               Rev. 3
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
    1,2                     DILUTION               Page 2 of 12
UNCONTROLLED BORON
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
Rev. 3
                                      Page 1 of 1
1,2
Section Title                                                                             Page
DILUTION
        TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                                     2
Page 2 of 12
  1.0   INTRODUCTION                                                                           3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
  1.1   Purpose                                                                               3
Page 1 of 1
  1.2   Scope                                                                                 3
Section
        1.2.1 Operability Test to be Performed                                                 3
Title
        1.2.2 Requirements Fulfilled                                                           4
Page
        1.2.3 Mode                                                                             4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
    1.3 Frequency/Conditions           ~                                                       5
2
    2.0 REFERENCES                                                                             5
1.0
    2.1 Performance References                                                                 5
INTRODUCTION
    2.2 DevelopmentaIReferences       ~                     ~                                   5
3
    3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS                                                             6
1.1
    4.0   PREREQUISITE ACT*IONS                                                                 7
Purpose
    4.1   Preliminary Actions                                                                   7
3
    4.2   Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies                                     7
1.2
    4.3   Field Preparations                                                                     7
Scope
    4.4   Approvals and Notifications                                                           7
3
    5.0   ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA           ~                                                       7
1.2.1
    6.0   PERFORMANCE                           ~                                               8
Operability Test to be Performed
    7.0   POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES ............*............................................. 8
3
          APPENDIX A                                                                             9
1.2.2
          APPENDIX B                                                                             10
Requirements Fulfilled
          APPENDIX C                                                                             11
4
          APPENDIX D*                                                                             12
1.2.3
Mode
4
1.3
Frequency/Conditions
~
5
2.0
REFERENCES
5
2.1
Performance References
5
2.2
DevelopmentaIReferences
~
~
5
3.0
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
6
4.0
PREREQUISITE ACT*IONS
7
4.1
Preliminary Actions
7
4.2
Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
7
4.3
Field Preparations
7
4.4
Approvals and Notifications
7
5.0
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
~
7
6.0
PERFORMANCE
~
8
7.0
POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES ............*............................................. 8
APPENDIX A
9
APPENDIX B
10
APPENDIX C
11
APPENDIX D*
12


    SQN                                                           O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
SQN
                          UNCONTROLLED BORON                       Rev. 3
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
    1,2                             DILUTION                     Page 3 of 12
UNCONTROLLED BORON
1.0   INTRODUCTION
Rev. 3
1.1   Purpose
1,2
      This instruction provides steps to ensure that valves listed in Surveillance
DILUTION
      Requirement 4.9.1.3 (Boron Concentration Control During Refueling Operations)
Page 3 of 12
      are maintained in the closed position and maintained under administrative control
1.0
      during refueling operations. The control of the valves listed in SR 4.9.1.3 will
INTRODUCTION
      prevent any uncontrolled boron dilution accident by isolating all possible sources
1.1
      of unborated water to the RCS. Administrative control is maintained by the
Purpose
      SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.
This instruction provides steps to ensure that valves listed in Surveillance
      This procedure may also be performed as *an option to prevent an uncontrolled
Requirement 4.9.1.3 (Boron Concentration Control During Refueling Operations)
      RCS dilution during RHR system operation (modes 4 or 5).
are maintained in the closed position and maintained under administrative control
1.2   Scope
during refueling operations. The control of the valves listed in SR 4.9.1.3 will
1.2.1 Operability Test to be Performed
prevent any uncontrolled boron dilution accident by isolating all possible sources
      This surveillance provides valve alignment checklists that will isolate and
of unborated water to the RCS. Administrative control is maintained by the
      administratively control all potential flowpaths of unborated water sources to
SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.
      the Reactor Coolant System. The checklists (Appendix A thru D) represent the
This procedure may also be performed as *an option to prevent an uncontrolled
      valve combinations specified by SR 4.9.1.3 (LCO 3.9.1) that are required to be
RCS dilution during RHR system operation (modes 4 or 5).
      verified closed and under administrative control during refueling operations.
1.2
      This Surveillance may be performed under the following conditions:
Scope
        A. Mode 6 (Refuel Operations)
1.2.1
            To prevent an uncontrolled RCS dilution during refueling by ensuring all
Operability Test to be Performed
            available RCS dilution paths are isolated and placed under administrative
This surveillance provides valve alignment checklists that will isolate and
            control. The isolation of dilution flow paths is required by SR 4.9.1.3 and
administratively control all potential flowpaths of unborated water sources to
            partially fulfills the plant technical specification requirements of LCO 3.9.1.
the Reactor Coolant System. The checklists (Appendix A thru D) represent the
        B. Modes 4 & 5
valve combinations specified by SR 4.9.1.3 (LCO 3.9.1) that are required to be
            To prevent an uncontrolled RCS dilution at cold or hot shutdown conditions while
verified closed and under administrative control during refueling operations.
            on the RHRSystem by implementing one of the following options:
This Surveillance may be performed under the following conditions:
            *1. The RCS is borated to a concentration that would allow sufficient operator
A. Mode 6 (Refuel Operations)
                response time to stop the dilution. The adequacy of RCS is boron
To prevent an uncontrolled RCS dilution during refueling by ensuring all
                concentration is determined by 0-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0, Shutdown Margin.
available RCS dilution paths are isolated and placed under administrative
control. The isolation of dilution flow paths is required by SR 4.9.1.3 and
partially fulfills the plant technical specification requirements of LCO 3.9.1.
B. Modes 4 &5
To prevent an uncontrolled RCS dilution at cold or hot shutdown conditions while
on the RHRSystem by implementing one of the following options:
*1.
The RCS is borated to a concentration that would allow sufficient operator
response time to stop the dilution. The adequacy of RCS is boron
concentration is determined by 0-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0, Shutdown Margin.


    SQN                                                         O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
SQN
                        UNCONTROLLED BORON                     Rev. 3
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
      1,2                         DILUTION                     Page 4 of 12
UNCONTROLLED BORON
1.2.1 Operability Test to be Performed (Continued)
Rev. 3
          2.   The shutdown rods are withdrawn by 1 0/0 delta K/K to provide positive operator
1,2
                indication of a dilution accident in progress (SRM reactor trip) and additional
DILUTION
                time for operator termination of the event. If the shutdown rods are withdrawn
Page 4 of 12
                then O-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0, Shutdown Margin must be completed to verify
1.2.1
                K~eff remains less than .99 to prevent a mode change.
Operability Test to be Performed (Continued)
            3. The RHR system is isolated from the RCS, FCV-74-1 or FCV-74-2 closed.
2.
          4.   The available RCS dilution paths are closed and placed under administrative
The shutdown rods are withdrawn by 10/0 delta K/K to provide positive operator
                control.
indication of a dilution accident in progress (SRM reactor trip) and additional
1.2.2 RequirementsFulfilied
time for operator termination of the event. If the shutdown rods are withdrawn
        A. Mode 6 (Refueling)
then O-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0, Shutdown Margin must be completed to verify
            Performed to partially fulfill the plant technical specification requirements of
K~eff remains less than .99 to prevent a mode change.
            LCO 3.9.1 which requires one of the valve combinations specified in SR
3.
            4.9.1.3 to be closed and under administrative control.
The RHR system is isolated from the RCS, FCV-74-1 or FCV-74-2 closed.
        B. Modes 4 & 5 RHR Operation
4.
            Westinghouse letter S53 860813 665 expressed concerns and provided
The available RCS dilution paths are closed and placed under administrative
            recommended actions reqardinq the potential for an inadvertent boron
control.
            dilution event at cold or hat shutdown conditions while on the RHR System.
1.2.2
            Recommended actions to preclude an inadvertent boron dilution event while
RequirementsFulfilied
            in hot or cold shutdown are listed in section 1.2.1, "Operability Test to be
A.
            Performed." The isolation of dilution flow paths provides one option for
Mode 6 (Refueling)
            preventing dilution of the ReS at Cold or Hot Shutdown conditions while on
Performed to partially fulfill the plant technical specification requirements of
            the Residual Heat Removal System.
LCO 3.9.1 which requires one of the valve combinations specified in SR
1.2.3 Mode
4.9.1.3 to be closed and under administrative control.
        A. Applicable Modes -             Mode 6 Refueling Operations
B. Modes 4 & 5 RHR Operation
                                            Mode 4 & 5 Hot and Cold Shutdown (optional)
Westinghouse letter S53 860813 665 expressed concerns and provided
        B. Performance Modes -            Mode 6 Refueling
recommended actions reqardinq the potential for an inadvertent boron
                                            Mode 4 & 5 Hot and Cold Shutdown (optional)
dilution event at cold or hat shutdown conditions while on the RHR System.
Recommended actions to preclude an inadvertent boron dilution event while
in hot or cold shutdown are listed in section 1.2.1, "Operability Test to be
Performed." The isolation of dilution flow paths provides one option for
preventing dilution of the ReS at Cold or Hot Shutdown conditions while on
the Residual Heat Removal System.
1.2.3
Mode
A. Applicable Modes -
B. Performance Modes -
Mode 6 Refueling Operations
Mode 4 & 5 Hot and Cold Shutdown (optional)
Mode 6 Refueling
Mode 4 & 5 Hot and Cold Shutdown (optional)


    SQN                                                       O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
SQN
                        UNCONTROLLED BORON                     Rev. 3
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
    1,2                         DILUTION                     Page 5 of 12
UNCONTROLLED BORON
1.3   Frequency/Conditions
Rev. 3
      A. Mode 6 Refueling
1,2
          Performed at least once every 72 hours while in mode 6. Performance
DILUTION
          consists of verifying one valve combination (Appendix A, B, C, or D) being
Page 5 of 12
          closed and under administrative control.
1.3
      B. Modes 4 & 5
Frequency/Conditions
          Initiated by 0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown from Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown
A. Mode 6 Refueling
          upon entry into Mode 4.
Performed at least once every 72 hours while in mode 6. Performance
          Performance consists of verifying that one of the options stated in Section
consists of verifying one valve combination (Appendix A, B, C, or D) being
          1.2.1, "Operability Test to be Performed" has been completed. If option 1, 2,
closed and under administrative control.
          or 3 has NOT been completed THEN Perform this SI to close and
B. Modes 4 & 5
          administratively control the dilution flowpath. The performance of the valve
Initiated by 0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown from Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown
          checklist to isolate the dilution flowpaths is required only once in modes 4 or
upon entry into Mode 4.
          5 with the hold order remaining in effect until Option 1, 2, or 3 is employed.
Performance consists of verifying that one of the options stated in Section
2.0   REFERENCES
1.2.1, "Operability Test to be Performed" has been completed.
2.1   Performance References
If option 1, 2,
      A.SPP-10.2, Clearance Program
or 3 has NOT been completed THEN Perform this SI to close and
2.2   Developmental References
administratively control the dilution flowpath. The performance of the valve
      A. SI-214, Uncontrolled Boron Dilution. -
checklist to isolate the dilution flowpaths is required only once in modes 4 or
      B. SON Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements (SR) 4.9.1.3.
5 with the hold order remaining in effect until Option 1, 2, or 3 is employed.
      C. SON Technical Specification LeO 3.9.1.
2.0
      D. Westinghouse-letter to SON dated Feb. 22,1982 (S53 860813 665)
REFERENCES
      E. Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), Chapter 15 Accident analysis section
2.1
          15.2.4 Uncontrolled Boron Dilution.
Performance References
      F. TVAdrawings
A.SPP-10.2, Clearance Program
          1. 47W809-1 CVCS flow diagram
2.2
          2. 47W809-2 eves flow diagram
Developmental References
          3.   47W819-1 Primary water flow diagram
A. SI-214, Uncontrolled Boron Dilution. -
          4.   45N662-2 CVCS Schematic diagram
B. SON Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements (SR) 4.9.1.3.
            5. 45N703-5 Wiring diagram, 125V Vital Battery Bd I
C. SON Technical Specification LeO 3.9.1.
            6. 45N703-7 Wiring diagram, 125V Vital Battery Bd III
D. Westinghouse-letter to SON dated Feb. 22,1982 (S53 860813 665)
E. Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), Chapter 15 Accident analysis section
15.2.4 Uncontrolled Boron Dilution.
F. TVAdrawings
1. 47W809-1 CVCS flow diagram
2. 47W809-2 eves flow diagram
3. 47W819-1 Primary water flow diagram
4. 45N662-2 CVCS Schematic diagram
5. 45N703-5 Wiring diagram, 125V Vital Battery Bd I
6. 45N703-7 Wiring diagram, 125V Vital Battery Bd III


    SQN                                                       O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
SQN
                      UNCONTROLLED BORON                     Rev. 3
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
    1,2                         DILUTION                     Page 6 of 12
UNCONTROLLED BORON
3.0   PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
Rev. 3
      A. A specific clearance must be issued to include all valves listed in the appendix
1,2
        that is performed. This ensures positive administrative control of valving which
DILUTION
        could result in an uncontrolled dilution event.
Page 6 of 12
      B. After the initial performance of this instruction the clearance procedure may be
3.0
        utilized to verify valve positions in subsequent performances.
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
      C. The clearance procedure may be utilized for verification per SPP-10.3 for
A. A specific clearance must be issued to include all valves listed in the appendix
        removal and return to normal of equipment.
that is performed. This ensures positive administrative control of valving which
      D. Failure to observe all posted RADCON requirements may lead to unnecessary
could result in an uncontrolled dilution event.
          Radiation Absorbed Doses.
B. After the initial performance of this instruction the clearance procedure may be
utilized to verify valve positions in subsequent performances.
C. The clearance procedure may be utilized for verification per SPP-10.3 for
removal and return to normal of equipment.
D. Failure to observe all posted RADCON requirements may lead to unnecessary
Radiation Absorbed Doses.


      SQN                                                         O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
SQN
                            UNCONTROLLED BORON                     Rev. 3
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
      1,2                         DILUTION                       Page 7 of 12
UNCONTROLLED BORON
Unit                                                                       Date- - - - -
Rev. 3
4.0       PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
1,2
  NOTE                 Throughout this Instruction where an IFITHEN statement exists, the
DILUTION
                        step should be N/A if condition does not exist.
Page 7 of 12
4.1       Preliminary Actions
Unit
    [1]     ENSURE the Instruction to be used is a copy of the
Date-----
                effective version, AND
4.0
              ENSURE Data Package Cover Sheet is attached.
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
    [2]     ENSURE Precautions and Limitations, Section 3.0, has
NOTE
                been reviewed.
Throughout this Instruction where an IFITHEN statement exists, the
4.2*     Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
step should be N/A if condition does not exist.
          None.
US/SRO
4.3       Field Preparations
4.1
          None.'
Preliminary Actions
4.4       Approvalsan.d Notifications
[1]
      [1]     OBTAIN approval from the Unit (SRO) prior to beginning this
ENSURE the Instruction to be used is a copy of the
                test.
effective version, AND
                                                        -~---~---- - - - /
ENSURE Data Package Cover Sheet is attached.
                                                                      US/SRO            Date   Time
[2]
5.0     ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
ENSURE Precautions and Limitations, Section 3.0, has
          A.   Specific quantitative and/or qualitative requirements that are intended to be
been reviewed.
                verified by this Instruction are noted in the instruction steps where the verifying
4.2*
                actions are performed and documented.
Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
          B.     If specific acceptance criteria stated in the instruction steps are not met, notify
None.
                  the 8M as soon as practical after observation of the noncompliance.
4.3
Field Preparations
None.'
4.4
Approvalsan.d Notifications
[1]
OBTAIN approval from the Unit (SRO) prior to beginning this
test.
-~---~------- /
Date
Time
5.0
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
A.
Specific quantitative and/or qualitative requirements that are intended to be
verified by this Instruction are noted in the instruction steps where the verifying
actions are performed and documented.
B.
If specific acceptance criteria stated in the instruction steps are not met, notify
the 8M as soon as practical after observation of the noncompliance.


      SQN                                                       O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
SQN
                          UNCONTROLLED BORON                     Rev. 3
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
      1,2                         DILUTION                     Page 8 of 12
UNCONTROLLED BORON
Unit                                                                   Date- - - - -
Rev. 3
6.0     PERFORMANCE
1,2
    [1]   IF Initial Performance of Instruction, THEN
DILUTION
          REQUEST a clearance for valves listed in the
Page 8 of 12
                        appendix that is to be performed.
Unit
    [2]   IDENTIFY the appendix to be performed.
Date-----
          A. Appendix A                                                                   D
6.0
          B. Appendix B                                                                   D
PERFORMANCE
          C. Appendix C                                                                   D
[1]
          D. Appendix 0                                                                   D
IF Initial Performance of Instruction, THEN
          ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:               At least one set of valves listed on
REQUEST a clearance for valves listed in the
                      Appendix A, B, C, or 0 Closed and under,Administrative control
appendix that is to be performed.
                      (Administrative control maintained by SPP-1 0.2, Clearance Program.)
[2]
    [3]   COMPLETE the desired Appendix, AND
IDENTIFY the appendix to be performed.
            E'NSURE Clearance tags placed in accordance with
A. Appendix A
              SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.
B. Appendix B
7.0     POST PER'FORMANCE ACTIVITIES
C. Appendix C
    [1]   DELIVER SI package to US/SRO for review and
D. Appendix 0
                approval.
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
At least one set of valves listed on
Appendix A, B, C, or 0 Closed and under,Administrative control
(Administrative control maintained by SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.)
[3]
COMPLETE the desired Appendix, AND
E'NSURE Clearance tags placed in accordance with
SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.
7.0
POST PER'FORMANCE ACTIVITIES
[1]
DELIVER SI package to US/SRO for review and
approval.
D
D
D
D


    SQN                                                     0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
SQN
                            UNCONTROLLED BORON               Rev. 3
0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
      1,2                           DILUTION                 Page 9 of 12
UNCONTROLLED BORON
                                                                            APPENDIX A
Rev. 3
                                                                              Page 1 of1
1,2
Unit - - - , - - - -                                                       Date- - - -
DILUTION
                                      HOLD ORDER NO. - - - -
Page 9 of 12
DESCRIPTION           LOCATION         VALVE NO.       POSITION         INITIALS
Unit---,----
Primary Water       690 pipe chase                       Closed &
HOLD ORDER NO.----
    Valve to           in corner         81-536
APPENDIX A
                                                          tagged
Page 1 of1
  containment         behind CCPIT
Date----
                        690 CVCS                         Closed &
DESCRIPTION
Cation Demin
LOCATION
                      demin reach         62-916
VALVE NO.
  Bed Outlet                                              tagged
POSITION
                          rod area
INITIALS
                        690 CVCS                         Closed &
Primary Water
  Mixed Bed
690 pipe chase
                      demin reach         62-922
Closed &
  Demin Outlet                                            tagged
Valve to
                          rod area
in corner
                      690 Blender                       Closed &
81-536
BA Blend PW
tagged
                        area near         62-933
containment
      Supply                                              tagged
behind CCPIT
                        L-43 panel
Cation Demin
690 CVCS
Closed &
Bed Outlet
demin reach
62-916
tagged
rod area
Mixed Bed
690 CVCS
Closed &
Demin Outlet
demin reach
62-922
tagged
rod area
BA Blend PW
690 Blender
Closed &
Supply
area near
62-933
tagged
L-43 panel
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or 0
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or 0
                                Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2,
Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2,
                                  Clearance Program.)
Clearance Program.)


      SQN                                                         0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
SQN
                          UNCONTROLLED BORON                     Rev. 3
0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
      1,2                         DILUTION                     Page 10 of 12
UNCONTROLLED BORON
                                                                            APPENDIX B
Rev. 3
                                                                              Page 1 of 1
1,2
Unit- - -                         HOLD ORDER NO. - - - -                     Date- - - -
DILUTION
DESCRIPTION             LOCATION             VALVE NO.           POSITION         INITIALS
Page 10 of 12
Primary Water       690 pipe chase           81-536             Closed &
Unit---
                                                                    tagged
HOLD ORDER NO.----
    Valve to       in corner behind
APPENDIX
  containment               CCPIT
B
Cation Demin       690 cves demin             62-916             Closed &
Page 1 of 1
  Bed Outlet         re-ach rod area                             tagged
Date----
Mix Bed Demin       690 evcs demin             62-922             Closed &
DESCRIPTION
      Outlet           reach rod area                               tagged
LOCATION
  Boric Acid to       690 hallway to           62-696             Closed &
VALVE NO.
    VCT outlet           VCT room                                 tagged
POSITION
Primary Water       690 blender area           62-940             Closed &
INITIALS
  to chemical                                                       tagged
Primary Water
  mixing tank
690 pipe chase
      Manual         690 blender area           62-929             Closed &
81-536
  Emergency           (day-glo green)                               tagged
Closed &
  Borate valve
Valve to
    Emergency       690 blender area           62-932           Closed &
in corner behind
  boration flush     (day-glo orange)                               tagged
tagged
      valve
containment
                    690 blender area
CCPIT
  VCT Bypass           Fuse location'"                           Closed &
Cation Demin
      Flow         Unit 1 - 125V Vital     FCV-62-12-8             tagged
690 cves demin
                        BattBd I A28                         (Fuses Removed)
62-916
                    Unit 2 - 125V Vital
Closed &
                        Batt Bd III A28
Bed Outlet
(1) Only the applicable unit's fuses need to be removed and tagged.
re-ach rod area
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:             At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or D
tagged
                                  Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2,
Mix Bed Demin
                                  Clearance Program).
690 evcs demin
62-922
Closed &
Outlet
reach rod area
tagged
Boric Acid to
690 hallway to
62-696
Closed &
VCT outlet
VCT room
tagged
Primary Water
690 blender area
62-940
Closed &
to chemical
tagged
mixing tank
Manual
690 blender area
62-929
Closed &
Emergency
(day-glo green)
tagged
Borate valve
Emergency
690 blender area
62-932
Closed &
boration flush
(day-glo orange)
tagged
valve
690 blender area
VCT Bypass
Fuse location'"
Closed &
Flow
Unit 1 - 125V Vital
FCV-62-12-8
tagged
BattBd I A28
(Fuses Removed)
Unit 2 - 125V Vital
Batt Bd III A28
(1) Only the applicable unit's fuses need to be removed and tagged.
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or D
Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2,
Clearance Program).


    SQN                                                 0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
SQN
                      UNCONTROLLED BORON                 Rev. 3
0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
    1,2                     DILUTION                   Page 11 of 12
UNCONTROLLED BORON
                                                                      APPENDIX C
Rev. 3
                                                                        Page 1 of 1
1,2
Unit- - -                                                             Date- - - - -
DILUTION
                            HOLD ORDER NO. - - - - - -
Page 11 of 12
DESCRIPTION     LOCATION         VALVE NO.       POSITION         INITIALS
APPENDIX C
Primary Water 690 pipe chase         81-536         Closed &
Unit---
    Valve to       in corner                         tagged
HOLD ORDER NO. ------
  containment   behind CCPIT
Page 1 of 1
    CAT Bed       690 CVCS                           Closed &
Date-----
                                      62-921
DESCRIPTION
  Demin Flush   demin reach                         tagged
LOCATION
                    rod area
VALVE NO.
    Mix Bed       690 CVCS                           Closed &
POSITION
                                      62-914
INITIALS
Demin B Flush   demin reach                         tagged
Primary Water
                    rod area
690 pipe chase
    Mix Bed       690 CVCS                           Closed &
81-536
                                      62-907
Closed &
Demin A Flush   demin reach                         tagged
Valve to
                    rod area
in corner
    BA Blend     690 blender                         Closed &
tagged
                                      62-933
containment
  PW Supply       area near                           tagged
behind CCPIT
                1-L-43 panel
CAT Bed
690 CVCS
62-921
Closed &
Demin Flush
demin reach
tagged
rod area
Mix Bed
690 CVCS
62-914
Closed &
Demin B Flush
demin reach
tagged
rod area
Mix Bed
690 CVCS
62-907
Closed &
Demin A Flush
demin reach
tagged
rod area
BA Blend
690 blender
62-933
Closed &
PW Supply
area near
tagged
1-L-43 panel
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or D
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or D
                            Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance
Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance
                            Program).
Program).


        SQN                                                         0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
SQN
                            UNCONTROLLED BORON                       Rev. 3
0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
          1,2                         DILUTION                       Page 12 of 12
UNCONTROLLED BORON
                                                                                    APPENDIX' D
Rev. 3
                                                                                    Page 1 of 1
1,2
Unit- - -                       HOLD ORDER NO. --.--------                       Date - - -
DILUTION
DESCRIPTION               LOCATION           VALVE NO.           POSITION           INITIALS
Page 12 of 12
Primary Water         690 pipe chase                             Closed &
Unit---
                                                81-536
HOLD ORDER NO. --.--------
      Valve to       in corner behind                               tagged
APPENDIX'
  containment               CCPIT
D
Primary Water       690 CVCS demin                               Closed &
Page 1 of 1
                                                62-907
Date---
to Mixed Bed           reach rod area                               tagged
DESCRIPTION
      Dernin A
LOCATION
Mix Bed Demin         690 CVCS demin                               Closed &
VALVE NO.
                                                62-914
POSITION
      B Flush         reach rod area                               tagged
INITIALS
      CAT Bed       690 CVCS demin                               Closed &
Primary Water
                                                62-921
690 pipe chase
  Demin Flush         reach rod area                               tagged
81-536
Blender outlet         69*0 hallway to                             Closed &
Closed &
                                                62-696
Valve to
  to VCT outlet           VCT room                                 tagged
in corner behind
Primary Water       6'90 blender area                             Closed &
tagged
                                                62-940
containment
    to chemical                                                       tagged
CCPIT
    mixing tank
Primary Water
        Manual       690 blender area                             Closed &
690 CVCS demin
                                                62-929
62-907
    Emergency           (day-glo green)                               tagged
Closed &
  Borate valve
to Mixed Bed
    Emergency                 690                                 Closed &
reach rod area
                                                62-932
tagged
  boration flush         blender area                               tagged
Dernin A
        valve         (day-glo orange)
Mix Bed Demin
                      690 blender area
690 CVCS demin
    VCT Bypass
62-914
        Flush          Fuse location'"
Closed &
                                                                    Closed &
B Flush
                      Unit 1 - 125V Vital     FCV-62-128
reach rod area
                                                                      tagged
tagged
                          Batt Bd I A28
CAT Bed
                                                              (Fuses Removed)
690 CVCS demin
                      Unit 2 - 125V Vital
62-921
                        BattBd III A28
Closed &
  (1) Only the applicable unit's fuses need to be removed and tagged.
Demin Flush
  ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:               At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or 0
reach rod area
                                      Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance
tagged
                                      Program).
Blender outlet
69*0 hallway to
62-696
Closed &
to VCT outlet
VCT room
tagged
Primary Water
6'90 blender area
62-940
Closed &
to chemical
tagged
mixing tank
Manual
690 blender area
62-929
Closed &
Emergency
(day-glo green)
tagged
Borate valve
Emergency
690
62-932
Closed &
boration flush
blender area
tagged
valve
(day-glo orange)
690 blender area
VCT Bypass
Fuse location'"
Flush
Closed &
Unit 1 - 125V Vital
FCV-62-128
tagged
Batt Bd I A28
(Fuses Removed)
Unit 2 - 125V Vital
BattBd III A28
(1) Only the applicable unit's fuses need to be removed and tagged.
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or 0
Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance
Program).




                                                                                    JPM # 61AP2
JPM # 61AP2
                                                                                    Page 1 of 8
Page 1 of 8
                                                                                    Rev. 6
Rev. 6
                  SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
                JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
                            In-Plant JPM - B.1.k
In-Plant JPM - B.1.k
                                  JPM# 61AP2
JPM# 61AP2
              TRANSFER 480V SD BOARD 2A1-A
TRANSFER 480V SD BOARD 2A1-A
          F'ROM NORMAL TO A.LTERNATE SUPPLY
F'ROM NORMAL TO A.LTERNATE SUPPLY
PREPARED/
PREPARED/
REVISED BY:                                                             Date/ .
REVISED BY:
VALIDATED BY: *                                                         Date/
VALIDATED BY:
APPROVED BY:                                                             Date/
*
                              (Operations Training Manager)
APPROVED BY:
CONCURRED:     **                                                         Date/
(Operations Training Manager)
                              (Operations Representative)
Date/
              * Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that
.
              do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect the flow of
Date/
              the JPM.
Date/
              ** Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the
CONCURRED:
              flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).
**
(Operations Representative)
Date/
* Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that
do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect the flow of
the JPM.
** Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the
flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).


                                                                                          JPM # 61AP2
JPM # 61AP2
                                                                                          Page 2 of 8
Page 2 of 8
                                                                                          Rev. 6
Rev. 6
I
I
                                                    NUCLEAR TRAINING
NUCLEAR TRAINING
                                                  REVISION/USAGE LOG
REVISION/USAGE LOG
  REVISION                     DESCRIPTION OF                 V       DATE     PAGES   PREPARED/
REVISION
  NUMBER                           REVISION                                   AFFECTED REVISED BY:
DESCRIPTION OF
      0         Initial issue. Revised JPM #61AP to apply   Y     12/17/01     All     L. Pauley
V
                  to 480V SDBD 2A l-A. Used for 2000
DATE
                  HLT audit exam. Validation N/A based on
PAGES
                JPM 61AP.
PREPARED/
      1         Revised per recent revisions to 2-S0-201-   N     8/20/02     4,5   J P Kearney
NUMBER
                            1; No impact on JPM flow
REVISION
  Pen/ink                   Update references only.         N     11/04/03     2,4   T. E. Pitchford
AFFECTED
      2         Incorporated AUO feedback.                   N     8/30/04     All   MG Croteau
REVISED BY:
      3         Updated to current revision.                 N     10/04/05     All   MG Croteau
0
      4         Incorporated AUG feedback.                   N     11/16/05     All   MG Croteau
Initial issue. Revised JPM #61AP to apply
      5         Update to current revision                   N   10105/2006   2,4,5,8 M. D. Lackey
Y
      6         Modified cue and steps
12/17/01
  V*- Specify if the JPM change will require another validation (Y or N).
All
      See cover sheet for criteria.
L. Pauley
to 480V SDBD 2Al-A. Used for 2000
HLT audit exam. Validation N/A based on
JPM 61AP.
1
Revised per recent revisions to 2-S0-201-
N
8/20/02
4,5
J P Kearney
1; No impact on JPM flow
Pen/ink
Update references only.
N
11/04/03
2,4
T. E. Pitchford
2
Incorporated AUO feedback.
N
8/30/04
All
MG Croteau
3
Updated to current revision.
N
10/04/05
All
MG Croteau
4
Incorporated AUG feedback.
N
11/16/05
All
MG Croteau
5
Update to current revision
N
10105/2006
2,4,5,8
M. D. Lackey
6
Modified cue and steps
V*- Specify if the JPM change will require another validation (Y or N).
See cover sheet for criteria.


                                                                                              JPM # 61AP2
JPM # 61AP2
                                                                                              Page 3 of 8
Page 3 of 8
                                                                                              Rev. 6
Rev. 6
                                    SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
                                              AUO/RO/SRO
AUO/RO/SRO
                                    JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
Task:
Task:
      Transfer 480V SO Board 2A1-A from Normal to Alternate Supply
Transfer 480V SO Board 2A1-A from Normal to Alternate Supply
JAlTA TASK #: 0620120104     (AUO)
JAlTA TASK #: 0620120104
KIA Ratings:
KIA Ratings:
      062A2.05 (2.9/3.3)           062A4.04 (2.6/2.7)
062A2.05 (2.9/3.3)
      062A3.05 (3.5/3.6)            2.1.20 (4.3/4.2)
062A3.05 (3.5/3.6)
(AUO)
062A4.04 (2.6/2.7)
2.1.20 (4.3/4.2)
Task Standard:
Task Standard:
      480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A fails to transfer from Normal to Alternate Supply. Operator recloses
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A fails to transfer from Normal to Alternate Supply. Operator recloses
      normal breaker.
normal breaker.
Evaluation Method :   Simulator - - -       In-Plant           x
Evaluation Method :
Simulator---
In-Plant
x
======================================================~============================
======================================================~============================
Performer:
Performer:
                              NAME                                                  Start Time        _
Performance Rating:
Performance Rating: SAT           UNSAT            Performance Time                  Finish Time        _
SAT
Evaluator:
Evaluator:
                              SIGNATURE                 DATE
NAME
UNSAT
SIGNATURE
Performance Time
DATE
Start Time
_
Finish Time
_
===================================================================================
===================================================================================
                                                COMMENTS
COMMENTS


                                                                                                          JPM # 61AP2
JPM # 61AP2
                                                                                                          Page 4 of 8
Page 4 of 8
                                                                                                          Rev. 6
Rev. 6
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:
        1.       Critical steps identified by an asterisk (*)
1.
        2.       Sequenced steps identified by an "s"
Critical steps identified by an asterisk (*)
        3.       Any UNSAT requires comments
2.
        4.       SM approval will be required to enter the "Trip Hazard Zone" near the 480V
Sequenced steps identified by an "s"
                  SOBO 2A1-A.
3.
        5.       Ensure arc flash distance and PPE requirements met.
Any UNSAT requires comments
        6.       Role playas second person to complete transfer as directed by the operator.
4.
        7.         Ensure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;
SM approval will be required to enter the "Trip Hazard Zone" near the 480V
                            a. Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.
SOBO 2A1-A.
                            b. Reviews the intended action and expected response.
5.
                            c. Compares the actual response to the expected response.
Ensure arc flash distance and PPE requirements met.
Valldation Time: CR. - - -                     Local 10 mins
6.
Role playas second person to complete transfer as directed by the operator.
7.
Ensure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;
a. Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.
b. Reviews the intended action and expected response.
c. Compares the actual response to the expected response.
Valldation Time: CR.---
Local
10 mins
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
        2-S0-201-1, Section 8.1.
2-S0-201-1, Section 8.1.
References:
References:
                      Reference                                           Title
Reference
        2-S0-201-1                                 480V .Shutdown Boards
2-S0-201-1
-----------------~--------------------------~--------- - - -- - -- - - -- - - - -- - --- - ---
Title
480V .Shutdown Boards
-----------------~--------------------------~---------------------------------
------------------------~-------------~---~----~----~~--------------------~---
------------------------~-------------~---~----~----~~--------------------~---
                                                    READ TO *OPERATOR
READ TO *OPERATOR
Directions to Trainee:
Directions to Trainee:
          I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated
          for this JPM. WHEN ENTERING A UNIT TRIP HAZARD ZONE ENSURE YOU DO NOT
for this JPM. WHEN ENTERING A UNIT TRIP HAZARD ZONE ENSURE YOU DO NOT
          TOUCH ANY SWITCHES*WITHIN THAT ZONE. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any
TOUCH ANY SWITCHES*WITHIN THAT ZONE. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any
          steps to be discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job
steps to be discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job
          performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your
performance measure will be satisfied.
          assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I
Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your
          provided you.
assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
provided you.
      *   Both units are at 100 % power. All 6.9 kV shutdown boards are being supplied from their normal
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
          feeders.
*
      * Electrical maintenance has to perform an inspection on the normal supply breaker on the 480V
Both units are at 100% power. All 6.9 kV shutdown boards are being supplied from their normal
          shutdown board -2A1-A
feeders.
      * All equipment is available and operable.
*
      * All prerequisites are completed.
Electrical maintenance has to perform an inspection on the normal supply breaker on the 480V
      * All Arc Flash requirements for protective clothing are met.
shutdown board -2A1-A
INITIATING CUES:
*
      *   You are the Control Room AU*O. Electrical maintenance is ready to perform the inspection of the
All equipment is available and operable.
          normal feeder breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A.
*
      * You are to transfer 480V shutdown board 2A1-A to its alternate supplies utilizing 2-S0-201-1
All prerequisites are completed.
          section 8.1.
*
      * When 480V shutdown board 2A1-A is aligned to its alternate supply, inform Unit 2 SRO and
All Arc Flash requirements for protective clothing are met.
          he/she will notify Electrical Maintenance that they may proceed with their inspection.
INITIATING CUES:
*
You are the Control Room AU*O. Electrical maintenance is ready to perform the inspection of the
normal feeder breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A.
*
You are to transfer 480V shutdown board 2A1-A to its alternate supplies utilizing 2-S0-201-1
section 8.1.
*
When 480V shutdown board 2A1-A is aligned to its alternate supply, inform Unit 2 SRO and
he/she will notify Electrical Maintenance that they may proceed with their inspection.


                                                                                        JPM # 61AP2
                                                                                        Page 5 of 8
                                                                                        REV. 6
Job Performance Checklist:
Job Performance Checklist:
                                        STEP/STANDARD                                   SAT/U NSAT
STEP/STANDARD
STEP1.:       Obtain a copy of the appropriate procedure.                             -   SAT
JPM # 61AP2
    Cue:     If operator addresses TI-300 for Arc Flash required clothing, state     -     UNSAT
Page 5 of 8
                "All ARC Flash Requirements are met. "
REV. 6
                                                                                      Start Time - -
SAT/UNSAT
  STANDARD: Operator obtains a copy of 2-S0~201-1, Section 8.1.
STEP1.:
STEP 2.:-       ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9kV Feed to 480V Shutdown Board                 SAT
Obtain a copy of the appropriate procedure.
                                                                                        -
SAT
                Alternate Transformer 2A-A (6.9kV SD Bd 2A-A Compt. 5) CLOSED.
-
                                                                                        -     UNSAT
Cue:
    Cue:       If asked, Red indicating light for alternate supply breaker is
If operator addresses TI-300 for Arc Flash required clothing, state
                illuminated and/or breaker has a "RED" target.
-
  STANDARD:   Operator ensures 6.9kV Feed to 480V Shutdown Board Alternate
UNSAT
                Transformer 2A-A is closed.
"All ARC Flash Requirements are met. "
STEP 3.:       VERIFY (2BCTB-201-DO/5B-A) Breaker 52E, Alternate Supply Breaker       -     SAT
Start Time--
                (Emergency) from Transformer 2A-A OPEN (480V SDBD 2A2-A, Compt
STANDARD:
                58).                                                                     -   UNSAT
Operator obtains a copy of 2-S0~201-1, Section 8.1.
    Cue."     If asked, Green indicating light for alternate supply breaker is
STEP 2.:-
                illuminated and/or breaker has a "GREEN" target inside panel.
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9kV Feed to 480V Shutdown Board
  STANDARD:   Check 2A-AAlternate Supply Transformer to 480V shutdown board 2A2-
SAT
                A open locally at 480V shutdown board 2A2-A Compt 5B. green target
-
STEP 4.:       ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been completed.                   -   SAT
Alternate Transformer 2A-A (6.9kV SD Bd 2A-A Compt. 5) CLOSED.
    Cue:       After operator identifies the need to check the Configuration Log       -   UNSAT
-
                Book, then CUE that the checklist has no deviations.
UNSAT
  STANDARD: Operator ensures power checklist is complete by checking the
Cue:
                Configuration Log Book in the MCR.
If asked, Red indicating light for alternate supply breaker is
STEP 5.:       VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A-A Alternate Supply Transformer   -   SAT
illuminated and/or breaker has a "RED" target.
                (480V SDBD 2A1-A Compt 5A).
STANDARD:
                                                                                          -   UNSAT
Operator ensures 6.9kV Feed to 480V Shutdown Board Alternate
    Cue:       Al/3-phases voltage - 490V.
Transformer 2A-A is closed.
  STANDARD: Check voltage     ~. 456 V but ~. 504 volts.
STEP 3.:
VERIFY (2BCTB-201-DO/5B-A) Breaker 52E, Alternate Supply Breaker
-
SAT
(Emergency) from Transformer 2A-A OPEN (480V SDBD 2A2-A, Compt
58).
-
UNSAT
Cue."
If asked, Green indicating light for alternate supply breaker is
illuminated and/or breaker has a "GREEN" target inside panel.
STANDARD:
Check 2A-AAlternate Supply Transformer to 480V shutdown board 2A2-
A open locally at 480V shutdown board 2A2-A Compt 5B. green target
STEP 4.:
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been completed.
-
SAT
Cue:
After operator identifies the need to check the Configuration Log
-
UNSAT
Book, then CUE that the checklist has no deviations.
STANDARD:
Operator ensures power checklist is complete by checking the
Configuration Log Book in the MCR.
STEP 5.:
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A-A Alternate Supply Transformer
-
SAT
(480V SDBD 2A1-A Compt 5A).
-
UNSAT
Cue:
Al/3-phases voltage - 490V.
STANDARD:
Check voltage ~. 456 V but ~. 504 volts.


                                                                                            JPM # 61AP2
Job Performance Checklist:
                                                                                            Page 6 of 8
STEP/STANDARD
                                                                                            REV. 6
JPM # 61AP2
Job Performance Checklist:
Page 6 of 8
                                          STEP/STANDARD                                    SAT/UNSAT
REV. 6
    NOTE:     The following steps take two people, role playas the second party
SAT/UNSAT
                and perform actions as directed by the operator. Failure to perform
NOTE:
                the next two steps in sequence will result in de-energizing the
The following steps take two people, role playas the second party
                board. If operator asks for a CV tell them that they are to proceed as
and perform actions as directed by the operator. Failure to perform
                if a CV was present.
the next two steps in sequence will result in de-energizing the
Evaluator Note: During performance of this and the next step:
board. If operator asks for a CV tell them that they are to proceed as
                If evaluator is stationed at control switch for alternate feeder breaker;
if a CV was present.
      Cue:       A*fter being instructed how to place and hold switch in the CLOSE
Evaluator Note:
                position, cue that the switch isin the Close position.
During performance of this and the next step:
                  If stationed at the breaker for the Normal feeder breaker;
If evaluator is stationed at control switch for alternate feeder breaker;
      Cue:       After being instructed how to place the switch in the TRIP position,
Cue:
                cue that the switch is in the TRIP position                                 -   SAT
A*fter being instructed how to place and hold switch in the CLOSE
STEP *6. S:                                                                                 -    UNSAT
position, cue that the switch isin the Close position.
                PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A) 52E Alternate Supply Breaker
If stationed at the breaker for the Normal feeder breaker;
                (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE position and hold until step [5]
Cue:
                is complete (Campt 5A).
After being instructed how to place the switch in the TRIP position,
                                                                                          Critical step
cue that the switch is in the TRIP position
      Cue:       Alternate feederACB has GREEN light still illuminated and a red flag
-
                above the handswitch.
SAT
    STANDARD:     HS-52E on alternate supply breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A 1-A
STEP *6. S:
                turned and held in CLOSED position.
PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A) 52E Alternate Supply Breaker
  STE*P *7~ S:   PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal*Supply Breaker Control             -   SAT
-
                  Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
UNSAT
                                                                                            -   UNSAT
(Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE position and hold until step [5]
      Cue:       Normal feeder ACB has GREEN light illuminated and alternate feeder
is complete (Campt 5A).
                  ACB has GREEN light illuminated. (Breaker did not close)                 Alternate Path
Critical step
                                                                                          Critical step
Cue:
    STANDARD:     Places HS-52N, Normal Supply Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP
Alternate feederACB has GREEN light still illuminated and a red flag
                  position ..
above the handswitch.
  STEP 8.:       Verify (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A)52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)         -   SAT
STANDARD:
                  Closed and (2-BCTB--201-DN/1B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker OPEN.
HS-52E on alternate supply breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A
                                                                                              -   UNSAT
turned and held in CLOSED position.
      Cue:       ACB 52E Green light LIT, ACB 52N Green light LIT.
STE*P *7~ S:
                  If asked, ACB 52N opening sound was heard, but no closing sound
PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal*Supply Breaker Control
                  was heard from ACB 52E.
-
      Cue:       If operator checks. board voltage (Compt 6). It is Zero.
SAT
    STANDARD:     Operator attempts to verify alternate ACB 52E CLOSED and normal ACB
Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
                  52N OPEN and recognizes alternate breaker did not close.
-
UNSAT
Cue:
Normal feeder ACB has GREEN light illuminated and alternate feeder
ACB has GREEN light illuminated. (Breaker did not close)
Alternate Path
Critical step
STANDARD:
Places HS-52N, Normal Supply Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP
position..
STEP 8.:
Verify (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A)52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
-
SAT
Closed and (2-BCTB--201-DN/1B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker OPEN.
-
UNSAT
Cue:
ACB 52E Green light LIT, ACB 52N Green light LIT.
If asked, ACB 52N opening sound was heard, but no closing sound
was heard from ACB 52E.
Cue:
If operator checks. board voltage (Compt 6). It is Zero.
STANDARD:
Operator attempts to verify alternate ACB 52E CLOSED and normal ACB
52N OPEN and recognizes alternate breaker did not close.


                                                                                            JPM # 61AP2
Job Performance Checklist:
                                                                                            Page 7 of 8
STEP/STANDARD
                                                                                            REV. 6
JPM # 61AP2
  Job Performance Checklist:
Page 7 of 8
                                          STEP/STANDARD                                    SAT/UNSAT
REV. 6
  STEP *9.:       IF (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A) 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,       -   SAT
SAT/UNSAT
                THEN PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker
STEP *9.:
                  Control Switch to the CLOSE position (Compt 1A), AND VERIFY (2-           -   UNSAT
IF (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A) 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
                  BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker CLOSED.
-
                                                                                          Critical step
SAT
      NOTE:*     Operator should ensure 52E handswitch has been released prior to
THEN PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker
                  reclosing normal feeder breaker.
Control Switch to the CLOSE position (Compt 1A), AND VERIFY (2-
    Cue:         When ACB 52N control switch is placed in the CLOSED position:
-
                  "ACS 52N Red light is LIT and closing sound was heard".
UNSAT
    STANDARD:     Operator closes 52N and verifies it is closed.
BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker CLOSED.
  STEP 10.:       MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)                           -   SAT
Critical step
      Cue:       Al13-phases voltage - 490V.                                               -   UNSAT
NOTE:*
    STANDARD:   Operator checks board voltage   ~ 456 V but ~ 504 volts.
Operator should ensure 52E handswitch has been released prior to
  STEP 11.:       Inform Unit 2 SRO that board failed to transfer, and the normal breaker   -   SAT
reclosing normal feeder breaker.
                  has been re-closed.
Cue:
                                                                                              -   UNSAT
When ACB 52N control switch is placed in the CLOSED position:
    STANDARD:     Operator notifies Unit 2SRO of the failure of the board to transfer.   Stop Time __
"ACS 52N Red light is LIT and closing sound was heard".
STANDARD:
Operator closes 52N and verifies it is closed.
STEP 10.:
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)
-
SAT
Cue:
Al13-phases voltage - 490V.
-
UNSAT
STANDARD:
Operator checks board voltage ~ 456 V but ~ 504 volts.
STEP 11.:
Inform Unit 2 SRO that board failed to transfer, and the normal breaker
-
SAT
has been re-closed.
-
UNSAT
STANDARD:
Operator notifies Unit 2SRO of the failure of the board to transfer.
Stop Time__
I
I
                                                    END OF JPM
END OF JPM


                                      READ TO OPERATOR
READ TO OPERATOR
Directions to Trainee:
Directions to Trainee:
      I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps
      shall be simulated for this JPM. WHEN ENTERING AUNIT TRIP HAZARD
shall be simulated for this JPM. WHEN ENTERING AUNIT TRIP HAZARD
      ZONE ENSURE YOU DO NOT TOUCH ANY SWITCHES WITHIN THAT ZONE.
ZONE ENSURE YOU DO NOT TOUCH ANY SWITCHES WITHIN THAT ZONE.
      I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you
I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you
      complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure
complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure
      will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned
will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned
      task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout
task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout
      sheet I provided you.
sheet I provided you.
INITIAL.CONDIT.IONS:
INITIAL.CONDIT.IONS:
    * Both units are at 100 % power. All 6.9 kV shutdown boards are being supplied
*
      from their normal feeders.
Both units are at 100% power. All 6.9 kV shutdown boards are being supplied
    * Electrical maintenance has to perform an inspection on the normal feeder
from their normal feeders.
      breaker on the 480V shutdown board 2A1-A
*
    * All equipment is available and operable.
Electrical maintenance has to perform an inspection on the normal feeder
    * All prerequisites are completed.
breaker on the 480V shutdown board 2A1-A
    * All Arc Flash requirements for protective clothing are met
*
All equipment is available and operable.
*
All prerequisites are completed.
*
All Arc Flash requirements for protective clothing are met
.INITIATING CUES:
.INITIATING CUES:
    * You are the Control Room AUO. Electrical maintenance is ready to perform the
*
        inspection of the normal feeder breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A 1-A.
You are the Control Room AUO. Electrical maintenance is ready to perform the
    * You are to transfer 480V shutdown board 2A1-A to its alternate supply utilizing 2-
inspection of the normal feeder breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A.
        80-201-1 section 8.1.
*
    * When 480V shutdown board 2A1-A is aligned to its alternate supply, inform Unit
You are to transfer 480V shutdown board 2A1-A to its alternate supply utilizing 2-
        2 8RO and he/she will notify Electrical Maintenance that they may proceed with
80-201-1 section 8.1.
        their inspection.
*
When 480V shutdown board 2A1-A is aligned to its alternate supply, inform Unit
2 8RO and he/she will notify Electrical Maintenance that they may proceed with
their inspection.




                  TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
                      SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
                  SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE
SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE
                                  2-50-201-1
2-50-201-1
                        480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                  Revision 20
Revision 20
                            QUALITY RELATED
QUALITY RELATED
PREPARED BY:                 DARRELL W. LUNSFORD
PREPARED BY:
RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION:               OPERATIONS
DARRELL W. LUNSFORD
APPROVED BY:                     W. T. LEARY
RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION:
                                                EFFECTIVE DATE:       06/12/06
OPERATIONS
LEVEL OF USE: CONTINUOUS USE
APPROVED BY:
W. T. LEARY
EFFECTIVE DATE:
06/12/06
LEVEL OF USE:
CONTINUOUS USE
REVISION
REVISION
DESCRIPTION:   Reversed two steps in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4 to ensure
DESCRIPTION:
              power checklist is complete before verifying voltage and added a
Reversed two steps in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4 to ensure
              note that the remainder of the instruction will be performed at the
power checklist is complete before verifying voltage and added a
              respective board per NB051 011. Corrected typo on 2-201-1.05
note that the remainder of the instruction will be performed at the
              per NB050534. Added Note 5 in Section 8.1 that during board
respective board per NB051011. Corrected typo on 2-201-1.05
              transfer, power interruption to C&A Vent Bd 2A1-A may cause "A"
per NB050534. Added Note 5 in Section 8.1 that during board
              Shutdown Bd Rm Chiller to trip per RT060202 (PER98065/98292).
transfer, power interruption to C&A Vent Bd 2A1-A may cause "A"
              These are minor editorial changes.
Shutdown Bd Rm Chiller to trip per RT060202 (PER98065/98292).
These are minor editorial changes.


    SQN                       480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                                               2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                                                           Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                                                  Page 2 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                            TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
                                                      Page 1 of 2
Rev 20
Section Title                                                                                                             Page
Page 2 of 60
        TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                                                               .   2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0     INTRODUCTION                                                                                                   .   4
Page 1 of 2
1.1     Purpose                                                                                                             4
Section Title
1.2     Scope............................................................................................................   4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.0     REFERENCES.............................                                                                             4
.
2.1     Performance References..............................................................................                 4
1.0
2.2     Developmental References...........................................................................                 4
INTRODUCTION
3.0     PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS............................................................                             6
.
4.0     PREREQUISITE ACTIONS                                                                                                 7
Page
5.0     STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS                                                                                           9
2
5.1     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A 1-A From Normal Supply...................                                         9
4
5.2     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal Supply...................                                         12
1.1
5.3     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal Supply...................                                         15
Purpose
5.4.   Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal Supply...................                                         18
4
5.5     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate Supply................                                         21
1.2
5.6     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate Supply................                                         24
Scope............................................................................................................
5.7     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate Supply................                                         27
4
5.8     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 282-B From Alternate Supply................                                         30
2.0
6.0     NORMAL OPERATION                                                                                                   33
REFERENCES.............................
7.0     SHUTDOWN.................................................................................................           34
4
7.1     De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A................................................                             34
2.1
7.2     De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A................................................                             36
Performance References..............................................................................
7.3     De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-8................................................                             38
4
7.4     De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8................................................                           40
2.2
8.0     INFREQUENT OPERATION                                                                                               42
Developmental References...........................................................................
8.1     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A 1-A From Normal to
4
        Alternate Power Supply................................................................................             42
3.0
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS............................................................
6
4.0
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
7
5.0
STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS
9
5.1
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal Supply...................
9
5.2
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal Supply...................
12
5.3
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal Supply...................
15
5.4.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal Supply...................
18
5.5
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate Supply................
21
5.6
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate Supply................
24
5.7
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate Supply................
27
5.8
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 282-B From Alternate Supply................
30
6.0
NORMAL OPERATION
33
7.0
SHUTDOWN.................................................................................................
34
7.1
De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A................................................
34
7.2
De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A................................................
36
7.3
De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-8................................................
38
7.4
De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8................................................
40
8.0
INFREQUENT OPERATION
42
8.1
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to
Alternate Power Supply................................................................................
42


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                   2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                           Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                Page 3 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
                                    Page 2 of 2
Rev 20
Section Title                                                                   Page
Page 3 of 60
8.2     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to
TABLE OF CONTENTS
        Alternate Power Supply                                               .   44
Page 2 of 2
8.3    Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to
Section Title
        Alternate Power Supply                                               .   46
Page
8.4    Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to
8.2
        Alternate Power Supply                                               .   48
8.3
8.5    Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A 1-A From Alternate to
8.4
        Normal Power Supply                                                   .   51
8.5
8.6    Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to
8.6
        Normal Power Supply                                                   .   53
8.7
8.7    Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to
8.8
        Normal Power Supply                                                   .   55
9.0
8.8    Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to
        Normal Power Supply                                                   .   57
Alternate Power Supply
9.0    RECORDS                                                               .   59
.
        SOURCE NOTES                                                             60
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to
        ATTACHMENTS
Alternate Power Supply
        ATTACHMENT 1:     480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.01
.
        ATTACHMENT 2:     480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.02
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to
        ATTACHMENT 3:     480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.03
Alternate Power Supply
        ATTACHMENT 4:     480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.04
.
        ATTACHMENT 5:     480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.05
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate to
        ATTACHMENT 6:     480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.06
Normal Power Supply
        ATTACHMENT 7:     480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.07
.
        ATTACHMENT 8:     480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.08
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to
Normal Power Supply
.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to
Normal Power Supply
.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to
Normal Power Supply
.
RECORDS
.
44
46
48
51
53
55
57
59
SOURCE NOTES
60
ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENT 1:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.01
ATTACHMENT 2:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.02
ATTACHMENT 3:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.03
ATTACHMENT 4:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.04
ATTACHMENT 5:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.05
ATTACHMENT 6:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.06
ATTACHMENT 7:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.07
ATTACHMENT 8:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.08


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 4 of 60
2-S0-201-1
1.0     INTRODUCTION
2
1.1     Purpose
Rev 20
        This instruction provides the steps necessary for the normal operation of the Unit 2
Page 4 of 60
        480V Shutdown Boards.
1.0
1.2     Scope
INTRODUCTION
        This instruction provides the precautions and actions for energizing the Unit 2
1.1
        480V Shutdown Boards from their normal sources, transferring power sources, and
Purpose
        shutdown of the boards for maintenance or testing.
This instruction provides the steps necessary for the normal operation of the Unit 2
2.0     REFERENCES
480V Shutdown Boards.
2.1     Performance References
1.2
        None
Scope
2.2     Developmental References
This instruction provides the precautions and actions for energizing the Unit 2
        A.   Procedures
480V Shutdown Boards from their normal sources, transferring power sources, and
            1.   0-GO-6-1, Electrical Apparatus Operations
shutdown of the boards for maintenance or testing.
            2.   0-SO-250-1, 125 Volt DC Vital Power System
2.0
            3.   0-SO-202-4, 6900V Shutdown Boards
REFERENCES
            4.   OPDP-7, Fuse Control
2.1
            5.   SOI-201.2, 480V Auxiliary Building Electrical Boards
Performance References
            6.   SSP-12.6, Equipment Status Verification and Checking
None
                  Program
2.2
        B.   TVA Drawings
Developmental References
            1.   45N749-1 through 4
A.
            2.   45N779-1 through 4
Procedures
            3.   45N765-1 and 2
1.
            4.   45N703-1 through 4
0-GO-6-1, Electrical Apparatus Operations
2.
0-SO-250-1, 125 Volt DC Vital Power System
3.
0-SO-202-4, 6900V Shutdown Boards
4.
OPDP-7, Fuse Control
5.
SOI-201.2, 480V Auxiliary Building Electrical Boards
6.
SSP-12.6, Equipment Status Verification and Checking
Program
B.
TVA Drawings
1.
45N749-1 through 4
2.
45N779-1 through 4
3.
45N765-1 and 2
4.
45N703-1 through 4


    SQN             480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                         Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                Page 5 of 60
2-S0-201-1
2.2     Developmental References (continued)
2
        C. FSAR
Rev 20
            1. Section 8.0, Electric Power
Page 5 of 60
          2. Section 7.0, Instrumentation and Controls
2.2
          3. Section 15.2.7, Loss of Electrical Load and/or Turbine
Developmental References (continued)
              Trip
C.
          4. Section 15.2.9, Loss of Off-Site Power to the Station
FSAR
              Auxiliaries
1.
          5. Section 15.5.1, Environmental Consequences of a
Section 8.0, Electric Power
              Postulated Loss of AC Power to the Plant Auxiliaries
2.
        D. Technical Specifications
Section 7.0, Instrumentation and Controls
            1. LCO 3.8.2.1
3.
          2. LCO 3.8.2.2 '
Section 15.2.7, Loss of Electrical Load and/or Turbine
            3. LCO 3.8.1.1
Trip
          4. LCO 3.8.1.2
4.
                                End of Section 2.2
Section 15.2.9, Loss of Off-Site Power to the Station
Auxiliaries
5.
Section 15.5.1, Environmental Consequences of a
Postulated Loss of AC Power to the Plant Auxiliaries
D.
Technical Specifications
1.
LCO 3.8.2.1
2.
LCO 3.8.2.2 '
3.
LCO 3.8.1.1
4.
LCO 3.8.1.2
End of Section 2.2


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                    Page 6 of 60
2-S0-201-1
3.0     PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
2
        A. Protective relaying shall be in service and trip circuit supply
Rev 20
          energized before energizing a feeder or bus.
Page 6 of 60
        B. When replacing fuses use only exact replacement or
3.0
          acceptable substitute in accordance with OPDP-7.
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
        C. When racking in or out 480V circuit breakers, for personnel
A.
          safety and to ensure operability, operate in accordance with
Protective relaying shall be in service and trip circuit supply
          0-GO-10.
energized before energizing a feeder or bus.
        D. Protective grounds will be removed before energizing a
B.
          feeder bus.
When replacing fuses use only exact replacement or
        E. When working with or around electrical components, for
acceptable substitute in accordance with OPDP-7.
          personnel safety and to ensure operability, conduct should
C.
            be in accordance with the Sequoyah Health and Safety
When racking in or out 480V circuit breakers, for personnel
            Manual, Section IV.
safety and to ensure operability, operate in accordance with
        F. Alignment of a 480V Shutdown Board to feed from the
0-GO-10.
          Alternate Supply Breaker is acceptable, if the spare 480V
D.
          transformer is utilized to power only one 480V shutdown
Protective grounds will be removed before energizing a
            board at a time.
feeder bus.
        G. Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
E.
          performed, the 8M or his representative must perform a
When working with or around electrical components, for
          walkdown on the board. Operations may require the work
personnel safety and to ensure operability, conduct should
          directors to assist in the walkdown.
be in accordance with the Sequoyah Health and Safety
        H. Prior to transferring (normal to alternate or alternate to
Manual, Section IV.
          normal) the 480v Shutdown Boards that are aligned to feed
F.
          the 1-IV and 2-IV Vital Inverters, the Control Rod Drive
Alignment of a 480V Shutdown Board to feed from the
          System for the affected unit shall be placed in manual rod
Alternate Supply Breaker is acceptable, if the spare 480V
          control. Note that rod control system alarms may occur
transformer is utilized to power only one 480V shutdown
          during transfer operation. (REF. SQ993258PER)
board at a time.
                                    End of Section 3.0
G.
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
performed, the 8M or his representative must perform a
walkdown on the board. Operations may require the work
directors to assist in the walkdown.
H.
Prior to transferring (normal to alternate or alternate to
normal) the 480v Shutdown Boards that are aligned to feed
the 1-IV and 2-IV Vital Inverters, the Control Rod Drive
System for the affected unit shall be placed in manual rod
control. Note that rod control system alarms may occur
during transfer operation. (REF. SQ993258PER)
End of Section 3.0


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 7 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                            Date
2
                                                                                  ---
Rev 20
4.0     PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
Page 7 of 60
        NOTE 1         Throughout this instruction where an IF/THEN
Date---
                      statement exists, the step should be N/A if
4.0
                      condition does NOT exist.
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
        NOTE 2        Throughout this instruction, voltage
NOTE 1
                      verification serves as independent verification
NOTE 2
                      for all breaker operation.
Throughout this instruction where an IF/THEN
        [1] ENSURE instruction to be used is a copy of effective version.
statement exists, the step should be N/A if
        [2] ENSURE Section 3.0, Precautions and Limitations has
condition does NOT exist.
            been reviewed.
Throughout this instruction, voltage
        [3] IF removing a board from service, THEN
verification serves as independent verification
            NOTIFY Unit 8RO to evaluate applicable LCOs.
for all breaker operation.
        [4] IF returning equipment to service after a clearance,
[1]
            THEN
ENSURE instruction to be used is a copy of effective version.
            ENSURE protective safety grounds have been removed
[2]
            before energizing any bus.
ENSURE Section 3.0, Precautions and Limitations has
        NOTE           The following lists are not intended to be all-inclusive.
been reviewed.
                      15E500 series drawings and applicable procedures
[3]
                      should be reviewed for particular circumstances.
IF removing a board from service, THEN
        [5] REVIEW the applicable 80s for potential impacts.
NOTIFY Unit 8RO to evaluate applicable LCOs.
                          Unit Two 480V Shutdown Boards
[4]
                      Reactor MOV Boards               2-80-201-2
IF returning equipment to service after a clearance,
                      C & A Vent Boards               2-S0-201-3
THEN
                      Reactor Vent Boards             2-80-201-4
ENSURE protective safety grounds have been removed
                      DG Auxiliary Boards             2-S0-201-8
before energizing any bus.
NOTE
The following lists are not intended to be all-inclusive.
15E500 series drawings and applicable procedures
should be reviewed for particular circumstances.
[5]
REVIEW the applicable 80s for potential impacts.
Unit Two 480V Shutdown Boards
Reactor MOV Boards
2-80-201-2
C & A Vent Boards
2-S0-201-3
Reactor Vent Boards
2-80-201-4
DG Auxiliary Boards
2-S0-201-8


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-80-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 8 of 60
2-80-201-1
                                                                          Date   _
2
4.0     PREREQUISITE ACTIONS (CONTINUED)
Rev 20
        [6] EVALUATE the following panels, and systems which are
Page 8 of 60
            associated with board listed for possible impacts.
Date
                                  Shutdown Board 2A2-A
_
                                Rad Mon & Samp Dist Pnl
4.0
                                    Fire Prot Dist Pnl
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS (CONTINUED)
        [7] ENSURE each performer documents their name and
[6]
            initials:
EVALUATE the following panels, and systems which are
                              Print Name                       Initials
associated with board listed for possible impacts.
        [8] INDICATE below which performance section of this
Shutdown Board 2A2-A
            instruction will be used and the reason for this performance:
Rad Mon &Samp Dist Pnl
            o       5.0   STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS
Fire Prot Dist Pnl
            o       6.0   NORMAL OPERATION
[7]
            D       7.0   SHUTDOWN
ENSURE each performer documents their name and
            D       8.0   INFREQUENT OPERATION
initials:
            REASON                                                             _
Print Name
                                    End of Section 4.0
Initials
[8]
INDICATE below which performance section of this
instruction will be used and the reason for this performance:
o
5.0
STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS
o
6.0
NORMAL OPERATION
D
7.0
SHUTDOWN
D
8.0
INFREQUENT OPERATION
REASON
_
End of Section 4.0


    SQN             480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                           Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                Page 9 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                        Date             _
2
5.0     STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS
Rev 20
5.1     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply
Page 9 of 60
        CAUTION     Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
Date
                    performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
_
                    walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
5.0
                    directors to assist in the walkdown.
STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS
        NOTE 1      480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally
5.1
                    supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply
                    This Instruction section provides for normal
CAUTION
                    source feed establishment. Alternate source
NOTE 1
                    feed is covered in Section 8.0.
NOTE 2
        NOTE 2      All steps in this section refer to 480V
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
                    Shutdown Board 2A1-A unless specifically
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
                    stated otherwise.
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
        [1] VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
directors to assist in the walkdown.
        [2] VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally
            ENERGIZED.
supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.
        [3] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal 480V
This Instruction section provides for normal
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).                                         /
source feed establishment. Alternate source
                                                                            - 1st--  --cv
feed is covered in Section 8.0.
        [4] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V
All steps in this section refer to 480V
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).                                         /
Shutdown Board 2A1-A unless specifically
                                                                            - 1st--  --cv
stated otherwise.
        [5] ENSURE the following Attachments have been
[1]
            PERFORMED:
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
            A.   Attachment 1, 480V Shutdown Board Power
[2]
                  Checklist 2-201-1.01.
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III
            B.   Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Board Power
ENERGIZED.
                  Checklist 2-201-1.02.
[3]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[5]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been
PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 1, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.01.
B.
Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.02.
/
-1-
st - --cv
/
-1-
st - --cv


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                   2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                         Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                Page 10 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                        Date
2
5.1     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
Rev 20
        [6] VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of
Page 10 of 60
              6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
Date
            A.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Overcurrent
5.1
                    Relays SO/51                                                 /
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
                                                                              1st   IV
[6]
              B.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Ground
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of
                    Relay 50G                                                     /
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
                                                                              1st   IV
A.
        [7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Overcurrent
            480V Shutdown Transformer 2A 1-A (Compt 3 of 6900V
Relays SO/51
            Shutdown Board 2A-A).                                               -/
/
                                                                              st
1st
                                                                              1      CV
IV
        [8]   MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
B.
              transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Ground
              Board 2A-A).
Relay 50G
        [9] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
/
              [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
1st
              (Compt 1A)
IV
        [10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
              A.     86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA)                             /
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (Compt 3 of 6900V
                                                                              1st     IV
Shutdown Board 2A-A).
              B.     86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A)                             /
-/
                                                                              1st     IV
1st
        [11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N, Normal Supply
CV
              Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A 1-A.                             /
[8]
                                                                              1st   CV
MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
        [12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)
transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2A-A).
[9]
VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
(Compt 1A)
[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA)
/
1st
IV
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A)
/
1st
IV
[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N, Normal Supply
Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.
/
1st
CV
[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-80-201-1
SQN
    2                                                               Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                      Page 11 of 60
2-80-201-1
                                                                              Date
2
                                                                                    ----
Rev 20
5.1     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
Page 11 of 60
        [13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A 1-A for ground
Date----
            indication.
5.1
        NOTE 1           The following steps [14] through [17] may be
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
                        marked N/A if currently performed in section
[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A for ground
                        5.2.
indication.
        NOTE 2          Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the
NOTE 1
                        fan circuit of either transformer 2A 1-A
NOTE 2
                        (Normal) or 2A2-A (Alternate) and is operable
The following steps [14] through [17] may be
                        when the selected transformer's fan circuit is
marked N/A if currently performed in section
                        operable.
5.2.
        [14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the
              source (Compt 2Aof 480V Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the
fan circuit of either transformer 2A 1-A
              other).
(Normal) or 2A2-A (Alternate) and is operable
                                                              Normal (preferred)
when the selected transformer's fan circuit is
                                                                      Alternate
operable.
        [15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
              6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
source (Compt 2Aof 480V Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the
              A.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
other).
                      Relays 50/51                                                       /
Normal (preferred)
                                                                                      st
Alternate
                                                                                    1    IV
[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
              B.      480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
                      50G                                                               /
A.
                                                                                    1st   IV
B.
        [16] CLOSE [2-BCT A-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
              to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of
Relays 50/51
              6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).                                               /
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
                                                                                    1st   cv
50G
        [17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
/
              after transformer is charged.
1st
                                      End of Section 5.1
IV
/
1st
IV
[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
/
1st
cv
[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
after transformer is charged.
End of Section 5.1


    SQN             480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-S0-201-1
NOTE 2
    2                                                           Rev 20
NOTE 1
                                                                Page 12 of 60
SQN
                                                                        Date             _
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
5.2     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply
2-S0-201-1
        CAUTION     Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
2
                    performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
Rev 20
                    walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
Page 12 of 60
                    directors to assist in the walkdown.
Date
        NOTE 1      480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally
_
                    supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.
5.2
                    This Instruction section provides for normal
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply
                    source feed establishment. Alternate source
CAUTION
                    feed is covered in Section 8.0.
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
        NOTE 2      All steps in this section refer to 480V
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
                    Shutdown Board 2A2-A unless specifically
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
                    stated otherwise.
directors to assist in the walkdown.
        [1] VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally
        [2] VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III
supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.
            ENERGIZED.
This Instruction section provides for normal
        [3] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal 480V
source feed establishment. Alternate source
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
feed is covered in Section 8.0.
        [4] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V
All steps in this section refer to 480V
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).                                           /
Shutdown Board 2A2-A unless specifically
                                                                            - 1s-t -  ---cv
stated otherwise.
        [5] ENSURE the following Attachments have been
[1]
            PERFORMED:
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
            A.   Attachment 3, 480V Shutdown Board Power
[2]
                  Checklist 2-201-1.03.
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III
            B.   Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Board Power
ENERGIZED.
                  Checklist 2-201-1.04.
[3]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[5]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been
PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 3, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.03.
B.
Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.04.
/
-1s-t
- ---cv


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                   2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                         Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                Page 13 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                        Date
2
5.2     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
Rev 20
        [6] VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
Page 13 of 60
            6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
Date
            A.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A Overcurrent
5.2
                    Relays 50/51 .                                               /
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
                                                                              1st   IV
[6]
            B.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A Ground Relay
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
                    50G.                                                         /
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
                                                                              1st   IV
A.
        [7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A Overcurrent
            480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (Compt 4 of 6900V
Relays 50/51.
            Shutdown Board 2A-A).                                               /
/
                                                                              1st   CV
1st
        [8]   MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
IV
              transformer is charged (Compt 4 of 6900V Shutdown
B.
              Board 2A-A).
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A Ground Relay
        [9] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
50G.
              [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
/
              (Compt. 1A).
1st
        [10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
IV
              A.     86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A).
[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
              B.     86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (Compt 4 of 6900V
        [11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1B-Al 52N, Normal Supply
Shutdown Board 2A-A).
              Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.                               /
/
                                                                              1st   CV
1st
        [12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
CV
[8]
MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 4 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2A-A).
[9]
VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
(Compt. 1A).
[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A).
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1B-Al 52N, Normal Supply
Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.
/
1st
CV
[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
D
    2                                                               Rev 20
SQN
                                                                      Page 14 of 60
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                              Date- - - -
2-S0-201-1
5.2     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
2
        [13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A for ground
Rev 20
            indication.                                                                     D
Page 14 of 60
        NOTE 1           The following steps [14] through [17] may be
Date----
                        marked N/A if currently performed in section
5.2
                        5.2.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
        NOTE 2          Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the
[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A for ground
                        fan circuit of either transformer 2A1-A
indication.
                        (Normal) or 2A2-A (Alternate) and is operable
NOTE 1
                        when the selected transformers fan circuit is
NOTE 2
                        operable.
The following steps [14] through [17] may be
        [14] ENSURE selector switch positioned to an operable
marked N/A if currently performed in section
            source (Compt 2A of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the
5.2.
            other).
Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the
                                                  Normal (preferred)
fan circuit of either transformer 2A1-A
                                                        Alternate
(Normal) or 2A2-A (Alternate) and is operable
        [15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
when the selected transformers fan circuit is
            6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
operable.
            A.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
[14] ENSURE selector switch positioned to an operable
                    Relays 50/51 .
source (Compt 2A of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the
            B.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
other).
                    50G.
Normal (preferred)
        [16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker
Alternate
              to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of
[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
              6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).                                               /
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
                                                                                    1st   CV
A.
        [17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
            after transformer is charged.
Relays 50/51.
                                      End of Section 5.2
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
50G.
[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
/
1st
CV
[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
after transformer is charged.
End of Section 5.2


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                           Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 15 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                          Date             _
2
5.3     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply
Rev 20
        CAUTION       Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
Page 15 of 60
                      performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
Date
                      walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
_
                      directors to assist in the walkdown.
5.3
        NOTE 1        480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply
                      supplied from 2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board.
CAUTION
                      This Instruction section provides for normal
NOTE 1
                      source feed establishment. Alternate source
NOTE 2
                      feed is covered in Section 8.0.
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
        NOTE 2        All steps in this section refer to 480V
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
                      Shutdown Board 2B1-B unless specifically
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
                      stated otherwise.
directors to assist in the walkdown.
        [1] VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally
        [2] VERIFY 125VVitai Battery Boards II and IV
supplied from 2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board.
            ENERGIZED.
This Instruction section provides for normal
        [3] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
source feed establishment. Alternate source
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).                                           /
feed is covered in Section 8.0.
                                                                              - 15 -t ----cv
All steps in this section refer to 480V
        [4] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V
Shutdown Board 2B1-B unless specifically
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).                                           /
stated otherwise.
                                                                              - 15 -t ----cv
[1]
        [5] ENSURE the following Attachments have been
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
            PERFORMED:
[2]
            A.     Attachment 5, 480V Shutdown Board Power
VERIFY 125VVitai Battery Boards II and IV
                  Checklist 2-201-1.05.
ENERGIZED.
            B.     Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Board Power
[3]
                  Checklist 2-201-1.06.
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[5]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been
PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 5, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.05.
B.
Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.06.
/
-15-t ----cv
/
-15-t ----cv


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                   2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                         Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                              Page 16 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                      Date               _
2
5.3     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
Rev 20
        [6] VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of
Page 16 of 60
            6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
Date
            A. 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B Overcurrent
_
                Relays 50/51.                                                       /
5.3
                                                                              1st       IV
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
            B. 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B Ground Relay
[6]
                50G.                                                               /
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of
                                                                              1st       IV
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
        [7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker to
A.
            480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B (Compt 3 of 6900V
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B Overcurrent
            Shutdown Board 2B-B).                                                 /
Relays 50/51.
                                                                          - 1st--   ---cv
/
        [8] MONITOR ammeter minimal current flow after
1st
            transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown
IV
            Board 2B-B).
B.
        [9] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B Ground Relay
              [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
50G.
            (Compt. 1A).
/
        [10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
1st
            A. 86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A).                                   /
IV
                                                                              1st     IV
[7]
            B. 86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).                                   /
CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker to
                                                                              1st       IV
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B (Compt 3 of 6900V
        [11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N, Normal Supply
Shutdown Board 2B-B).
              Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.                                   /
/
                                                                              1st     CV
-1-
        [12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
st -
        [13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B for ground
---cv
            indication.                                                                   D
[8]
MONITOR ammeter minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2B-B).
[9]
VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
(Compt. 1A).
[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A).
/
1st
IV
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
/
1st
IV
[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N, Normal Supply
Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.
/
1st
CV
[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B for ground
indication.
D


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                               Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                      Page 17 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                              Date           _
2
5.3     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
Rev 20
        NOTE 1           The following steps [14] through [17] may be
Page 17 of 60
                        marked N/A if currently performed in section
Date
                        5.4.
_
        NOTE 2          Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the
5.3
                        fan circuit of either transformer 2B1-B
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
                        (Normal) or 2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable
NOTE 1
                        when the selected transformer's fan circuit is
NOTE 2
                        operable.
The following steps [14] through [17] may be
        [14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
marked N/A if currently performed in section
              source (Compt 1C of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the
5.4.
              other).
Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the
                                                  Normal (preferred)
fan circuit of either transformer 2B1-B
                                                        Alternate
(Normal) or 2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable
        [15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
when the selected transformer's fan circuit is
              6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
operable.
              A. 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
                  Relays 50/51 .                                                         /
source (Compt 1C of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the
                                                                                    1st     IV
other).
              B. 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
Normal (preferred)
                  50G.                                                                   /
Alternate
                                                                                    1st     IV
[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
        [16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
              to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of
A.
              6900V Shutdown Board 28-B).                                               /
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
                                                                                    1st     cv
Relays 50/51.
        [17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
/
              after transformer is charged.
1st
                                                                                      Initials
IV
                                      End of Section 5.3
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
50G.
/
1st
IV
[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of
6900V Shutdown Board 28-B).
/
1st
cv
[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
after transformer is charged.
Initials
End of Section 5.3


    SQN             480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                         Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                Page 18 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                        Date           _
2
5.4     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply
Rev 20
        CAUTION 1   Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
Page 18 of 60
                    performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
Date
                    walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
_
                    directors to assist in the walkdown.
5.4
        NOTE 1       480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply
                    supplied from 2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board.
CAUTION 1
                    This Instruction section provides for normal
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
                    source feed establishment. Alternate source
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
                    feed is covered in Section 8.0.
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
        NOTE 2       All steps in this section refer to 480V
directors to assist in the walkdown.
                    Shutdown Board 2B2-B unless specifically
NOTE 1
                    stated otherwise.
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally
        [1] VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
supplied from 2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board.
        [2] VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards II and IV
This Instruction section provides for normal
            ENERGIZED.
source feed establishment. Alternate source
        [3] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
feed is covered in Section 8.0.
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
NOTE 2
        [4] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl 52E Alternate 480V
All steps in this section refer to 480V
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).                                         /
Shutdown Board 2B2-B unless specifically
                                                                            - 1s-t ---cv
stated otherwise.
        [5] ENSURE the following Attachments have been
[1]
            PERFORMED:
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
            A.   Attachment 7, 480V Shutdown Board Power
[2]
                  Checklist 2-201-1.07.
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards II and IV
            B.   Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Board Power
ENERGIZED.
                  Checklist 2-201-1.08.
[3]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[5]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been
PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 7, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.07.
B.
Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.08.
/
-1s-t ---cv


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                   2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                         Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                              Page 19 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                      Date
2
5.4     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
Rev 20
        [6] VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
Page 19 of 60
            6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
Date
            A. 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B Overcurrent
5.4
                Relays 50/51.                                                   /
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
                                                                            1st   IV
[6]
            B. 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B Ground Relay
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
                50G.                                                           /
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
                                                                            1st    IV
A.
        [7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B Overcurrent
            480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (Compt 4 of 6900V
Relays 50/51.
            Shutdown Board 28-8).                                               /
/
                                                                            1st   CV
1st
        [8] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
IV
            transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown
B.
            Board 2B-B).
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B Ground Relay
        [9] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
50G.
            [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
/
            (Compt 1A).
1
        [10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
st
            A.     86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).
IV
            B.     86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6900V Supply Breaker to
        [11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-B] 52N, Normal Supply
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (Compt 4 of 6900V
              Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.                               /
Shutdown Board 28-8).
                                                                            1st   CV
/
        [12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
1st
        [13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8 for ground
CV
            indication.                                                               D
[8]
                                                                        Date
MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2B-B).
[9]
VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
(Compt 1A).
[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-B] 52N, Normal Supply
Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.
/
1st
CV
[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8 for ground
indication.
D
Date


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-80-201-1
SQN
    2                                                               Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                    Page 20 of 60
2-80-201-1
5.4     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
2
        NOTE 1         The following steps [14] through [17] may be marked N/A if
Rev 20
                        currently performed in section 5.3.
Page 20 of 60
        NOTE 2          Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the fan circuit of
5.4
                        either transformer 2B1-B (Normal) or 2B2-B (Alternate) and is
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
                        operable when the selected transformer's fan circuit is
NOTE 1
                        operable.
NOTE 2
        [14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
The following steps [14] through [17] may be marked N/A if
            source (Compt 1C of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the
currently performed in section 5.3.
            other).
Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the fan circuit of
                                                Normal (preferred)
either transformer 2B1-B (Normal) or 2B2-B (Alternate) and is
                                                    Alternate
operable when the selected transformer's fan circuit is
        [15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
operable.
            6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
            A.   480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
source (Compt 1C of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the
                  Relays 50/51.                                                           /
other).
                                                                                      1st   IV
Normal (preferred)
            B.   480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
Alternate
                  50G.                                                                     /
[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
                                                                                      1st   IV
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
        [16] CLOSE [2-BCT A-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker
A.
            to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
            Shutdown Board 2B-B).
Relays 50/51.
        [17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
/
            after transformer is charged.
1st
                                    End of Section 5.4
IV
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
50G.
/
1st
IV
[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 2B-B).
[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
after transformer is charged.
End of Section 5.4


    SQN             480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                           Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 21 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                          Date- - - -
2
5.5     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply
Rev 20
        CAUTION     Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
Page 21 of 60
                    performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
Date----
                    walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
5.5
                    directors to assist in the walkdown.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply
        NOTE 1      480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally
CAUTION
                    supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.
NOTE 1
                    This Instruction section provides for alternate
NOTE 2
                    source feed establishment.
NOTE 3
        NOTE 2      All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown Board
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
                    2A 1-A unless specifically stated otherwise.
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
        NOTE 3      The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is designed to
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
                    supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers
directors to assist in the walkdown.
                    are NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally
                    breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.
supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.
        [1] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
This Instruction section provides for alternate
            Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
source feed establishment.
            OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A Compt 5B).
All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown Board
        [2] VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
2A1-A unless specifically stated otherwise.
        [3] VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III ENERGIZED.
The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is designed to
        [4] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal 480V
supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).                                           /
are NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both
                                                                              - 1st--  ---cv
breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.
        [5] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V
[1]
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).                                           /
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
                                                                              - 1st--  ---cv
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
        [6] ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A Compt 5B).
            A.   Attachment 1, 480V Shutdown Board Power
[2]
                  Checklist 2-201-1.01.
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
            B.   Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Board Power
[3]
                  Checklist 2-201-1.02.
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III ENERGIZED.
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[5]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[6]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 1, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.01.
B.
Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.02.
/
-1-
st - ---cv
/
-1-
st - ---cv


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                               Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                      Page 22 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                              Date         _
2
5.5     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply
Rev 20
        (Continued)
Page 22 of 60
        NOTE           Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the fan
Date
                        circuit of either transformer 2A 1-A (Normal) or 2A2-A
_
                        (Alternate) and is operable when the selected
5.5
                        transformer's fan circuit is operable.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply
        [7] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
(Continued)
            source (Compt 2A of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2A 1-A- N/A the
NOTE
            other).
Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the fan
                                                              Normal (preferred)
circuit of either transformer 2A1-A (Normal) or 2A2-A
                                                                      Alternate
(Alternate) and is operable when the selected
        [8] VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
transformer's fan circuit is operable.
            6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
[7]
            A.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
                    Relays 50/51                                                       /
source (Compt 2A of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the
                                                                                    1st  IV
other).
            B.      4.80V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
Normal (preferred)
                    50G                                                               /
Alternate
                                                                                    1st   IV
[8]
        [9] CLOSE [2-BCT A-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
            480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of 6900V
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
            Shutdown Board 2A-A).                                                     /
A.
                                                                                    1st   cv
B.
        [10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
            transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
Relays 50/51
            Board 2A-A).
4.80V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
        [11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
50G
            [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
/
            (Compt SA)
1st
        [12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
IV
            A.     86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A)                                   /
/
                                                                                    1st  IV
1st
            B.      86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A)                                   /
IV
                                                                                    1st   IV
[9]
CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 2A-A).
/
1st
cv
[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2A-A).
[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
(Compt SA)
[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
B.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A)
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A)
/
1st
IV
/
1st
IV


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                 2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                       Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                              Page 23 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                      Date
2
5.5     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply
Rev 20
        (Continued)
Page 23 of 60
        [13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E, Alternate Supply
Date
              Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A 1-A.                           /
5.5
                                                                            1st   cv
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply
        [14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)
(Continued)
        [15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A for ground
[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E, Alternate Supply
            indication.
Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.
        [16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of
/
            6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
1st
            A.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Overcurrent
cv
                    Relays SO/51                                               /
[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)
                                                                            1st   IV*
[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A for ground
            B.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A 1-A Ground
indication.
                    Relay SOG                                                 /
[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of
                                                                            1st   IV
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
        [17] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A] 6900V Supply Breaker
A.
              to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A 1-A (Compt 3 of
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Overcurrent
              6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A) CLOSED.                               /
Relays SO/51
                                                                            1st   CV
/
        [18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
1st
            after transformer is charged.
IV*
                                    End of Section 5.5
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Ground
Relay SOG
/
1st
IV
[17] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A] 6900V Supply Breaker
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (Compt 3 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A) CLOSED.
/
1st
CV
[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
after transformer is charged.
End of Section 5.5


    SQN             480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
NOTE 1
    2                                                           Rev 20
NOTE 2
                                                                  Page 24 of 60
SQN
                                                                          Date             _
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
5.6     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply
2-S0-201-1
        CAUTION     Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
2
                    performed on it, the 8M/8M representative must perform a
Rev 20
                    walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
Page 24 of 60
                    directors to assist in the walkdown.
Date
        NOTE 1      480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally supplied from
_
                    2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section
5.6
                    provides for alternate source feed establishment.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply
        NOTE 2      All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-
CAUTION
                    A unless specifically stated otherwise.
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
        NOTE 3       The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is designed to
performed on it, the 8M/8M representative must perform a
                    supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers are
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
                    NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both breakers
directors to assist in the walkdown.
                    are NOT closed simultaneously.
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally supplied from
        [1] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section
            Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
provides for alternate source feed establishment.
            OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A Compt 5B).
All steps inthis section refer to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-
        [2] VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
A unless specifically stated otherwise.
        [3] VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III
NOTE 3
            ENERGIZED.
The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is designed to
        [4] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal 480V
supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers are
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).                                           I
NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both breakers
                                                                              - 1s-t -  ---cv
are NOT closed simultaneously.
        [5] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate 480V
[1]
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).                                           I
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
                                                                              - 1s-t ----cv
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
        [6] ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A Compt 5B).
            A.   Attachment 3, 480V Shutdown Board Power
[2]
                  Checklist 2-201-1.03.
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
            B.   Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Board Power
[3]
                  Checklist 2-201-1.04.
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III
ENERGIZED.
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[5]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[6]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 3, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.03.
B.
Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.04.
I
-1s-t
- ---cv
I
-1s-t ----cv


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                               Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                    Page 25 of60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                            Date       _
2
5.6     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply
Rev 20
        (Continued)
Page 25 of60
        NOTE           Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the fan
Date
                        circuit of either transformer 2A 1-A (Normal) or 2A2-A
_
                        (Alternate) and is operable when the selected
5.6
                        transformers fan circuit is operable.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply
        [7] ENSURE selector switch positioned to an operable
(Continued)
            source (Compt 2A of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the
NOTE
            other).
Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the fan
                                                  Normal (preferred)
circuit of either transformer 2A1-A (Normal) or 2A2-A
                                                      Alternate
(Alternate) and is operable when the selected
        [8] VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
transformers fan circuit is operable.
            6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
[7]
            A.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
ENSURE selector switch positioned to an operable
                    Relays 50/51 .                                                   /
source (Compt 2A of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the
                                                                                  1st   IV
other).
            B.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
Normal (preferred)
                    50G.                                                             /
Alternate
                                                                                  1st   IV
[8]
        [9] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
            480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of 6900V
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
            Shutdown Board 2A-A).                                                   /
A.
                                                                                  1st   cv
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
        [10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
Relays 50/51 .
            transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
/
            Board 2A-A).
1st
        [11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
IV
            [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
B.
            (Compt. 5A).
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
        [12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
50G.
            A.     86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).
/
            B.     86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
1st
IV
[9] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 2A-A).
/
1st
cv
[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2A-A).
[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
(Compt. 5A).
[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).


    SQN                   480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                 2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                         Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                              Page 26 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                      Date
2
5.6     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply
Rev 20
        (Continued)
Page 26 of 60
        [13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E, Alternate Supply
Date
            Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.                               /
5.6
                                                                            1st   cv
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply
        [14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
(Continued)
        [15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A for ground
[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E, Alternate Supply
              indication.                                                             D
Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.
        [16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
/
            6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
1st
            A.       480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
cv
                      Relays 50/51.
[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
              B.     480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A for ground
                      50G.
indication.
        [17]ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6900V Supply Breaker
D
            to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (Compt 4 of
[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
            6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A) CLOSED.                                 /
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
                                                                            1st   cv
A.
        [18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
              after transformer is charged.
Relays 50/51.
                                    End of Section 5.6
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
50G.
[17]ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6900V Supply Breaker
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (Compt 4 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A) CLOSED.
/
1st
cv
[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
after transformer is charged.
End of Section 5.6


    SQN             480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
NOTE 2
    2                                                           Rev 20
NOTE 1
                                                                  Page 27 of 60
SQN
                                                                          Date           _
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
5.7     Energizing 480V Shutdown- Board 2B1-B From its Alternate Supply
2-S0-201-1
        CAUTION     Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
2
                    performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
Rev 20
                    walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
Page 27 of 60
                    directors to assist in the walkdown.
Date
        NOTE 1      480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally supplied from
_
                    2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section
5.7
                    provides for alternate source feed establishment.
Energizing 480V Shutdown- Board 2B1-B From its Alternate Supply
        NOTE 2      All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown
CAUTION
                    Board 2B1-B unless specifically stated otherwise.
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
        NOTE 3       The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
                    supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers are
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
                    NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both
directors to assist in the walkdown.
                    breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally supplied from
        [1] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section
            Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B
provides for alternate source feed establishment.
            OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B Compt 5B).
All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown
        [2] VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
Board 2B1-B unless specifically stated otherwise.
        [3] VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards II and IV ENERGIZED.
NOTE 3
        [4] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers are
        [5] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V
NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).                                           /
breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.
                                                                              - 1s-t ---cv
[1]
        [6] ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
            A.   Attachment 5, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B
                  Checklist 2-201-1.05.
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B Compt 5B).
            B.   Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Board Power
[2]
                  Checklist 2-201-1.06.
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
[3]
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards II and IV ENERGIZED.
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[5]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[6]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 5, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.05.
B.
Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.06.
/
-1s-t ---cv


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 28 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                          Date               _
2
5.7     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Alternate Supply
Rev 20
        (Continued)
Page 28 of 60
        NOTE         Transformer 28-8 fan circuit is parallel to the fan
Date
                      circuit of either transformer 281-8 (Normal) or
_
                      2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable when the
5.7
                      selected transformer's fan circuit is operable.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Alternate Supply
        [7] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
(Continued)
            source (Compt 1C of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2B2-8- N/A the
NOTE
            other).
Transformer 28-8 fan circuit is parallel to the fan
                                                Normal (preferred)
circuit of either transformer 281-8 (Normal) or
                                                    Alternate
2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable when the
        [8] VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
selected transformer's fan circuit is operable.
            6900V Shutdown Board 2B-8).
[7]
            A. 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
                Relays SO/51.                                                           /
source (Compt 1C of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2B2-8- N/A the
                                                                                    st
other).
                                                                                  1        IV
Normal (preferred)
            B. 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
Alternate
                50G.                                                                   /
[8]
                                                                                  1st       IV
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
        [9] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker to
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-8).
            480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V
A.
            Shutdown Board 28-B).                                                     /
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
                                                                              - 1st--   ---cv
Relays SO/51.
        [10] MONITOR ammeter minimal current flow after
/
            transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
1st
            Board 28-8).
IV
        [11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
B.
            [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-Bl 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
            (Compt. SA).
50G.
        [12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
/
            A. 86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).                                       /
1st
                                                                                  1st       IV
IV
            B. 86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).                                         /
[9]
                                                                                  1st       IV
CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 28-B).
/
-1-
st -
---cv
[10] MONITOR ammeter minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 28-8).
[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-Bl 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
(Compt. SA).
[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).
/
1st
IV
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
/
1st
IV


SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS       2-80-201-1
SQN
2                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                Page 29 of60
2-80-201-1
            End of Section 5.7
2
                                        Date _
Rev 20
Page 29 of60
End of Section 5.7
Date
_


    SQN             480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                           Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 30 of 60
2-S0-201-1
5.8     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply
2
        CAUTION     Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
Rev 20
                    performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
Page 30 of 60
                    walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
5.8
                    directors to assist in the walkdown.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply
        NOTE 1      480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally supplied from
CAUTION
                    2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section
NOTE 1
                    provides for alternate source feed establishment.
NOTE 2
        NOTE 2      All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown Board
NOTE 3
                    2B2-B unless specifically stated otherwise.
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
        NOTE 3      The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
                    supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
                    are NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both
directors to assist in the walkdown.
                    breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally supplied from
        [1] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section
            Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B
provides for alternate source feed establishment.
            OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B Compt 5B).
All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown Board
        [2] VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
2B2-B unless specifically stated otherwise.
        [3] VERIFY 125VVitai Battery Boards II and IV ENERGIZED.
The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to
        [4] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).                                           /
are NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both
                                                                              - 1s-t -  ---cv
breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.
        [5] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V
[1]
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).                                           /
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
                                                                              - 1s-t ----cv
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B
        [6] ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B Compt 5B).
            A.   Attachment 7, 480V Shutdown Board Power
[2]
                  Checklist 2-201-1.07.
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
            B.   Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Board Power
[3]
                  Checklist 2-201-1.08.
VERIFY 125VVitai Battery Boards II and IV ENERGIZED.
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[5]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[6]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 7, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.07.
B.
Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.08.
/
-1s-t
- ---cv
/
-1s-t ----cv


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 31 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                          Date         _
2
5.8     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply
Rev 20
        (Continued)
Page 31 of 60
        NOTE         Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the fan
Date
                      circuit of either transformer 2B1-B (Normal) or
_
                      2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable when the
5.8
                      selected transformer's fan circuit is operable.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply
        [7] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable source
(Continued)
            (Compt 1C of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the other).
NOTE
                                                Normal (preferred)
Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the fan
                                                    Alternate
circuit of either transformer 2B1-B (Normal) or
        [8] VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable when the
            6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
selected transformer's fan circuit is operable.
            A. 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
[7]
                Relays 50/51.                                                       /
ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable source
                                                                                1st   IV
(Compt 1C of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the other).
            B. 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
Normal (preferred)
                50G.                                                               /
Alternate
                                                                                1st   IV
[8]
        [9] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-B] 6900V Supply Breaker to
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
            480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
            Shutdown Board 2B-B).                                                   /
A.
                                                                                1st   cv
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
        [10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
Relays 50/51.
            transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
/
            Board 2B-B).
1st
        [11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
IV
            [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
B.
            (Compt 5A).
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
        [12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
50G.
            A.     86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).
/
            B.     86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
1st
IV
[9] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-B] 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 2B-B).
/
1st
cv
[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2B-B).
[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
(Compt 5A).
[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                 2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                       Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                              Page 32 of60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                      Date
2
5.8     Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply
Rev 20
        (Continued)
Page 32 of60
        [13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E, Alternate Supply
Date
            Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.                                 /
5.8
                                                                            1st     cv
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply
        [14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
(Continued)
        [15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B for ground
[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E, Alternate Supply
            indication.                                                                 D
Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.
        [16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
/
            6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
1st
            A.   480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
cv
                  Relays 50/51.                                                   /
[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
                                                                            1st       IV
[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B for ground
            B.   480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
indication.
                  50G.                                                             /
D
                                                                            1st       IV
[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
        [17] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6900V Supply Breaker
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
            to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (Compt 4 of
A.
            6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B) CLOSED.                                 /
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
                                                                        - 1st--  ---cv
Relays 50/51.
        [18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
/
            after transformer is charged.
1st
                                    End of Section 5.8
IV
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
50G.
/
1st
IV
[17] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6900V Supply Breaker
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (Compt 4 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B) CLOSED.
[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
after transformer is charged.
End of Section 5.8
/
-1-
st - ---cv


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                     2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                         Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                Page 33 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                        Date
2
                                                                              ----
Rev 20
6.0     NORMAL OPERATION
Page 33 of 60
        The 480V Shutdown Boards are normally all four energized from 2A-A, and 2B-B,
Date----
        6900V Shutdown Boards. Technical Specification operability requires the boards
6.0
        to be energized with ties between redundant boards open, with normal power
NORMAL OPERATION
        supplies available.
The 480V Shutdown Boards are normally all four energized from 2A-A, and 2B-B,
                                    End of Section 6.0
6900V Shutdown Boards. Technical Specification operability requires the boards
to be energized with ties between redundant boards open, with normal power
supplies available.
End of Section 6.0


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                    Page 34 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                            Date         _
2
7.0     SHUTDOWN
Rev 20
7.1     Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A
Page 34 of 60
        NOTE           This board will NOT normally be deenergized
Date
                      while the unit is in operation.
_
        [1] ENSURE the following have been transferred to their
7.0
            alternate supply.
SHUTDOWN
            A.     480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A                                           D
7.1
            B.     480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A
                  2A1-A                                                                 D
NOTE
            C.     480V Reactor Vent Board 2A-A                                           D
This board will NOT normally be deenergized
            D.     480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2A1-A                                     D
while the unit is in operation.
            E.     480V Vital Transfer SW Channel III in
[1]
                  accordance with 0-SO-250-1                                             D
ENSURE the following have been transferred to their
                                                                                U-1 SRO
alternate supply.
                                                                                U-2 SRO
A.
        [2] EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A
            and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
B.
                                                                                U-1 SRO
480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
                                                                                U-2 SRO
2A1-A
        NOTE          Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
C.
                      Checklist 2-201-1.02 lists all loads feeding
480V Reactor Vent Board 2A-A
                      from the 480V Shutdown Board2A1-A.
D.
        [3] ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2A1-A
            Board 2A1-A can be SECURED.
E.
                                                                                U-1 SRO
480V Vital Transfer SW Channel III in
                                                                                U-2 SRO
accordance with 0-SO-250-1
[2]
EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
NOTE
Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.02 lists all loads feeding
from the 480V Shutdown Board2A1-A.
[3]
ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
Board 2A1-A can be SECURED.
D
D
D
D
D
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO


    SQN             480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                     2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                       Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                              Page 35 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                      Date             _
2
7.1     Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A (Continued)
Rev 20
        [4] PERFORM Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Boards
Page 35 of 60
            Power Checklist 2-201-1.02.
Date
        [5] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Feeder
_
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).                                       I
7.1
                                                                          - 1st--  ----cv
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A (Continued)
        [6] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Feeder
[4]
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).                                       I
PERFORM Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Boards
                                                                          - 1st--  ----cv
Power Checklist 2-201-1.02.
        [7] IF deenergizing Transformer 2A1-A is desired, THEN
[5]
            OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-Al 6900V Breaker feeding
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Feeder
            Transformer (6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A Compt 3).                       I
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
                                                                              1st     CV
[6]
                                End of Section 7.1
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Feeder
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[7]
IF deenergizing Transformer 2A1-A is desired, THEN
I
-1-
st -
----cv
I
-1-
st -
----cv
OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-Al 6900V Breaker feeding
Transformer (6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A Compt 3).
I
1st
CV
End of Section 7.1


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                    Page 36 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                            Date- - - -
2
7.2     Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A
Rev 20
        NOTE         This board will NOT normally be deenergized
Page 36 of 60
                      while the unit is in operation.
Date----
        [1] ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger 2-S is NOT in service.                     D
7.2
        [2] ENSURE the following 480V Boards have been
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A
            transferred to their alternate supply.
NOTE
            A.     480V Reactor MOV Board 2A2-A                                         D
This board will NOT normally be deenergized
            B.    480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
while the unit is in operation.
                  2A2-A                                                               D
[1]
            C.    480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2A2-A                                   D
ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger 2-S is NOT in service.
                                                                                  U-1 SRO
[2]
                                                                                  U-2 SRO
ENSURE the following 480V Boards have been
        [3] EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
transferred to their alternate supply.
            and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
D
                                                                                  U-1 SRO
A.
                                                                                  U-2 SRO
B.
        NOTE           Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
C.
                      Checklist 2-201-1.04 lists all loads feeding
480V Reactor MOV Board 2A2-A
                      from the 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.
480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
        [4] ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
2A2-A
            Board 2A2-A can be SECURED.
480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2A2-A
                                                                                  U-1 SRO
D
                                                                                  U-2 SRO
D
        [5] PERFORM Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Boards
D
            Power Checklist 2-201-1.04.
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
[3]
EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
NOTE
Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.04 lists all loads feeding
from the 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.
[4]
ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
Board 2A2-A can be SECURED.
[5]
PERFORM Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Boards
Power Checklist 2-201-1.04.
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                   2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                       Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                              Page 37 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                      Date             _
2
7.2     Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A (Continued)
Rev 20
        [6] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Feeder
Page 37 of 60
            Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt 58).                                       /
Date
                                                                          - 15t--  ---cv
_
        [7] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Feeder
7.2
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 18).                                       /
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A
                                                                          - 15t--  ---cv
(Continued)
        [8] IF deenergizing Transformer 2A2-A is desired, THEN
[6]
            OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6900V Breaker feeding
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Feeder
            the Transformer
Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt 58).
            (6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A Compt 4).                                   /
[7]
                                                                              15t     CV
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Feeder
                                End of Section 7.2
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 18).
[8]
IF deenergizing Transformer 2A2-A is desired, THEN
/
-1-
5t -
---cv
/
-1-
5t -
---cv
OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6900V Breaker feeding
the Transformer
(6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A Compt 4).
/
15t
CV
End of Section 7.2


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                    Page 38 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                            Date
2
                                                                                ----
Rev 20
7.3     Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 281-8
Page 38 of 60
        NOTE         This board will NOT normally be deenergized
Date----
                      while the unit is in operation.
7.3
        [1] ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger 2-S is NOT in service.                     D
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 281-8
        [2] ENSURE the following 480V Boards have been
NOTE
            transferred to their alternate supply.
This board will NOT normally be deenergized
            A.     480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B                                         D
while the unit is in operation.
            B.    480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
[1]
                  2B1-B                                                               D
ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger 2-S is NOT in service.
            C.    480V Reactor Vent Board 2B-B                                         D
[2]
            D.    480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 281-B                                   D
ENSURE the following 480V Boards have been
                                                                                  U-1 SRO
transferred to their alternate supply.
                                                                                  U-2 SRO
D
        [3] EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
A.
            and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
B.
                                                                                  U-1 SRO
C.
                                                                                  U-2 SRO
D.
        NOTE          Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B
                      Checklist 2-201-1.06 lists all loads feeding
480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
                      from the 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.
2B1-B
        [4] ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
480V Reactor Vent Board 2B-B
            Board 2B1-B can be SECURED.
480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 281-B
                                                                                  U-1 SRO
D
                                                                                  U-2 SRO
D
        [5] PERFORM Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
D
            Checklist 2-201-1.06
D
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
[3]
EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
NOTE
Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.06 lists all loads feeding
from the 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.
[4]
ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
Board 2B1-B can be SECURED.
[5]
PERFORM Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.06
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO


    SQN             480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                     2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                       Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                              Page 39 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                      Date             _
2
7.3     Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B (Continued)
Rev 20
        [6] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B~B] 52E Alternate Feeder
Page 39 of 60
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).                                       /
Date
                                                                          - 1st--  --cv
_
        [7] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-8] 52N Normal Feeder
7.3
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).                                       /
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B (Continued)
                                                                          - 1st--  --cv
[6]
        [8] IF deenergizing Transformer 2B1-B is desired, THEN
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B~B] 52E Alternate Feeder
            OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B] 6900V Breaker feeding the
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
            Transformer
[7]
            (690QV Shutdown Board 2B-B Compt 3).                                   I
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-8] 52N Normal Feeder
                                                                              1st     CV
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
                                End of Section 7.3
[8]
IF deenergizing Transformer 2B1-B is desired, THEN
/
-1-
st - --cv
/
-1-
st - --cv
OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B] 6900V Breaker feeding the
Transformer
(690QV Shutdown Board 2B-B Compt 3).
I
1st
CV
End of Section 7.3


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                               Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                    Page 40 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                            Date       _
2
7.4     Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B
Rev 20
        NOTE           This board will NOT normally be deenergized
Page 40 of 60
                        while the unit is in operation.
Date
        [1] ENSURE the following have been transferred to their
_
            alternate supply.
7.4
            A.      480V Reactor MOV Board 2B2-B                                        D
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B
            B.      480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
NOTE
                    2B2-B                                                                D
This board will NOT normally be deenergized
            C. 480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2B2-B                                         D
while the unit is in operation.
            D. 480V Vital Transfer SW Channel IV in accordance
[1]
                with 0-SO-250-1                                                         D
ENSURE the following have been transferred to their
                                                                                  U-1 SRO
alternate supply.
                                                                                  U-2 SRO
C. 480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2B2-B
        [2] EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
D. 480V Vital Transfer SW Channel IV in accordance
            and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
with 0-SO-250-1
                                                                                  U-1 SRO
A.
                                                                                  U-2 SRO
B.
        NOTE           Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
480V Reactor MOV Board 2B2-B
                        Checklist 2-201-1.08 lists all loads feeding
480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
                        from the 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.
2B2-B
        [3] ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
D
            Board 2B2-B can be SECURED.
D
                                                                                  U-1 SRO
D
                                                                                  U-2 SRO
D
        [4] PERFORM Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
U-1 SRO
            Checklist 2-201-1.08.
U-2 SRO
[2]
EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
NOTE
Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.08 lists all loads feeding
from the 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.
[3]
ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
Board 2B2-B can be SECURED.
[4]
PERFORM Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.08.
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO


    SQN             480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                     2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                       Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                              Page 41 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                      Date             _
2
7.4     Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B (Continued)
Rev 20
        [5] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Feeder
Page 41 of 60
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).                                       I
Date
                                                                          - 1st--  ---cv
_
        [6] ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Feeder
7.4
            Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).                                       I
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B (Continued)
                                                                          - 1st--  ---cv
[5]
        [7] IF deenergizing Transformer 2B2-B is desired, THEN
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Feeder
            OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-Bl 6900V Breaker feeding the
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
            Transformer (6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B Compt 4).                       I
[6]
                                                                              1st     CV
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Feeder
                                End of Section 7.4
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[7]
IF deenergizing Transformer 2B2-B is desired, THEN
I
-1-
st - ---cv
I
-1-
st - ---cv
OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-Bl 6900V Breaker feeding the
Transformer (6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B Compt 4).
I
1st
CV
End of Section 7.4


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 42 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                          Date- - - -
2
8.0     INFREQUENT OPERATION
Rev 20
8.1     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to Alternate Power
Page 42 of 60
        Supply
Date----
        NOTE 1       480V Shutdown Board 2A 1-A is normally fed
8.0
                      from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A 1-A. Its
INFREQUENT OPERATION
                      alternate power source is the 6900/480V
8.1
                      Transformer 2A-A.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to Alternate Power
        NOTE 2        The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is
Supply
                      designed to supply only one board at a time.
NOTE 1
                      Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the
NOTE 2
                      operator must ensure both breakers are NOT
NOTE 3
                      closed simultaneously.
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally fed
        NOTE 3        Performance of this section will require more
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A1-A. Its
                      than one individual for actual board transfer.
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
        NOTE 4       Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
Transformer 2A-A.
                      to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High ".
The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is
        NOTE 5        If power is interrupted to C&A Vent Bd 2A1-A
designed to supply only one board at a time.
                      during performance of this transfer, then
Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the
                      "A" Shutdown Bd Rm Chiller may trip.
operator must ensure both breakers are NOT
        [1] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
closed simultaneously.
            Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (6.9KV SO Bd 2A-A
Performance of this section will require more
            Compt. 5) CLOSED.
than one individual for actual board transfer.
        [2] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
NOTE 5
            Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
NOTE 4
            OPEN (480VShutdown Board 2A2-A Compt 5B).
NOTE
        [3] ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been
Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
            COMPLETED.
to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High ".
        NOTE          The remaining steps in this instruction are
If power is interrupted to C&A Vent Bd 2A1-A
                      performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.
during performance of this transfer, then
        [4] VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A- A Alternate
"A" Shutdown Bd Rm Chiller may trip.
            Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2A 1-A
[1]
            Compt SA).
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (6.9KV SO Bd 2A-A
Compt. 5) CLOSED.
[2]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
OPEN (480VShutdown Board 2A2-A Compt 5B).
[3]
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been
COMPLETED.
The remaining steps in this instruction are
performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.
[4]
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A- A Alternate
Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A
Compt SA).


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                    Page 43 of60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                            Date
2
8.1     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to Alternate Power
Rev 20
        Supply (Continued)
Page 43 of60
        NOTE           If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
Date
                      then Step [8] will permit immediately closing
8.1
                      the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to Alternate Power
                      the board.
Supply (Continued)
        [5] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
NOTE
            Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
            position and HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE(Compt
then Step [8] will permit immediately closing
            5A).                                                                     /
the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
                                                                                  1st   cv
the board.
        [6] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
[5]
            Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
                                                                                      /
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
                                                                                  1st   cv
position and HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE(Compt
        [7] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
5A).
            Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and
/
            [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
1st
            OPEN.
cv
        [8] IF [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
[6]
            to close, THEN
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
            PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
            Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
/
            (Compt 1A), AND
1st
            VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
cv
            Breaker CLOSED.                                                           /
[7]
                                                                                1st   cv
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
        [9] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and
                                    End of Section 8.1
[2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
OPEN.
[8]
IF [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
to close, THEN
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
(Compt 1A), AND
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker CLOSED.
/
1st
cv
[9]
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
End of Section 8.1


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                           Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 44 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                          Date         _
2
8.2     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to Alternate Power
Rev 20
        Supply
Page 44 of 60
        NOTE 1       480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fed
Date
                      from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A2-A. Its
_
                      alternate power source is the 6900/480V
8.2
                      Transformer 2A-A.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to Alternate Power
        NOTE 2        The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is
Supply
                      designed to supply only one board at a time.
NOTE 1
                      Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the
NOTE 2
                      operator must ensure both breakers are NOT
NOTE 3
                      closed simultaneously.
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fed
        NOTE 3        Performance of this section will require more
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A2-A. Its
                      than one individual for actual board transfer.
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
        [1] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
Transformer 2A-A.
            Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (6.9KV SD Bd 2A-A
The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is
            Compt. 5) CLOSED.
designed to supply only one board at a time.
        [2] IF 2A2-A 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the
            Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE),
operator must ensure both breakers are NOT
            THEN
closed simultaneously.
            ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
Performance of this section will require more
            per 0-SO-85-1 .
than one individual for actual board transfer.
                                                                                Unit 1 RO
NOTE
        [3] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
[1]
            Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
            OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A 1-A Compt 5B).
Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (6.9KV SD Bd 2A-A
        [4] ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03 has been
Compt. 5) CLOSED.
            COMPLETED.
[2]
        NOTE          The remaining steps in this instruction are
IF 2A2-A 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
                      performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.
Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE),
        [5] VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A-A Alternate
THEN
            Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A
ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
            Compt 5A).
per 0-SO-85-1 .
Unit 1 RO
[3]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A Compt 5B).
[4]
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03 has been
COMPLETED.
The remaining steps in this instruction are
performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.
[5]
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A-A Alternate
Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A
Compt 5A).


    SQN                   480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
      2                                                                 Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                        Page 45 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                                Date           _
2
Rev 20
Page 45 of 60
Date
_
8.2 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to Alternate Power Supply
8.2 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to Alternate Power Supply
    (Continued)
(Continued)
          NOTE           If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
NOTE
                          then Step [9] will permit immediately closing
If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
                          the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
then Step [9] will permit immediately closing
                          the board.
the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
          [6] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
the board.
                Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
[6]
                position and HOLD until Step [8] is COMPLETE
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
                (Compt 5A).                                                                 /
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
                                                                                        1st   cv
position and HOLD until Step [8] is COMPLETE
          [7] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
(Compt 5A).
                Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).                     /
/
                                                                                        1st   cv
1st
          [8] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
cv
                Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and
[7]
                [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
                OPEN.
Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
          [9] IF [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
/
                to close, THEN
1st
                PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
cv
                Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
[8]
                (Compt 1A), AND
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
                VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and
                Breaker CLOSED.                                                             /
[2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
                                                                                      1
OPEN.
                                                                                      st
[9]
                                                                                              cv
IF [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
          [10] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
to close, THEN
          [11] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
                manual for the board transfer, THEN
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
                RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
(Compt 1A), AND
                per 0-80-85-1 at US/SM direction.
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
                                                                                      Unit 1 RO
Breaker CLOSED.
                                      END OF SECTION 8.2
/
1
st
cv
[10] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[11] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
manual for the board transfer, THEN
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
per 0-80-85-1 at US/SM direction.
Unit 1 RO
END OF SECTION 8.2


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                           Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 46 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                          Date _
2
8.3     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to Alternate Power
Rev 20
        Supply
Page 46 of 60
        NOTE 1       480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally fed
Date
                      from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B1-B. Its
_
                      alternate power source is the 6900/480V
8.3
                      Transformer 2B-B.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to Alternate Power
        NOTE 2        The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is
Supply
                      designed to supply only one board at a time.
NOTE 1
                      Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the
NOTE 2
                      operator must ensure both breakers are NOT
NOTE 3
                      closed simultaneously.
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally fed
        NOTE 3        Performance of this section will require more
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B1-B. Its
                      than one individual for actual board transfer.
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
        [1] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
Transformer 2B-B.
            Shutdown Transformer 2B-B
The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is
            (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B Compt. 5) CLOSED.
designed to supply only one board at a time.
        [2] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the
            Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B
operator must ensure both breakers are NOT
            OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B Compt 5B).
closed simultaneously.
        [3] ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.05 has been
Performance of this section will require more
            COMPLETED.
than one individual for actual board transfer.
        NOTE          The remaining steps in this instruction are
NOTE
                      performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.
[1]
        [4] VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B-B Alternate
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
            Supply Transformer (48QV Shutdown Board 2B1-B
Shutdown Transformer 2B-B
            Compt 5A).
(6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B Compt. 5) CLOSED.
[2]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B Compt 5B).
[3]
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.05 has been
COMPLETED.
The remaining steps in this instruction are
performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.
[4]
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B-B Alternate
Supply Transformer (48QV Shutdown Board 2B1-B
Compt 5A).


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                    Page 47 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                            Date
2
8.3     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to Alternate Power
Rev 20
        Supply (Continued)
Page 47 of 60
        NOTE           If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
Date
                      then Step [8] will permit immediately closing
8.3
                      the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to Alternate Power
                      the board.
Supply (Continued)
        [5] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
NOTE
            Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
            position and HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE
then Step [8] will permit immediately closing
            (Compt 5A).                                                                 I
the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
                                                                                  1st   cv
the board.
        [6] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
[5]
            Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
                                                                                        I
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
                                                                                  1
position and HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE
                                                                                    st
(Compt 5A).
                                                                                          cv
I
        [7] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
1st
            Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED
cv
            AND
[6]
            [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
            OPEN.
Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
        [8] IF [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
I
            to close, THEN
1st
            PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
cv
            Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
[7]
            (Compt 1A),
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
            AND
Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED
            VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
AND
            Breaker CLOSED.                                                             I
[2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
                                                                                  1st     CV
OPEN.
        [9] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[8]
                                    End of Section 8.3
IF [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
to close, THEN
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
(Compt 1A),
AND
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker CLOSED.
I
1st
CV
[9]
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
End of Section 8.3


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 48 of60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                          Date         _
2
8.4     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate Power
Rev 20
        Supply
Page 48 of60
        CAUTION       Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B may result in
Date
                      closing of the Main MSR Control Valves.
_
        NOTE 1        480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally fed from the
8.4
                      6900/480V Transformer 2B2-B. Its alternate power source is
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate Power
                      the 6900/480V Transformer 2B-B.
Supply
        NOTE 2        The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to supply
CAUTION
                      only one board at a time. Since the breakers are NOT
NOTE 1
                      interlocked, the operator must ensure both breakers are
NOTE 2
                      NOT closed simultaneously.
NOTE 3
        NOTE 3        Performance of this section will require more
NOTE 4
                      than one individual for actual board transfer.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B may result in
        NOTE 4        Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
closing of the Main MSR Control Valves.
                      to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High".
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally fed from the
        [1] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
6900/480V Transformer 2B2-B. Its alternate power source is
            Shutdown Transformer 2B-B
the 6900/480V Transformer 2B-B.
            (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B Compt. 5) CLOSED.
The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to supply
        [2] IF 2B2-B 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
only one board at a time. Since the breakers are NOT
            Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (NORMAL), THEN
interlocked, the operator must ensure both breakers are
            ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
NOT closed simultaneously.
            per 0-SO-85-1 .
Performance of this section will require more
                                                                                Unit 1 RO
than one individual for actual board transfer.
        [3] IF Vital Inverter 2-IV is in service to 120v Vital
Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
            Instrument Power Board 2-IV (NORMAL), THEN
to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High".
            ENSURE Unit 2 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
[1]
            per 0-SO-85-1
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
                                                                                Unit 2 RO
Shutdown Transformer 2B-B
(6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B Compt. 5) CLOSED.
[2]
IF 2B2-B 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (NORMAL), THEN
ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
per 0-SO-85-1 .
Unit 1 RO
[3]
IF Vital Inverter 2-IV is in service to 120v Vital
Instrument Power Board 2-IV (NORMAL), THEN
ENSURE Unit 2 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
per 0-SO-85-1
Unit 2 RO


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                               Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                      Page 49 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                              Date         _
2
Rev 20
Page 49 of 60
Date
_
8.4 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate
8.4 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate
    Power Supply (Continued)
Power Supply (Continued)
          [4] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
[4]
          Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B OPEN
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
          (480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B Compt 5B).
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B OPEN
          [5] ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07 has been
(480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B Compt 5B).
              COMPLETED.
[5]
          NOTE           The remaining steps in this instruction are
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07 has been
                        performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.
COMPLETED.
          [6] VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B-B Alternate
NOTE
              Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B
The remaining steps in this instruction are
              Compt 5A).
performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.
          NOTE           If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
[6]
                        then Step [10] will permit immediately closing
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B-B Alternate
                        the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B
                        the board.
Compt 5A).
          [7] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
NOTE
              Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
              position and HOLD until Step [9] is COMPLETE
then Step [10] will permit immediately closing
              (Compt 5A).                                                             I
the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
                                                                                    1st   CV
the board.
          [8] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
[7]
              Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
                                                                                        I
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
                                                                                    1st   CV
position and HOLD until Step [9] is COMPLETE
          [9] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
(Compt 5A).
              Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and
I
              [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
1st
              OPEN.
CV
[8]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
I
1st
CV
[9]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and
[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
OPEN.


    SQN                   480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                     2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 50 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                          Date- - - -
2
Rev 20
Page 50 of 60
Date----
8.4 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate
8.4 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate
    Power Supply (Continued)
Power Supply (Continued)
          [10] IF [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
[10] IF [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
              to close, THEN
to close, THEN
              PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
              Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position (Compt
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position (Compt
              1A), AND
1A), AND
              VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
              Breaker CLOSED.                                                       /
Breaker CLOSED.
                                                                                1st   -cv-
/
          [11] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
1st
          [12] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
-cv-
              manual for the board transfer, THEN
[11] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
              RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
[12] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
              per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
manual for the board transfer, THEN
                                                                                Unit 1 RO
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
          [13] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 2 was placed in
per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
              manual for the board transfer, THEN
Unit 1 RO
              RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
[13] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 2 was placed in
              per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
manual for the board transfer, THEN
                                                                                Unit 2 RO
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
                                    End of Section 8.4
per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
Unit 2 RO
End of Section 8.4


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                    Page 51 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                            Date         _
2
8.5     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate to Normal Power
Rev 20
        Supply
Page 51 of 60
        NOTE 1       480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally fed from the
Date
                      6900/480V Transformer 2A1-A. Its alternate power
_
                      source is the 6900/480V Transformer 2A-A.
8.5
        NOTE 2       Performance of this section will require more
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate to Normal Power
                      than one individual for actual board transfer.
Supply
        NOTE 3       Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
NOTE 1
                      to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High ".
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally fed from the
        [1] ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been COMPLETED.
6900/480V Transformer 2A1-A. Its alternate power
        [2] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
source is the 6900/480V Transformer 2A-A.
            Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (6.9KV SD Bd 2A-A
NOTE 2
            Compt. 3) CLOSED.
Performance of this section will require more
        [3] VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A1-A Normal
than one individual for actual board transfer.
            Supply Transformer (Compt 1A).
NOTE 3
        NOTE           If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close, then Step
Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
                      [7] will permit immediately closing the Alternate
to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High ".
                      Supply Breaker to restore power to the board.
[1]
        [4] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been COMPLETED.
            Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
[2]
            HOLD until Step [6] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).                               I
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
                                                                                  1st   CV
Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (6.9KV SD Bd 2A-A
        [5] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
Compt. 3) CLOSED.
            Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
[3]
            position (Compt 5A).                                                       I
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A1-A Normal
                                                                                  1st   CV
Supply Transformer (Compt 1A).
        [6] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
NOTE
            Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E
If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close, then Step
            Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.
[7] will permit immediately closing the Alternate
        [7] IF [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to
Supply Breaker to restore power to the board.
            close, THEN
[4]
            PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
            Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
            (Compt 5A), AND
HOLD until Step [6] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).
            VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
I
            Breaker CLOSED.                                                           I_ _
1st
                                                                                  1st   CV
CV
[5]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
position (Compt 5A).
I
1st
CV
[6]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E
Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.
[7]
IF [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to
close, THEN
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
(Compt 5A), AND
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker CLOSED.
I__
1st
CV


SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                   2-80-201-1
SQN
2                                                         Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                          Page 52 of 60
2-80-201-1
                                                                  Date _
2
  8.5     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From
Rev 20
          Alternate to Normal Power (continued)
Page 52 of 60
      [8] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
Date
                              End of Section 8.5
_
8.5
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From
Alternate to Normal Power (continued)
[8]
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
End of Section 8.5


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
NOTE 2
    2                                                             Rev 20
SQN
                                                                  Page 53 of 60
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                          Date         _
2-S0-201-1
8.6     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power
2
        Supply
Rev 20
        NOTE 1       480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fed
Page 53 of 60
                      from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A2-A. Its
Date
                      alternate power source is the 6900/480V
_
                      Transformer 2A-A.
8.6
        NOTE 2        Performance of this section will require more
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power
                      than one individual for actual board transfer.
Supply
        [1] IF 2A2-A 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
NOTE 1
            Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE) ,
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fed
            THEN
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A2-A. Its
            ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
            per 0-SO-85-1 .
Transformer 2A-A.
                                                                                Unit 1 RO
Performance of this section will require more
        [2] ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03 has been
than one individual for actual board transfer.
            COMPLETED.
[1]
        [3] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
IF 2A2-A 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
            Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (6.9KV SO Bd 2A-A
Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE) ,
            Compt. 4) CLOSED.
THEN
        [4] VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A2-A Normal
ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
            Supply Transformer (Compt 1A).
per 0-SO-85-1 .
        NOTE         If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
Unit 1 RO
                      then Step [8] will permit immediately closing
[2]
                      the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03 has been
                      to the board.
COMPLETED.
        [5] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
[3]
            Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
            HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).                             /
Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (6.9KV SO Bd 2A-A
                                                                                1st     CV
Compt. 4) CLOSED.
[4]
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A2-A Normal
Supply Transformer (Compt 1A).
NOTE
If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
then Step [8] will permit immediately closing
the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power
to the board.
[5]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).
/
1st
CV


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                     2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                           Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                Page 54 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                        Date
2
8.6     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power
Rev 20
        Supply (continued)
Page 54 of 60
        [6] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
Date
            Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
8.6
            position (Compt 5A).                                                   /
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power
                                                                                1st     cv
Supply (continued)
        [7] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
[6]
            Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
            Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
        [8] IF [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
position (Compt 5A).
            THEN
/
            PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
1st
            Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
cv
            (Compt 5A), AND
[7]
            VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
            Breaker CLOSED.                                                         /
Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E
                                                                              1st     cv
Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.
        [9] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[8]
        [10] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
IF [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
            manual for the board transfer, THEN
THEN
            RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
            per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
                                                                                Unit 1 RO
(Compt 5A), AND
                                  End of Section 8.6
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker CLOSED.
/
1st
cv
[9]
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[10] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
manual for the board transfer, THEN
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
End of Section 8.6
Unit 1 RO


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
NOTE 2
    2                                                             Rev 20
SQN
                                                                  Page 55 of60
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                          Date       _
2-S0-201-1
8.7     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to Normal Power
2
        Supply
Rev 20
        NOTE 1       480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally fed
Page 55 of60
                      from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B1-B. Its
Date
                      alternate power source is the 6900/480V
_
                      Transformer 2B-B.
8.7
        NOTE 2        Performance of this section will require more
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to Normal Power
                      than one individual for actual board transfer.
Supply
        [1] ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.05 has been
NOTE 1
            COMPLETED.
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally fed
        [2] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B1-B. Its
            Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
            Compt. 3) CLOSED.
Transformer 2B-B.
        [3] VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B1-B Normal
Performance of this section will require more
            Supply Transformer. (Compt.1A)
than one individual for actual board transfer.
        NOTE         If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
[1]
                      then Step [7] will permit immediately closing
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.05 has been
                      the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power
COMPLETED.
                      to the board.
[2]
        [4] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
            Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B
            HOLD until Step [6] is COMPLETE(Compt 1A).                             /
Compt. 3) CLOSED.
                                                                                1st   CV
[3]
        [5] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B1-B Normal
            Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
Supply Transformer. (Compt.1A)
            position(Compt 5A).                                                     /
NOTE
                                                                                1st   CV
If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
        [6] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
then Step [7] will permit immediately closing
            Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E
the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power
            Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.
to the board.
[4]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
HOLD until Step [6] is COMPLETE(Compt 1A).
/
1st
CV
[5]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
position(Compt 5A).
/
1st
CV
[6]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E
Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                   2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                       Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                            Page 56 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                      Date- - - -
2
8.7     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to Normal Power
Rev 20
        Supply (Continued)
Page 56 of 60
        [7] IF [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to
Date----
            close, THEN
8.7
            PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to Normal Power
            Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
Supply (Continued)
            (Compt 5A), AND
[7]
            VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
IF [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to
            Breaker CLOSED.                                                   I
close, THEN
                                                                          1st   rsr:
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
        [8] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
                                End of Section 8.7
(Compt 5A), AND
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker CLOSED.
I
1st
rsr:
[8]
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
End of Section 8.7


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                       2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                             Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                  Page 57 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                          Date- - - -
2
8.8     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to Normal Power
Rev 20
        Supply
Page 57 of 60
        CAUTION       Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B may result in
Date----
                      closing of the Main MSR Control Valves.
8.8
        NOTE 1         480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally fed
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to Normal Power
                      from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B2-B. Its
Supply
                      alternate power source is the 6900/480V
CAUTION
                      Transformer 2B-B.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B may result in
        NOTE 2         Performance of this section will require more
closing of the Main MSR Control Valves.
                      than one individual for actual board transfer.
NOTE 1
        NOTE 3         Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally fed
                      to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High".
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B2-B. Its
        [1] IF 282-B 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
            Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (NORMAL),
Transformer 2B-B.
            THEN
NOTE 2
            ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
Performance of this section will require more
            per 0-SO-85-1 .
than one individual for actual board transfer.
                                                                                Unit 1 RO
NOTE 3
        [2] IF Vital Inverter 2-IV is in service to 120v Vital
Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
            Instrument Power Board 2-IV (NORMAL), THEN
to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High".
            ENSURE Unit 2 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
[1]
            per 0-SO-85-1 .
IF 282-B 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
                                                                                Unit 2 RO
Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (NORMAL),
        [3] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
THEN
            Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B
ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
            Compt. 4) CLOSED.
per 0-SO-85-1 .
        [4] ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07 has been
Unit 1 RO
            COMPLETED.
[2]
        [5] VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B2-B Normal
IF Vital Inverter 2-IV is in service to 120v Vital
            Supply Transformer. (Compt. 1A)
Instrument Power Board 2-IV (NORMAL), THEN
ENSURE Unit 2 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
per 0-SO-85-1 .
Unit 2 RO
[3]
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B
Compt. 4) CLOSED.
[4]
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07 has been
COMPLETED.
[5]
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B2-B Normal
Supply Transformer. (Compt. 1A)


    SQN                 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                               Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                      Page 58 of 60
2-S0-201-1
                                                                              Date
2
8.8     Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to Normal Power
Rev 20
        Supply (Continued)
Page 58 of 60
        NOTE             If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
Date
                        then Step [9] will permit immediately closing
8.8
                        the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to Normal Power
                        to the board.
Supply (Continued)
        [6] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
NOTE
            Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
            HOLD until Step [8] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).                                 I
then Step [9] will permit immediately closing
                                                                                    1st   cv
the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power
        [7] PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl52E Alternate Supply
to the board.
            Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
[6]
            position (Compt 5A).                                                         /
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
                                                                                    1st   cv
Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
        [8] VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
HOLD until Step [8] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).
            Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E
I
            Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.
1st
        [9] IF [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-Bl 52N Normal Supply Breaker
cv
            fails to close, THEN
[7]
            PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl52E Alternate Supply
            Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
            (Compt 5A), AND
position (Compt 5A).
            VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
/
            Breaker CLOSED.                                                             /
1st
                                                                                    1st     CV
cv
        [10] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[8]
        [11] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
            manual for the board transfer, THEN
Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E
            RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.
            per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
[9]
                                                                                    Unit 1 RO
IF [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-Bl 52N Normal Supply Breaker
        [12] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 2 was placed in
fails to close, THEN
            manual for the board transfer, THEN
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
            RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
            per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
(Compt 5A), AND
                                                                                    Unit 2 RO
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
                                      End of Section 8.8
Breaker CLOSED.
/
1st
CV
[10] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[11] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
manual for the board transfer, THEN
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
[12] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 2 was placed in
manual for the board transfer, THEN
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
End of Section 8.8
Unit 1 RO
Unit 2 RO


    SQN               480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS                         2-S0-201-1
SQN
    2                                                               Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                                    Page 59 of 60
2-S0-201-1
9.0     RECORDS
2
        All completed copies of section 5, 7 or 8 will be sent to the Operations
Rev 20
        Superintendent's Secretary.
Page 59 of 60
9.0
RECORDS
All completed copies of section 5, 7 or 8 will be sent to the Operations
Superintendent's Secretary.


    SQN                   480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS         2-80-201-1
SQN
      2                                                 Rev 20
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
                                                        Page 60 of 60
2-80-201-1
                                    SOURCE NOTES
2
    REQUIREMENTS                         SOURCE        IMPLEMENTING
Rev 20
      STATEMENT                      DOCUMENT          STATEMENT
Page 60 of 60
Procedures that do not contain     TROI NCO 970071001        C.1
SOURCE NOTES
REQUIREMENTS
STATEMENT
Procedures that do not contain
appropriate verification
appropriate verification
requirements will be revised (not
requirements will be revised (not
Line 4,509: Line 7,431:
the entire procedure must meet the
the entire procedure must meet the
verification program requirements).
verification program requirements).
SOURCE
DOCUMENT
TROI NCO 970071001
IMPLEMENTING
STATEMENT
C.1
}}
}}

Latest revision as of 17:44, 14 January 2025

Feb Exam 05000327/2008-301, & 05000328/2008301 Final In-Plant JPMs
ML080720562
Person / Time
Site: Sequoyah  Tennessee Valley Authority icon.png
Issue date: 01/31/2008
From: Widmann M
NRC/RGN-II/DRS/OLB
To: Campbell W
Tennessee Valley Authority
References
50-327/08-301, 50-328/08-301, JPM 74-2AP, Rev 8 50-327/08-301, 50-328/08-301
Download: ML080720562 (161)


See also: IR 05000327/2008301

Text

....

ll"<i"j!"", ,,/"--:V/' ,

,,',"1"" !''' tF"

'j~,o

,

"

"

, : ""

"

'I~H'mJ~llli:

~1l'~1\\7:1$'

,j;,

'

"

"

"

/'

"",,~,,,;,

',",

,'"

"

, ,,'

ii~0',:;+<:/:>;;y;,t/~,J;mi:~',;~;:I;~;llL~,,~~~,~~~',~',~JffiU~s, .... '.',;'

',if;::,.;' ',' "<? ";;;,;' , i": 'r',;/:' ::>;:;'::":';;~;;;'<'

,*""""';Zi"",,,

""~ }f;~d\\,,;IWIit"ilJlf~i~,II}f!~BI~5),~~,~N[:~tilllIYl~~~J~~'; ,", :", '/

,,7, ',>,

',"

'I

'"

/

/'"" /"

/

~

/

,,/"//,

"

,:

,',"

~.:,

'

!

,:'

".' :/:.: ;'

.,

".:'

rC

C

~r

a:

...

rCc:

~r

rr

PREPAREDI

REVISED BY:

JPM #74-2AP

Page 1 of 11

Rev. 8

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

In-Plant JPMB.1.i

JPM # 74-2AP

Operate the TO AFW Pump Locally

Date/

VALIDATED BY:

APPROVED BY:

(Operations Training Manager)

Date/

Date/

CONCURRED:

(Operations Representative)

Date/

  • Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that

do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect the flow of

the JPM.

    • Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the

flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).

JPM #74-2AP

Page 2 of 11

Rev. 8

NUCLEAR TRAINING

REVISION/USAGE LOG

REVISION

DESCRIPTION OF

V

DATE

PAGES

PREPARED/

NUMBER

REVISION

AFFECTED

REVISED BY:

3

Transfer from WP. Minor enhancements.

N

8/24/94

All

HJ Birch

4

SO-3-2 Rev change. Added step to

N

2/1/95

4,6

HJ Birch

ensure PCV-3-183 controlling. Minor

enhancements.

5

Major chg: Chgd initial conditions to allow

Y

1/10/97

All

HJ Birch

use of EA-3-7 instead of SO and made

to

JPM an AP.

5/27/97

pen/ink

EA-3-7 revision update only

N

12/22/00

4

W. R. Ramsey

pen/ink

Step 1 changed section 4.2 to 4.1.

N

12/4/01

5

L. Pauley

Updated KlAs to latest rev.

6

Incorporated pen/ink chanqes; revised per

N

8/20/02

All

JP Kearney

recent change to EA-3-7; no impact on

JPM flow

7

Minor editorial enhancements, validation

N

10/19/06

All

J. E. Stinson

time revision.

8

Incorporate EA-3-7 Rev 5 changes and

Y

All

minor wording changes

v - Specify if the JPM change will require another Validation (Y or N).

See cover sheet for criteria.

JPM #74-2AP

Page 3 of 11

Rev. 8

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

AUO/RO/SRO

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

Task:

Operate the TDAFW Pump Locally

JAITA TASK #:

0610060104

(AUO)

0000050504

(AUO)

KIA Ratings:

2.1.20

061A3.01

4.3/4.2)

(4.1/4.2)

061A2.03

061K6.02

(3.1/3.4)

(2.6/2.7)

061A2.07

(3.4/3.5)

Task Standard:

Locally start and control the Unit 1 TDAFW Pump.

x

In-Plant _.......;;.....;~

Evaluation Method:

Simulator---

==============================-=========================================

Performer:

NAME

Start Time

_

Performance Rating:

SAT

UNSAT

Performance Time

Finish Time

_

Evaluator:

SIGNATURE

DATE

=======================================================================

COMMENTS

JPM #74-2AP

Page 4 of 11

Rev. 8

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:

1.

Sequenced steps identified by an "s"

2.

Any UNSAT requires comments

3.

Insure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;

a. Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.

b. Reviews the intended action and expected response.

c. Compares the actual response to the expected response.

Validation Time: CR

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

EA-3-7

References:

Local

17 minutes

Reference

Title

Rev No.

A.

EA-3-7

Local Operation of TD AFW Pump

5

=================================================-================

READ TO OPERATOR

Directions to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated

for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you

complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have

completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL .CONDITIONS:

1.

Unit 1 experienced a total loss of all AC approximately 10 minutes ago.

2.

The crew is in the process of implementing ECA-O.O

INITIATING CUES:

1.

During the step that verifies TOAFW pump operation the crew observed no AFW flow.

FCV-1-51 has no lights and appears to have lost power.

2.

The OATC/eRO has directed you, the Unit 1 Aux. Bldg. AUO to locally operate the Unit 1

TO AFW pump using EA~3-7, Section 4.1.

3.

Inform the Unit 1 OATC/CRO when you have completed EA-3-7 Section 4.1 and TO AFW

pump is in service.

STEP 1.:

Operator obtains a copy of EA-3-7 and begins performance of

section 4.1.

JPM #74-2AP

Page 5 of 11

Rev. 8

SAT

UNSAT

Cue:

As operator addresses Obtaining lighting, radios, gloves,

and keys: inform them that they have those items.

STANDARD:

Operator obtains a copy of EA-3.;.7 and determines that Section

4.1 is the applicable section for use.

COMMENTS:

Start Time__

STEP 2.:

1. IDENTIFY applicable unit:

Unit 1

Unit 2

SAT

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator identifies Unit 1 as the applicable unit.

COMMENTS:

STEP 3.:

2. OSTAIN the following items:

radio

gloves

means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop

watch)

SAT

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator has or demonstrates how to obtain the listed items-

radio, gloves and timing device. If in the plant, should already

have gloves. May already have other items.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4.:

3. OSTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM

office]

Vital Area key

Protected Area key.

SAT

UNSAT

Critical Step

STANDARD:

Operator demonstrates how to obtain the listed from box in SM

office.

COMMENTS:

STEP 5.:

4. GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.

[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]

STANDARD:

Operator locates Panel L-381

COMMENTS:

JPM #74-2AP

Page 6 of 11

Rev. 8

SAT

UNSAT

STEP 6.:

5.

IF SCSA is needed,

THEN

REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.

SAT

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator determines SCBA is not needed and NAs the step

COMMENTS:

STEP 7.:

6. MONITOR communications available with MCR:

If communication with MCR is lost and CANNOT be restored

OR MCR has lost the ability to monitor TDAFW pump flow

due to loss of vital AC power,

THEN

GO TO Section 4.2, Local Control of TDAFW Pump Flow

with Temporary DIP Gage.

SAT

UNSAT

Cue:

When control room is contacted state "Communication is

good."

STANDARD:

Operator establishes communication with MCR and continues

with the procedure.

COMMENTS:

STEP 8.:

7. IF TD AFW pump is NOT running,

THEN

GO TO Step 9.

SAT

UNSAT

Cue:

If asked, provide info information indicating pump not-

running:

no sound from pump, shaft not turning, T&T valve

stem down, etc.

STANDARD:

Operator determines pump NOT running and goes to step 9

(alternate path).

COMMENTS:

Evaluator Note: Procedure Step 8 is not performed because the IFITHEN

condition in procedure step 7 is met and the operator is directed

to step 9 in the

rocedure

JPM #74-2AP

Page 7 of 11

Rev. 8

STEP 9.:

9.

IF alternate OC control power supply is AVAILABLE (determined by

-

SAT

MCR), THEN

PERFORM the following:

-

UNSAT

a. TRANSFER affected unit to alternate DC control power supply at TO

AFW PUMP RM OC CONTROL PWR TRANSFER SWITCH:

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]

Critical Step

1) PLACE NORMAL breaker in OFF.

2) PLACE ALT breaker in ON position.

Cue:

If asked, state that Vital Battery Board IV is available.

Cue:

When operator makes the transfer, provide information to

indicate* that the Normal breaker is OFF and the AL T breaker

is ON

STANDARD:

Operator places normal breaker down to OFF and ALT breaker

up to ON.

COMMENTS:

STEP 10.:

b. ENSURE TD AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]

-

SAT

LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.

[Refer to placard on TDAFW pump room wall]

-

UNSAT

Cue:

When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position,

state "Trip lever horizontal and trip arm to left"and "the trip

hook is engaged with the latch up lever. 11

STANDARD:

Operator ensures trip and throttle valve is latched.

Evaluator Note:

Trip lever should be horizontal and trip arm to the left.

COMMENTS:

STEP 11.:

c. NOTIFY MeR to check if TO AFW pump control restored to MCR.

-

SAT

Cue:

After MeR contacted, state, "We*still do not have light

-

UNSAT

indication on FCV-1-51. We get no response when operating

the handswitch."

STANDARD:

Operator contacts control room to determine if theyhave control

of the TDAFW pump.

COMMENTS:

STEP 12.:

d. IF TD AFW pump control restored to MCR,

THEN

RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.

JPM #74-2AP

Page 8 of 11

Rev. 8

SAT

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator NAs this substep because the IFrrHEN conditions are

not met, and continues to the next step in the procedure.

(alternate path)

COMMENTS:

Evaluator Note:

The next step in JPM is the same action as performed in JPM

step 10.

STEP 13.:

10. ENSURE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51] mechanical

overspeed mechanism LATCHED:

REFER TO placard on TDAFW pump room wall

LATCH [FCV-1-51] and RESET mechanical overspeed

mechanism.

SAT

UNSAT

Cue:

When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position,

state, "trip lever horizontal and trip arm to left. "

STANDARD:

Operator ensures trip and throttle valve is latched or indicates the

latching was verified previously.

Evaluator Note:

COMMENTS:

Evaluator Note:

Trip lever should be horizontal and trip arm to the left.

ENSURE operator does not touch valve stem. Have them

explain what tbey wouk: do.

STEP 14.:

11. ENSURE TD AFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] OPEN:

a. REFER TO Appendix A and VERIFY governor valve OPEN by

observing two inches of stem exposed.

b. IF less than two inches of stem exposed,

THEN

POSITIO.N stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping linkage bar

above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.

SAT

UNSAT

Critical Step

Cue:

When governor valve first checked, state "Approximately 1/2

inch of stem is exposed."

Cue:

After operator explains the process for lifting, state "Stem

has I:::f2 inches exposed."

8TANDARD:

Operator explains how they will grasp the stem and lift upward as

far as it will go. (alternate path)

COMMENTS:

JPM #74-2AP

Page 9 of 11

Rev. 8

STEP 15.:

12. START TDAFW Pump as follows:

-

SAT

a. DETERMINE highest*pressure of S/G #1 and 4 from MCR OR Panel

L-381. [outside TD AFW pump room].

-

UNSAT

Evaluator Note: With the cabinet closed, the pressure gauges cannot be seen. Pictures

of cabinet and gauges can be used to prevent need to open the door.

Cue:

After S*G pressure gauges are checked, indicate reading on

the gauges* to be at approximately 1005 psig on each of the 4

steam generators.

Cue:

If control room is contacted, state "All 4 steam generators

pressure is 1005 psig".

STANDARD:

Operator checks pressure gauges on Panel L-381 or contacts

main control room to determine SGpressures.

COMMENTS:

STEP 16.:

b. MONITOR TD AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138] as

-

SAT

pump is started. [TD AFW pump room on Panel L-215A]

-

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator locates pump.discharge pressure gauge on Panel L-

215A.

COMMENTS:

STEP 17.:

c. ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-S*1], AND SLOWLY OPEN [FCV-

-

SAT

1-S1] trip and throttle valve handwheel to raise TD AFW pump

discharge pressure approximately 50-100 psig greater than S/G #1

-

UNSAT

and 4 highest pressure.

Cue:

When pressure gauge is checked after initial opening of the

valve, indicate reading on the gauge to be at approximately

800 psig.

Critical Step

Cue:

When pressure gauge is checked after making an adjustment

on the valve, indicate reading on the gauge to be at

approximately 1080 psig.

STANDARD:

Operator simulates manually engaging the handwheel by pushing

the de-clutch lever down and rotating thehandwheel counterwise

to open valve. Then determines discharge pressure and realizes

additional opening of the valve is needed to raise discharge

pressure.

JPM #74-2AP

Page 10 of 11

Rev. 8

STEP 18.:

d.

ADJUST [FCV-1-51] as directed by MeR.

-

SAT

Cue:

When MCR contacted state "Leave valve at current position,

-

UNSAT

we will contact you for any needed adjustments."

STANDARD:

Operator contacts control room for directions on additional

adjustments.

COMMENTS:

STEP 19.:

13. IF TD AFW pump trips,

-

SAT

THEN

PERFORM the following:

-

UNSAT

a. ENSURE TD AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]

LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.

b. REPEAT Step 12.

STANDARD:

No action required, Operator may acknowledge the requirement

to repeat step 12 if the TO AFW pump trips.

COMMENTS:

STEP 20.:

14. RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator reports the procedure is complete.

COMMENTS:

Stop Time__

END ofJPM

(

Jirections to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps

shall be simulated for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any

steps to be discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective

for this job performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me

when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed

your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1.

Unit 1 experienced a total loss of all ACapproximately 10 minutes ago.

2.

The crew is in the process of implementing ECA-O.O

INITIATING CUES:

1.

During the step that verifies TD AFW pump operation the crew observed

no AFW flow. FCV-1-51 has no lights and appears to have lost power.

2.

The GATC/CRG has directed you, the Unit 1 Aux. Bldg. AUO to locally

operate the Unit 1 TD AFW pump using EA-3-7, Section 4.1.

3.

Inform the Unit 1 OATC/CRG when you have completed EA-3-7 Section

4.1 and TO AFW pump is in service.

(

(

TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

EOI PROGRAM MANUAL

EMERGENCY ABNORMAL PROCEDURE

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

RevisionS

QUALITY RELATED

PREPARED/PROOFREAD BY:

M.S.LEENERTS I D. A.PORTER

RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION:

OPERATIONS

APPROVED BY:

W. T. LEARY

EFFECTIVE DATE:

5/31/2007

REVISION

DESCRIPTION:

Added Section 4.2 which replaces AOP-T.01 Appendix B.

Incorporated various enhancements and corrective actions to improve

feasibility of actions (PER 104225).

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 2 of 21

1.0

PURPOSE

To provide instructions for locally operating the TD AFW pump following loss of AC

and/or DC control power OR other events which could impact the ability of the MCR to

monitor and control TD AFW flow.

Section 4.2 is a commitment to the NRC in accordance with TVA's response to NRC

Demand for Information letter dated 12/2/05 and CANNOT be removed without prior NRC

review and approval.

2.0

SYMPTOMS AND ENTRY CONDITIONS

2.1

Entry Conditions

A.

EGA-O.O, Loss of AIIAC Power.

B.

AOP-T.01, Security Events.

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

3.1

Precautions

A.

If the accountability siren sounds the operator should continue performing this

procedure. The SM should be aware of procedure performance and personnel

locations.

B.

The TO AFW pump electronic overspeed trip at 4300 rpm will be disabled on loss of

power. The mechanical overspeed trip at 4900 rpm will be available for overspeed

protection.

,=~~~....---------------------------------,---,,_.._,.-

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 3 of 21

4.0

PERFORMANCE

1.

RECORD approximate time of unit trip.

2.

CONSULT MGR to determine applicable section of this procedure:

IF the following conditions met:

THEN GOTO

This procedure entered due to aircraft threat

(AOP-T.01 )

OR

Section 4.2, Local Control

0

of TDAFW Pump Flow

Temporary gage for locally monitoring

with Temporary DIP Gage

TDAFWP flow is needed due to loss of

instrumentation or electrical power

This procedure entered from EGA-O.O (Loss of

all AC Power) or FR-H.1 (Loss of Secondary

Heat Sink)

0

Section 4.1, Local Actions

AND

to Restore TDAFW Pump Flow.

Temporary gage for locally monitoring

TDAFWP flow is NOT needed

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 4 of 21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TD AFW Pump Flow

1.

IDENTIFY applicable unit:

Unit 1

D

Unit 2

D

2.

OBTAIN the following items:

radio

gloves

means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop watch)

3.

OBTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM office]

Vital Area key

Protected Area key.

4.

GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.

[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]

D

D

D

D

NOTE:

Equipment Storage boxes are located in vicinity of TDAFWP rooms

(Unit 1: across from TDAFWP room, near 1A-A CCP Room door),

(Unit 2: behind lighting board, AB el. 669 south wall).

5.

IF SCBA is needed,

THEN

REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.

6.

MONITOR communications available with MCR:

IF communication withMCR is lost and CANNOT be restored

OR MeR has lost the ability to monitor TDAFW pump flow

due to loss of vital *AC power,

THEN

GO*TO Section 4.2, Local Control of TDAFW Pump Flow

with Temporary DIP Gage.

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATIONOF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 5 of 21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)

7.

IF TO AFW pump is NOT running,

THEN

GO TO Step 9.

D

NOTE

Loss of AC control power with DC control power still available will

result in TO AFW pump operating at minimum speed.

Removal of

DC control power will cause governor valve to fail open and will allow

manual control of TOAFWP speed using FCV-1-51 handwheel.

8.

IF TOAF'W pump is RUNNING

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

MONITOR [FIC-46-571 to determine if AC control power

has been lost. [inside panel L-381 , outside TDAFWP Room]

b.

IF FIC-46-57 is energized,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

D

1)

PLACE [XS-46-571 in AUX position.

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]

D

2)

PLACE [FIC-46-571 TOAFWP flow controller in MANUAL

[Inside Panel L-381]

D

3)

CONTROL TDAFW pump flow as directed by MCR.

D

4)

IF required TOAFW pump flow is restored,

THEN

DO NOT CO.NTIN*UE this section.

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev.S

1,2

Page 6 of21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)

8.

(Continued)

c.

IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized

OR required TDAFWpump flow CANNOT be established

using FIC-46-57,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

1)

ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPED USING trip lever

at east end of shaft.

D

2)

ENSURE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakers

on DC control power transfer switch in OFF position.

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room]

D

3)

GO TO Step 10.

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 7 of 21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The TO AFW pump governor valve [FCV-1-521 fails open on

loss of OC control power to TO AFW pump speed controller.

Unit 1 Alternate OC power supply is from 125V Vital Batt Bd IV.

Unit 2 Alternate OC power supply is from 125V Vital Batt Bd II.

9.

IF alternate DC control power supply is AVAILABLE (determined by MCR),

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

TRANSFER affected unit to alternate DC control power supply

at TO AFW PUMP RM DC CONTROLPWR TRANSFER SWITCH:

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]

1)

PLACE NORMAL breaker in OFF.

2)

PLACE ALT breaker in ON position.

D

D

b.

ENSURE TO AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]

LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.

[Refer to placard on TO AFW pump room wall]

D

c.

NOTIFY MCR to check if TD AFW pump control restored to MCR.

D

d.

IF TO AFW pump control restored to MCR,

THEN

RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.

D

10*.

ENSURE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51] mechanical

overspeed mechanism LATCHED:

REFER TO placard on TOAFWpump room wall

LATCH [FCV-1-51] and RESET mechanical overspeed

mechanism.

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 8 of 21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TD AFWPump Flow (Continued)

NOTE-:

TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] fails OPEN

on loss of DC control power to the TDAFW pump speed controller.

11.

ENSURE TD AF-W pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] OPEN:

a.

REF-ER TO Appendix A and VERIFY governor valve OPEN

by observing two inches of stem exposed.

b.

IF less than two inches of stem exposed,

THEN

POSITION stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping linkage bar

above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.

12.

START TOAFW Pump as follows:

D

D

a.

DETERMINE highest pressure of S/G #1 and 4 from MCR

OR Panel L-381. [outside TO AFW pump room]

D

b.

MONITO-RTO AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138]

as pump is started.

[TO AFWpump room on Panel L-215A]

D

c.

ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-511, AND

SLOWLY OPEN [FCV-1-511 trip and throttle valve handwheel

to raise TO AFW pump discharge pressure approximately 50-100 psig

greater than S/G #1 and 4 highest pressure.

D

d.

ADJUST [FCV-1-51] as directed by MCR.

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 9 of 21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)

NOTE

Refer to placard on TD AFW pump room wall for instructions

on latching the mechanical overspeed mechanism.

13.

IF TD AFW pumptrips,

THEN

.

PERFORM the following:

a.

ENSURE TO AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511

LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.

b.

REPEAT Step 12.

14.

RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.

END OF TEXT

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 100f 21

4.2

Localcontrol of TDAFW pump Flow with Temporary DIP Gage

1.

IDENTIFY applicable unit:

Unit 1

  • .

Unit 2

2.

OBTAIN the following items:

radio

D

D

D

gloves

means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop watch)

3.

OBTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM office]

Vital Area key

Protected Area key.

D

D

CAUTION

If performing this section due to aircraft threat,operator should

remain clear of elevator and stairwells after arriving on AS el. 669.

4.

GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.

[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]

D

NOTE:

Equipment Storage boxes are located in vicinity of TDAFWP rooms

(Unit 1: across from TDAFWP room, near 1A-A *CCP Room door),

(Unit 2: behind lighting board, AS el. 669 south wall).

5.

OBTAIN the following equipment from storage box

and move to TDAFWP Room:

Breathing apparatus and supply hose

Battery lantern

Differential pressure gauge with tubing

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 11 of21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

6.

IF SCBA is needed,

THEN

REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.

D

NOTE:

Radio communications from inside the TD AFW Pump Room may

NOT be possible. It may be necessary to move outside the room to

establish communications.

7

ATTEMPT to establish communications with Main Control Room

while continuing this section.

D

NOTE 1:

NOTE 2:

Connection points are labeled on back side of Panel L-215

(near floor).

Unit 1 Only: Access to rear of PaneI1-L-215 may require

temporarily removing SCBA from the normal carrying position

(on back). Mask should be left on if needed due to smoke

8.

INSTALL temporary differential pressure (~P) gauge for monitoring

TDAFWP flow as follows:

a.

PLACE differential pressure (AP) gauge near Panel L-215.

[inside TDAFWP Rm]

b.

ENSURE all valves on temporary AP gauge are OPEN.

c.

CONNECT high pressure and low pressure side tubing quick

connects to quick connects mounted on drain valves

for [F

OT-3o-1421 at bottom of Panel L-215 (back side).

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev.S

1,2

Page 12 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

CAUTION

If TO AFW pump is running, drain valves in the following step

should be slowly cracked open to avoid damaging temporary

DIP gage.

9.

PLACE temporary ~p gauge in service as follows:

a.

SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN [DRIV-3-324D] low side drain valve

for FT~3-142 to fill tubing for temporary ~p gauge.

b.

WHEN a steady stream of water flow is observed,

THEN

CLOSE [DRIV-3-324D] low side drain valve.

c.

SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN [DRIV-3-323El high side drain valve

for FT-3-142 to fill tubing fortemporary ~p gauge.

d.

WHEN a steady stream of water flow is observed,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

1)

CLOSE [DRIV-3-323E] high side drain valve.

2)

CLOSE vent valves on ~p gauge.

e.

FULLY OPEN IDRIV~3-324D] and [DRIV-3-323E]

FT-3-142 panel drain valves.

f.

CLOSE equalizing valve on ~p gauge.

[on front near center bottom]

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 13 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

10.

IF continuous communications established

and maintained with MCR,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

REMAIN on station in TDAFWP Room and

MONITOR situation to determine if remaining steps

in this section are needed.

b.

DO NOT CONTINUE this section

UNTIL communications with MCR have been lost

OR MCR directs local control of TDAFWP.

11.

IF TO AFWpump is running

AND local handwheel control ofFCV-1-51 is already established,

THEN

GO TO Step 15.

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 14 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

NOTE

Loss of AC control power with DC control power still available will

result in TO AFW pump operating at minimum speed. Removal of

DC control power will cause governor valve to fail open and will allow

manual control of TOAFWP speed using FCV-1-51 handwheel.

12.

IF TOAFW pump is RUNNING

AND one of the following conditions is met:

communications with MCR are lost

OR

MCR directs taking local control of TOAFWP,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

MONITOR [FIC-46-57] to determine if AC power has been lost.

[inside panel L-381 , outside TDAFWP Room]

b.

IF FIC-46-57 is energized,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

D

1)

PLACE [XS-46-57] in AUX position.

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]

D

2)

PLACE [FIC-46-57] TOAFWP flow controller in MANUAL

[inside Panel L-381].

D

3)

REFER TO Appendix C to determine required AFW flow

based upon time since reactor trip.

D

4)

ADJUST TDAFW pump flow as necessary

to establish required flow on temporary DIP gage

OR as directed by MCR (if communications available).

D

5)

IF S/G indication is available,

THEN

ATTEMPT to control S/G level between 100/0 and 500/0.

D

6)

IF TDAFW pump flow is established,

THEN

DO NOT CONTINUE this section.

D

(step continued on next page)

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Paqe 15 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

12.

(Continued)

c.

IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized

OR TDAFW pump flow CANNOT be established or maintained,

THEN

PERFORM* the following:

1)

ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPED USING trip lever

at east end of shaft.

D

2)

PLACE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakers

on DC control power transfer switch in OFF position.

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.].

D

3)

CONTINUE with remainder of this section.

D

NOTE 1:

NOTE 2:

NOTE 3:

TDAFWP Mechanical Overspeed Trip is approximately 4900 RPM.

Speed indication on top of L-381 (outside TD*AFWP Room door) may

not be available.

TDAFWP should have started if unit is tripped, but TDAFWP may have

tripped on overspeed if DC power has been lost. Turbine governor

valve fails full open on loss of power causing speed to increase.

TDAFW Pump is required to be filling S/Gs within 30 minutes after

shutdown to provide secondary heat sink if loss of AC and DC electrical

power occurs.

13.

ENSURE [FCV-1-51] mechanical overspeed mechanism LATCHED:

REFER TO'placard on TDAFWpump room wall

LATCH [FCV-1-511 and RESET mechanical overspeed

mechanism.

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 16 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

NOTE:

The TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] fails OPEN

on loss of DC control power to the TDAFW pump speed controller.

14.

ENSURE TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1~521 OPEN

by performing the following:

a.

VERIFY governor valve OPEN by observing at least two inches of

stem exposed (Refer to Appendix A).

b.

IF less than two inches of stem exposed,

THEN

P'OSITION stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping *Iinkage bar

above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.

D

D

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

S/G pressure may be slightly above 1064 psig ifRCS temperatures

were normal when unit tripped. TOAFWP discharge pressure must

exceed the S/G pressure to establish flow. Depending on unit

conditions at beginning of event, the S/G pressure could be lower.

AppendixC is provided as guideline for comparing inches of water

to flow and to required minimum flow over period of time after

shutdown.

15.

START TDAFW Pump as follows:

a.

MONITOR TD AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138]

as pump is started. [TO AFW pump room on Panel L-215A]

b.

ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-51l, AND

ADJUST trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511 MANUALLY

to establish TOAFW pump flow.

c.

REFER TO Appendix C to determine required ~AFW flow

based upon time since reactor trip.

d.

CONTROL TDAFW Pump flow at or slightly above

flow rate on Appendix C for current time since shutdown

OR as directed by MCR (if communications available).

D

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 17 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

16.

IF TDAFW pump trips,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

CLOSE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511.

b.

REPEAT Steps 13 through ,15.

17.

IF area outside TDAFW Pump room is cooler than inside pump room,

THEN

CONSIDER opening TDAFW Pump room doors for ventilation.

(Wedges in boxes)

If the turbine begins to sound abnormal, water may be carrying over

from SIG due to overfill (requiring flow reduction).

18.

IF TDAFW Pump begins to sound abnormally noisy,

THEN

REDUCE pump flow by throttling CLOSED [FCV-1-511.

D

D

D

D

NOTE

TDAFW pump suction may be lost if suction pressure

decreases to less than 13.9 psig.

19.

MONITOR pump suction pressure [PI-3-137] on Panel L-215.

20.

RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.

END OF TEXT

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 18 of 21

5.0

REFERENCES

None.

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 19 of 21

APPENDIX A

Terry Turbine Governor Valve

NOTE:

Governor valve solenoid stem

exposed (extended)

approximately two inches

indicates valve is full open.

Linkage bar

t----.-.--

+----- Governor valve solenoid

.-----.Stem

2"

/

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL*OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev.S

1,2

Page 20 of 21

APPENDIX B

Page 1 of 1

USE OF PERMANENT AIR BOTTLE IN TDAFWP ROOM

NOTE 1:

NOTE 2:

Four-hour air bottle is permanently mounted inside TDAFWPRoom.

(Unit 1: Northeast corner, Unit 2: South wall). This large bottle should be

used to conserve air in SCBA unit (which has standard one hour bottle).

The sleeve on the female fittings must be twisted (rotated) slightly to

allow the male fitting to be inserted and seated.

[1]

IF breathing air is needed,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

DON SCBA.

b.

CONNECT to wall-mounted. bottle as follows:

1.

OPEN cylinder valve on wall-mounted air bottle.

2.

ADJUST regulator on wall-mounted bottle

to approximately 80-100 psig.

3.

CONNECT male end of long supply hose to adapter on

regulator on wall-mounted bottle.

4.

CONNECT female end of long supply hose

to adapter on SCBA regulator (on belt).

5.

CLOSE cylinder valve on portable SCBA bottle

(behind your back).

6.

VERIFY breathing air supply in service.

c.

IF wall-mounted bottle is depleted

OR disconnecting supply hose is desired to allow movement,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

1.

OPEN cylinder valve on portable SCBA bottle

(behind your back).

2.

DISCONNECT female end oflong supply hose

from adapter on SCBA regulator (on belt).

END

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev.S

1,2

Page 21 of 21

APPENDIXC

Page 1 of 1

AFW Required Flow

60

56

52

48

44

~...

40 3!

36

\\I-

32

0

28 m

..r:

24

0

20 .E

16 %

12

8

4o

4

3

2

1

    • "*l"""************",,** ................................................................................................................... ...................................... ...................................... ............................................................................

f-

\\

-

\\

-

\\

f-

-r-\\

f-

-

\\

-

\\

f-

~

-

<,

-


~

f-


..........

-


f-

I

160

o

200

240

360

400

280

440

.~ 320

c,

C)

Time After Shutdown (HRS)

Ib

"

TVAN STANDARD

PROGRAMS AND

PROCESSES

SURVEILLANCE TEST PROGRAM

I

r

I

SURVEILLANCE TASK SHEET (STS)

Page 1 of 1

SPP-8.2

Date

06-04*2004

Page 25 of 29

SPP 8.2 1[06

Page 1 of 1

TVA40753[06-2004)

SURVEILLANCE TASK SHEET (STS)

..

Work Order

Page

of

---

---

SIKey

pea

~.:::;

'1

Procedure No. O-t>I-O '-'S-tF1'l.-O'JH.U

i

~V

Title

F<J.-'JfR (. P-t-<< ...E j:Ill c ttt. A

).Y!/J/

ct/Xf-!v'll

Perf. Section

I'1P~~"

10/'1.5

'j-;l.N'

Test Reason

t;C,.1-l E: t\\tl (..IJ

P ft2.FO{)flPx(E

AuttidMafion to Begin. SRO

I

Dat'e

Time

Data Sheets

/ /

Due

V

Extension

.

Max. Extension

Start Date

Time

Frequency

EQ

ASME XI

APP Mode

Completion Date

Time

Performance Mode

Operational Condition

I

Dry Cask Storage

DYes

oNo

I

Subsequent Reviews

Instruction

Test Performer's

Was this a complete or partial

Name

/>

Sicnature

InjtiiJl

Section

performance?

i..,.",~~'1

H;A 0 (-

17Y:-:1/I,

/Jd;f,{/~

Nr--

V(,.t

(Ex.EI~~*~a.:!i~*J.n_R~~a0-~ ____~~e!.e~JJ__ t:.~~I_Q_

/ "'

Were all Tech SpecJTech Req./

ISFSI CoC/ODCM/Fire Protection

~9.:~C.£e.E~n~~c!!.t~ri~~U;;~~!..?__~~Cl__lioJd_~~CL

Were all other acceptance

criteria satisfied?

Yes 0

No 0

N/A 0

Ifan Tech-SpedTechReq.iiSFSi- - - - - -- - - - -

- - --

CoC/ODCM/Fire Protection Req.

were not satisfied, was an LCO/

TRJODCM/OR action required?

(Explain in Remarks)

,

Yes 0

No O_~~CL

Ale3 ~~~~i69£~~i~[::::::::==~~0--No-k1__~~.cL

Test Director/Lead Performer

Date

Acceptance Criteria Review: SRO

Date

Time

(ASME XI Sis require review within

96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br />)

Independent Reviewer

Date

ANII (If required)

Date

Copy of STS sent toScheduling

/

,

Initials

Date

Remark:

-

Section

No. Men

Our. Hrs

._.

..

.-

..

Section

No. Men

Our. Hrs

'-

--

i*

.

!

I

.

Section

No. Men

Our. Hrs

l.

r

.-..--

-r

---

-

..

r

Section

No. Men

Our. Hrs

.". -.

- -

.04-2004

TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX CHANNEL

CALIBRATION BY HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Revision 18

QUALITY RELATED

w. T. LEARY

PREPARED/PROOFREAD BY: ~--:....:...:......:....:....::~~---_

RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION: _0=.P:....:E=R...::..A..:..:T...:..;IO:::..:N...:..;S=--

_

KEITH PERKINS

APPROVED BY:~

....:....:="-'-'-.:....:.......:~"""'-'-'=---

_

(

EFFECTIVE DATE:03/30/06

LEVEL OF USE:

CONTINUOUS USE

REVISION

DESCRIPTION:

Revised to add a note directing that consistency between channels be

considered when determining if adjust is desired. This is a minor

change.

THIS PROCEDURE COULD AFFECT REACTIVITY.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 2 of 33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 1 of 2

Section

Title

Page

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2

1.0

INTRODUCTION

4

1.1

Purpose

4

1.2

Scope

4

1.2.1

Surveillance Test to be Performed

4

1.2.2

Requirements Fulfilled

4

1.2.3

Modes

4

1.3

.'

2.0

(

2.1

2.2

3.0

4.0

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

5.0

Frequency and Conditions

4

REFERENCES

5

Performance References

5

Developmental References

5

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

5

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS

7

Preliminary Actions

7

Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies

7

Field Preparations

7

Approvals and Notifications

7

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

7

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 3 of 33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 2 of 2

Section

Title

Page

6.0

PERFORMANCE

8

6.1

As-Found Data

8

6.2

NIS Channel Adjustment

14

7.0

POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY

18

APPENDICES

(

APPENDIX A:

APPENDIX B:

APPENDIX C:

APPENDIX D:

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL

USING LEFM

19

SUBSTITUTION OF RCS 6.T AT LOW POWER LEVELS

(:s: 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)

22

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL

USING U1118 (> 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)

23

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL

WITH PLANT COMPUTER INOPERABLE (RCS 6.T

GREATER THAN 40%)

26

SOURCE NOTES

33

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 4 of 33

1.0

INTRODUCTION

1.1

Purpose

This Surveillance Instruction (SI) provides detailed steps for ensuring proper

calibration of the power range neutron flux channels.

1.2

Scope

1.2.1

Surveillance Test to be Performed

This Instruction performs a comparison between the power level calculated by the

Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) power range neutron flux channels and the

"true" power level as determined by a secondary system heat balance based value.

If necessary, the power range channels are adjusted to agree with the "true" power

level.

This instruction also verifies availability of Leading Edge Flow Meter (LEFM)

calorimetric power.

1.2.2

Requirements Fulfilled

Performance of this Instruction completely fulfills Technical Specification (TS)

Surveillance Requirement (SR) 4.3.1.1.1.8.2 (Table 4.3-1, item 2, note 2)

and Technical Requirements Manual (TR) 4.3.3.15.1.

1.2.3

Modes

A. Applicable Mode - 1 (above 15 percent power).

8.

Performance Mode - 1 (above 15 percent power).

1.3

Frequency and Conditions

This test must be performed at least once every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> when the reactor power

level is greater than 15 percent. [C.3] To ensure NIS accuracy, this test should be

performed when directed by 0-80-4 or 0-80-5.

In the event that the Plant Computer is unavailable, provisions have been

incorporated in this procedure to fulfill the SR requirements. [C.5]

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 5 of 33

2.0

REFERENCES

2.1

Performance References

0-PI-SXX-000-022.2, Calorimetric Calculation. (Optional)

2.2

Developmental References

A. SON Technical Specifications.

B. SPP-8.1, Conduct of Testing

C. NP-STD-4.4.7, Attachment 1, Writer's Guide for Technical Documents

D. 0-PI-NUC-092-082.0, Post Startup NIS Calibration following Core Load.

E. Memo from Reactor Engineering - RIMS S57 941219 934

F. Integrated Computer System Critical Design Requirements and Operator's

Guide.

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

A. Reactor power must remain constant (+/- 0.5%) during the performance of

Sections 6.1 and 6.2. It is desirable for any required NIS adjustment be made

promptly during performance of these sections.

B. Average RCS temperature (Tavg) should be maintained within 0.5°F of

RCS reference temperature (Tref).

C. Caution should be exercised when adjusting NIS power range instrumentation

to minimize the potential for a channel trip.

D. Only one NIS channel shall be adjusted at a time. If a rate trip occurs, the

channel's trip signal and annunciator on panel XA-55-6A, "NC-41 U or NC-41 K

NIS POWER RANGE HIGH NEUTRON FLUX RATE" must be cleared before

proceeding to the next NIS channel.

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 6 of 33

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (Continued)

E. Operations and Engineering should be notified if larger than normal channel

adjustments (as determined by the SRO) are required to bring the power range

channels into alignment with calculated core thermal power. [C.4] An

operability concern may exist if excessive error in the non-conservative

direction adversely impacts the NIS high flux trip setpoint. The 3% tolerance

for calibration error on the high flux trip setpoints was selected using the

extrapolated error from the 30% power level.

F. The reactor cores have been loaded with a low leakage loading pattern which

can affect NIS Reactor Power level indications such that differences greater

than the Acceptance Criteria can occur between NIS and true power level. The

impact of the NIS non-linearity due to low leakage loading pattern is in the

conservative direction, since NIS indicated power rises faster than true power

during a power increase. 0-GO-5 may direct performance of this procedure to

ensure excessive errors in the non-conservative direction do not exist. During

plant restarts, Reactor Engineering may perform 0-PI-NUC-092-082.0 at 4%

power to provide an initial NIS correction for startup.

G. Technical Specifications require a heat balance calculation for adjustment of

the NIS when the Plant is above 15% power within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. If the Leading

Edge Flow Meter (LEFM) is available, ICS point U2118 is required to be used

for the heat balance when greater than 15% power (TRM 3.3.3.15). If LEFM is

NOT available, then Loop ~T data should be used between 15 and 40% power

due to potential inaccuracies in the feedwater flow venturi heat balance below

40%. If LEFM is NOT available above 40%, then venturi-based calorimetric

power (U1118) should be used.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 7 of 33

I

Unit.

_

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS

NOTE

During the performance of this Instruction, any "IFITHEN"

statement may be marked N/A when the corresponding stated

condition does not occur,

4.1

Preliminary Actions

[1]

ENSURE Instruction to be used is a copy of effective version

Ifr

and Data Package Cover Sheet is attached.

4.2

Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies

None,

4.3

Field Preparations

(

[1]

ENSURE reactor power and RCS average temperature are

Jk

stable.

4.4

Approvals and Notifications

[1]

NOTIFY SRO of test performance.

S.O

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

A. The indicated "as-found" power level from each operable NIS neutron flux

channel must equal the core thermal power level to within +/- 2.0%.

B. The indicated "as-left" power level from each operable NIS neutron flux

channel that was adjusted must equal the core thermal power level to within

+/-0.5%.

C. If the criteria stated above are NOT satisfied, the SRO shall be notified and

Action Requirement 2 of TS Table 3.3-1 satisfied.

D. LEFM shall be used for the plant calorimetric measurement for power range

NIS calibration by heat balance comparison. If this criteria is NOT satisfied,

the SRO shall be notified and the applicable action of TRM 3.3.3.15 shall be

entered.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 8 of 33

Unit

_

6.0

PERFORMANCE

6.1

As-Found Data

Date

_

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The following step determines if LEFM is available to satisfy TRM

3.3.3.15. If LEFM is NOT available, operators should notify US,

document status and continue with next step.

Main feedwater temperature must be greater than or equal to 250°F

for reliable LEFM data.

(

[1]

VERIFY availability of LEFM calorimetric power:

[a]

CHECK LEFM status NORMAL on ICS (NSSS and BOP)

Current Calorimetric Data screen.

YES

NO

o

0

[b]

CHECK LEFM Core Thermal Power (ICS point

U2118) showing good (green) data.

YES

NO

o

0

[c]

CHECK LEFM MFW header temperature (ICS point

T8502MA) greater than or equal to 250°F.

YES

NO

o

0

(

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

LEFM is available based upon the indications above.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-S1-0PS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 9 of 33

Unit.

_

6.1

As-Found Data

Date

_

(

NOTE

With LEFM unavailable, AFD limit lines in COLR must be made more

restrictive by 1% and Rod Insertion Limit lines in COLR must be raised

by 3 steps. These adjustments are automatically applied in ICS.

[2]

IF LEFM calorimetric power NOT available

OR ICS computer NOT available,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

[a]

ENTER applicable action of TRM 3.3.3.15.

[b]

ENSURE work order initiated as required.

[c]

IF LEFM calorimetric power CANNOT be restored

in time to complete this surveillance,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

1.

REDUCE reactor power to

98.7% (3411 MWt) or less

USING U1118 (if available) or NIS.

2.

WHEN reactor power is less than 98.7%,

THEN

CONTINUE this instruction using

alternate power indications as

specified below.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 10 of 33

Unit------

6.1

As-Found Data

Date-----

(

NOTE

If Engineering has performed 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2, then the applicable

section(s) of 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 may be used in place of Appendix C

or D to obtain the current calorimetric power.

[3]

DETERMINE reactor core power level by performing the

applicable appendix below:

CONDITION

APPENDIX

./

RCS liT greater than 15% and

A

0

LEFM core thermal power (U2118) available

(step [1] acceptance criteria met)

RCS liT between 15% and 40% and

B

0

LEFM core thermal power (U2118) NOT available

RCS liTgreater than 40%

C

0

LEFM core thermal power (U2118) NOT available

but ICS point U1118 is available

RCS liT greater than 40% and

D

0

ICS core thermal power indication (U1118 and

U2118) NOT available

AND RECORD below (N/A power if using printout from ICS):

% Rated Core Thermal Power =

%


SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 11 of 33

Unit,

_

6.1

As-Found Data (Continued)

Date

_

(

NOTE

Data for an inoperable NIS channel may be marked N/A.

[4]

RECORD "as-found" power level from each of the

four NIS power range A channel drawers:

POWER RANGE

"AS-FOUND"

CHANNEL

NIS POWER (%)

N-41

(XI-92-5005B)

N-42

(XI-92-5006B)

N-43

(XI-92-5007B)

N-44

(XI-92-5008B)

NOTE

The following step is performed to satisfy Tech Specs.

[5]

COMPARE NIS indication with core thermal power level.

[a]

CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the

following "as-found" acceptance criteria were

satisfied:

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [4] is

equal to the core thermal power level recorded in step [3] or

as listed on the printed copy to within +/- 2.0 percent.

(,

YES

NO

N/A

NIS Channel N-41

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-42

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-43

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-44

0

0

0

RO or SRO

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 12 of 33

Unit,

_

Date

_

6.1

As-Found Data (Continued)

[b]

IF any NIS channels were inoperable during the

performance of this Instruction, THEN

NOTIFY applicable unit SRO that this SI must be

performed on all inoperable NIS channels when

they are returned to service.

[6]

VERIFY that all NIS channel indications are within

+/-3 percent of the determined core thermal

power level.

YES

o

NO

o

(

[7]

IF a NIS channel was more than 3 percent in error in the

non-conservative direction (core thermal power> NIS),

THEN

NOTIFY Engineering to determine if the calibration error

impacts operability of the NIS high flux trip.

[8]

CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the following

"as-found" acceptance criteria were satisfied:

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [4] is less

than or equal to 100.5 percent.

YES

NO

N/A

NIS Channel N-41

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-42

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-43

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-44

0

0

0

RO or SRO

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 13 of 33

Unit

_

6.1

As-Found Data (Continued)

Date__----,-__

(

(

NOTE

Consistency between the four NIS PR channels is to be considered

when determining if an adjustment is desired.

[9]

IF any channel does not meet acceptance criteria, OR

NIS Channel Adjustment is desired, THEN

PERFORM adjustment using section 6.2

AND/OR

REDUCE reactor power not to exceed 100 percent.

END OF TEXT

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON

Page 14 of 33

Unit._-----

6.2

NIS Channel Adjustment

Date-----

(

NOTE 1

Performance of this section is required only for those PRchannels

designated by the Reactor Operator or that did not satisfy the

acceptance criteria in Section 6.1. All other NIS channels may be

marked N/A.

NOTE 2

During the performance of Section 6.2, data required for an inoperable

NIS channel may be marked N/A.

[1]

IF calculated average power in Section 6.1 or on printed copy

differs by more than 3% from average ReS delta T,

THEN

NOTIFY Engineering to determine the cause.

[2]

VERIFY reactor power has remained constant

(+/- 0.5 %) since performance of Section 6.1.

NOTE

The inoperable channel may be bypassed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> for

surveillance testing of other channels.

[3]

IF NIS power range channel is inoperable,

THEN

REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to Bypass inoperable

NIS channel in accordance with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.

[4]

ENSURE all NIS power range channels are operable or

bypassed with no bistables tripped.

(

[5]

ENSURE rod control system is in MANUAL in accordance

with 0-SO-85-1.

o

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 15 of 33

Unit------

6.2

NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)

Date-----

NOTE 1

Steps [6] through [9] must be completed on one NIS channel before

proceeding to the next channel.

NOTE 2

NIS channels in the following step may be performed out of sequence.

[6]

IF a rate trip exists (or occurs) on the NIS channel being

calibrated, THEN

CLEAR that channels trip signal (momentarily set RATE

MODE switch to RESET position) and annunciator on

panel XA-55-6A, "NC-41Uor NC-41 K NIS POWER

RANGE HIGH NEUTRON FLUX RATE," before proceeding

to the next NIS channel.

(

NIS Channel N-41

NIS Channel N-42

NIS Channel N-43

NIS Channel N-44

Trip

Cleared

oooo

N/A

oooo

First Person

_

CV

_

NOTE

The gain potentiometers have latches which must be disengaged prior

to adjustment, and re-engaged following adjustment.

[7]

ADJUST gain potentiometer on associated channel's power

range B drawer to bring that channel's indicated power

level to within +/- 0.5% of the calorimetric power recorded in

Section 6.1 or as listed on the printed copy. AND

ENSURE gain potentiometer latch re-engaged. [C.2]

Adjustment

Required

N/A

NIS Channel N-41

0

0

NIS Channel N-42

0

0

NIS Channel N-43

0

0

NIS Channel N-44

0

0

First Person

_

CV

_

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 16 of 33

Unit------

Date

--

6.2

NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)

[8]

IF fine gain potentiometer on power range B drawer will not provide

enough adjustment to satisfy the calibration requirements of step

[7], THEN

REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to adjust the coarse gain

(resistor R312, Coarse Level Adjust) inside the applicable

power range drawer, AND

N/A

ooo

o

NIS Channel N-41

NIS Channel N-42

NIS Channel N-43

NIS Channel N-44

READJUST fine gain potentiometer to achieve calibration

requirements specified in step [7].

Adjustment

Required

oooo

(

First Person

_

CV

_

[9]

IF additional NIS channel(s) require calibration, THEN

RETURN TO step [6].

[10]

WHEN NIS adjustments have been completed, THEN

RECORD "as-left" power level from NIS power range channels.

POWER RANGE

" AS-LEFT"

CHANNEL

NIS POWER (%)

N-41 (XI-92-5005B)

N-42 (XI-92-5006B)

N-43 (XI-92-5007B)

N-44 (XI-92-5008B)

First Person

_

IV

_

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1 & 2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 17 of 33

Unit.

~__

6.2

NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)

[11]

IF NIS power range channel is inoperable, THEN

REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to remove

Bypass on inoperable NISchannel in accordance

with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.

[12]

CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the following

"as-left" acceptance criteria were satisfied.

Date-----

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [10] is

within +/- 0.5 percent the calorimetric power level recorded in

Section 6.1 or as listed on the printed copy.

YES

NO

N/A

NIS Channel N-41

0

0

0

(

NIS Channel N-42

0

0

0

\\

NIS Channel N-43

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-44

0

0

0

RO or SRO

[13]

IF acceptance criteria were NOT satisfied for any NIS channel,

THEN

NOTIFY Shift Manager that acceptance criteria were NOT met

and another performance of this test is necessary,

subsequently action 2 of LCO 3.3.1.1 (Unit 1) or LCO 3.3.1

(Unit 2) must be satisfied if the other performance does not

meet acceptance criteria.

NOTE

NIS channel adjustment may cause step change in input to rod control. A delay of at

least 3 minutes prior to returning rod control to automatic will allow lead/lag signal to

decay off.

[14]

RETURN Rod Control System to AUTO in

accordance with 0-SO-85-1.

END OF TEXT

D

(

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 18 of 33

7.0

POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY

[1]

NOTIFY SRO that test has been completed.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 19 of 33

Unit

_

Date

_

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

APPENDIX A

Page 1 of 3

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER USING LEFM

ICS allows two options for blowdown flows:

Option #1 (Preferred) -use point [F2261A] which requires no

operator entered data (computer automatically updates the

blowdown flows).

Option #2 - use manually entered S/G blowdown flow rates.

Computer point [F2261A] is more accurate than flow indicators

located in the fan rooms. If the computer point is inoperable and

blowdown flows from the FIS's are used, then indicated core thermal

power may be a slightly different value.

(

(1)

ENSURE S/G blowdown flows are updated by performing the

following functions on ICS:

[a)

[b)

SELECT "NSSS AND SOP".

SELECT "CALORIMETRIC FUNCTION MENU".

D

D

[c)

SELECT "UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED

SLOWDOWN FLOW" on menu AND

PERFORM one of the following options

(N/A option not used):

1.

IF using computer point [F2261A) S/G Total Slowdown

Flow, THEN

(a)

VERIFY point value is updating

(changing values).

(b)

IF computer point is NOT updating,

THEN

NOTIFY MIG that point is not

updating and initiate WOo

D

D

D

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 20 of 33

(

(

Unit

_

Date

_

NOTE

APPENDIX A

Page 2 of 3

Local readings of steam generator blowdown flow are obtained

from Panel L-357.

2.

IF manually updating blowdown flows, THEN

[a]

RECORD local readings for

S/G blowdown flow:

RCS

BLOWDOWN FLOW

LOOP

(GPM)

1

FI-1-152

2

FI-1-156

3

FI-1-160

4

FI-1-164

[b]

ENSURE blowdown flows above

entered in ICS.

[c]

IF blowdown flows were updated, THEN

WAIT a minimum of 10 minutes

to allow program to accurately

reflect new value.

D

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 21 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX A

Date

Page 3 of 3

NOTE

ICS printout may be used to document power level and NIS values.

Since core thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviation may exist

between the recorded core thermal power value (if used) and the

printed sheet value (if used). SI acceptance is satisfied in the body

of the instruction.

[2]

SELECT "DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC DATA"

on ICS Calorimetric menu AND

(

\\

PERFORM one of the following:

[a]

RECORD the following:

LEFM Core Thermal Power (U2118)

Percent Rated Core Thermal Power (U1127)

OR

____~_Mwt

%


D

(

\\

[b]

PRINT power level and NIS values AND

ATTACH report to this instruction.

D

I\\

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 22 of 33

Unit

_

Date

_

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

APPENDIX B

Page 1 of 1

SUBSTITUTION OF RCS flT AT LOW POWER LEVELS

(:s: 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)

RCS delta T loops (flTO) are aligned to results of a secondary-side

heat balance. Consequently, using flTs to adjust NIS at low power

levels still satisfies the requirement to use heat balance. Loop flT is

used to avoid potentially non-conservative errors in NIS power range

indication if adjustments were made based upon an inaccurate

secondary heat balance at a low feedwater flowrate. At low power

levels the traditional secondary-side heat balance (U 1118) is not as

accurate as Reactor Coolant Loop flTs.

This appendix should NOT be used if LEFM is operable.

(

[1]

CALCULATE the average RCS delta T using control

board indications or computer point for average

RCS flT.

Loop A (TI-68-2D)

%

PLANT

COMPUTER

Loop B (TI-68-25D)

%

OR

U0485

%

Loop C (TI-68-44D)

%

Loop D (TI-'68-67D)

%

(

Total

% -7- (4) =Avg

[2]

RECORD average RCS delta T as the core thermal

power level

%.

%

---~

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 23 of 33

Unit

_

Date

_

APPENDIXC

Page 1 of 3

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL USING U1118

(> 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)

(

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

This appendix is used when RCS ~T is greater than 40%

and LEFM (U2118) NOT available, but ICS and U1118 are available.

ICS allows two options for blowdown flows:

Option #1 (Preferred) - use point [F2261A] which requires no

operator entered data (computer automatically updates the

blowdown flows).

Option #2 - use manually entered S/G blowdown flow rates.

Computer point [F2261A] is more accurate than flow indicators

located in the fan rooms. If the computer point is inoperable and

blowdown flows from the FIS's are used in the calculation of U1118, then

expect U1118 to indicate a different value and adjustment of NIS may be

required.

[1]

ENSURE S/G blowdown flows are updated by performing the

following on ICS:

[a]

[b]

SELECT "NSSS AND BOP".

SELECT "CALORIMETRIC FUNCTION MENU"

o

o

(

[c]

SELECT "UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED

BLOWDOWN FLOW' on menu AND

PERFORM one of the following options

(N/A option not used):

1.

IF using computer point [F2261A] S/G Total

Blowdown Flow, THEN

[a]

VERIFY point value is updating

(changing values).

[b]

IF computer point is NOT updating, THEN

NOTIFY MIG that point is not

updating and initiate WOo

o

o

o

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON

Page 24 of 33

{

(

Unit

_

Date---

NOTE

APPENDIX C

Page 2 of 3

Local readings of steam generator blowdown flow are obtained

from Panel L-357.

2.

IF manually updating blowdown flows, THEN

[a]

RECORD local readings for

S/G blowdown flow:

RCS

BLOWDOWN FLOW

LOOP

(GPM)

1

FI-1-152

2

FI-1-156

3

FI-1-160

4

FI-1-164

[b]

ENSURE blowdown flows above

entered in ICS.

[c]

IF blowdown flows were updated, THEN

WAIT a minimum of 10 minutes

to allow program to accurately

reflect new value.

o

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 25 of 33

Unit

_

Date---

NOTE

APPENDIX C

Page 3 of 3

ICS printout may be used to document power level and NIS values.

Since core thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviation may exist

between the recorded core thermal power value (if used) and the

printed sheet value (if used). SI acceptance is satisfied in the body

of the instruction.

[2]

SELECT "DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC DATA"

on ICS Calorimetric menu AND

0

PERFORM one of the following:

[a]

RECORD the following:

Venturi Core Thermal Power (U1118)

Mwt

(

Percent Rated Core Thermal Power (U1127)

%

OR

[b]

PRINT power level and NIS values AND

ATTACH report to this instruction.

0

[3]

IF any value is a blue "NCAl" quality, THEN

PERFORM the following:

[a]

IF cause of bad data is unknown, THEN

REQUEST assistance from MIG or ICS

computer engineer.

0

[b]

INITIATE WO if required.

0

[c]

GO TO Appendix D.

0

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 26 of 33

Unit

_

Date---

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

APPENDIX D

Page 1 of 7

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL

WITH INOPERABLE PLANT COMPUTER

(RCS ~T Greater Than 40%)

This appendix provides guidance determining calorimetric power when

ICS core thermal power indication (U1118 and U2118) is unavailable

with power above 40% and the computer cannot be restored in time to

complete SR 4.3.1.1.1.

0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 requires several hours from initiation until

completion of power calculation.

(

(

[1]

IF 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 will be used for calorimetric data,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

[a]

NOTIFY Systems Engineering to perform

manual calorimetric calculation

using 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2.

[b]

MARK remaining steps "N/A" in this appendix.

D

D

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 27 of 33

Unit---

Date

_

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

APPENDIX D

Page 2 of 7

The remaining steps determine core thermal power by manually

entering calorimetric data on opposite unit's ICS computer. This

method requires adding 3.5% to the calculated power level for

additional conservatism due to greater errors associated with indicator

error and readability. Therefore, power level should be reduced to

less than or equal to 96.5% before performance.

Calorimetric calculation on opposite unit's ICS assumes that blowdown

flow is identical on each unit. This error is accounted for in the 3.5%

correction factor.

[2]

IF opposite unit's ICS will be used to perform a calorimetric

calibration,

THEN

(

PERFORM the following:

[a]

ENSURE reactor power less than or equal to 96.5%.

[b]

ENSURE reactor power and RCS temperature stable.

D

D

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON

Page 28 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX D

Date

Page 3 of 7

NOTE 1

If ICS is unavailable, LEFM Feed flow and feed temperature may still

be available on LEFM panel [LOCL-500-R183] in Aux Inst Rm.

NOTE 2

MFW header temp must be greater than 250°F for reliable LEFM data.

[3]

IF LEFM feed flow and feed temperature is available on

local LEFM panel, THEN

PERFORM the following:

[a]

RECORD the following data:

Parameter

Indication

Reading

Loop 1 Feedwater Pressure

PI-3-37 [M-3]

psig

Loop 2 Feedwater Pressure

PI-3-50 [M-3]

psig

Loop 3 Feedwater Pressure

PI-3-92 [M-3]

psig

Loop 4 Feedwater Pressure

PI-3-105 [M-3]

psig

Loop 1 SfG Pressure

PI-1-2A or 2B [M-4]

psig

Loop 2 SfG Pressure

PI-1-9A or 9B [M-4]

psig

Loop 3 SfG Pressure

PI-1-20A or 20B [M-4]

psig

Loop 4 S/G Pressure

PI-1-27Aor 27B [M-4]

psig

Total Feedwater Flow

LEFM

Ibm/hr

Feedwater Temperature

LEFM

of

(must be > 250°F)

IV

[b]

SELECT Calorimetric Main Menu screen on other

unit's ICS computer.

(step continued on next page)

o

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 29 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX D

Date

Page 4 of 7

[3]

(Continued)

[c]

SELECT LEFM Special Offline Calorimetric on

Calorimetric Menu.

[d]

ENTER data in ICS from table in substep 3 [a].

[e]

SELECT function key F3 to execute calculation.

[f]

PRINT calorimetric results.

[g]

VERIFY data was correctly entered in ICS

from table in substep 3 [a].

[h]

RECORD Total S/G Thermal Power from

calorimetric printout:

____MWt

[i]

CALCULATE percent power

corresponding to item [h]

IV

D

D

D

____MWt =

34.55

%

---

NOTE

The following step adds 3.5% to calorimetric power to compensate for

additional errors in this method. The corrected power value below

should be used in Section 6.1.

[j]

CALCULATE corrected core thermal power:

(substep [i])

% + 3.5 % =

[k]

VERIFY substeps [g] through [j].

%

-~-

IV

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 30 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX D

Date

Page 5 of 7

NOTE

1,2-PI-ICC-003-036.0 provides details on required test equipment for

feedwater temperature measurement.

[4]

IF LEFM feed flow and feed temperature is NOT available,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

[a]

NOTIFY MIG or Systems Engineering to install

precision temperature monitoring equipment in

feedwater header temperature wells TW-3-197 and

TW-3-198 [TB el. 685].

D

(

(

[b]

RECORD average feedwater header temperature:

of


(step continued on next page)

MIG or Eng

IV

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1 & 2

HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON

Page 31 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX D

Date

Page 6 of 7

[4]

(Continued)

[c]

RECORD the following data:

Parameter

Indication

Reading

Loop 1 Feedwater Press

PI-3-37 [M-3]

psig

Loop 2 Feedwater Press

PI-3-50 [M-3]

psig

Loop 3 Feedwater Press

PI-3-92 [M-3]

psig

Loop 4 Feedwater Press

PI-3-105 [M-3]

psig

Loop 1 S/G Pressure

PI-1-2A or 2B [M-4]

psig

Loop 2 S/G Pressure

PI-1-9A or 9B [M-4]

psig

Loop 3 S/G Pressure

PI-1-20A or 20B [M-4]

psig

Loop 4 S/G Pressure

PI-1-27A or 27B [M-4]

psig

Loop 1 Feedwater Flow

FI-3-35A or 35B [M-4]

Ibm/hr

Loop 2 Feedwater Flow

FI-3-48A or 48B [M-4]

Ibm/hr

Loop 3 Feedwater Flow

FI-3-90A or 90B [M-4]

Ibm/hr

Loop 4 Feedwater Flow

FI-3-103A or 103B [M-4]

Ibm/hr

IV

(

[d]

SELECT Calorimetric Main Menu screen on other

unit's ICS computer.

[e]

SELECT Special Offline Calorimetric

on Calorimetric Menu.

(step continued on next page)

o

o

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1 & 2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 32 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX D

Date

Page 7 of 7

[4]

(Continued)

[f]

ENTER data in ICSfrom substeps 4 [b] and 4 [c].

[9]

SELECTfunction key F3 to execute calculation.

0

[h]

PRINT calorimetric results.

0

[i]

VERIFY data from substeps 4 [b] and 4 [c]

was correctly entered in ICS.

IV

[j]

RECORD Total S/G Thermal Power from

calorimetric printout:

(

MWt

[k]

CALCULATE percent power

corresponding to item [j]

____MWt =

34.55

%

---

NOTE

The following step adds 3.5% to calorimetric power to compensate for

additional errors in this method. The corrected power value below

should be used in Section 6.1.

[I]

CALCULATE corrected core thermal power:

(substep [k])

% + 3.5 % =

[m]

VERIFY substeps [j] through [I].

%

---

IV

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1 & 2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 33 of 33

SOURCE NOTES

Page 1 of 1

REQUIREMENTS

SOURCE

IMPLEMENTING

STATEMENT

DOCUMENT

STATEMENT

Ensure calculation of thermal

INPO SER 89-23

C.1

power is correct before

CAQR SQQ 90052

calibrating excore detectors.

Excore detectors should be

INPO SER 89-09

C.2

calibrated based on best

available power indication.

NIS power range calibrations

INPO SOER 90-03

C.3

should be performed periodically

following power ascension above

15% power.

Careful consideration and

INPO SOER 90-03

CA

(

caution should be exercised

before adjusting nuclear

instrumentation. Operations and

Engineering Management should

be notified if larger than normal

channel adjustments are

required.

0-81-0P8-092-078.0 will be

LER 328/91005

C.5

revised to allow the use of a

810910819844

Plant Computer program to

provide an increased frequency

of the performance of this

procedure.

(

JPM # 40-2a

Page 1 of 7

Rev 0

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

JOB PERFOR-MANCE MEASURE

IN~PlantJPM B.1.j.

JPM # 40-2

Uncontrolled Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation

(O-SI-OPS 062-214.0)

Original Signatures on File

PREPAREDI

REVISED BY:

VALIDATED BY:

APPROVED BY:

(Operations Training Manager)

Date!

Date!

Date!

CONCURRED:

(Operations Representative)

Date!

  • Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that

do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect th-e flow of

the JPM.

    • Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the

flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).

JPM # 40-2a

Page 2 of 7

Rev 0

I

NUCLEAR TRAINING

REVISION/USAGE LOG

REVISION

DESCRIPTION OF

V

DATE

PAGES

PREPARED/

NUMBER

REVISION

AFFECTED

REVISED BY:

0

Initial issue- modified from JPM #40-2

v ~ Specify if the JPM change will require another Validation (Y or N).

See cover sheet for criteria.

JPM # 40-2a

Page 3 of 7

Rev 0

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

AUO/RO/SRO

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

Task:

Uncontrolled Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation (0-SI-062-214.0)

JAJTA TASK#: 3420990304 (AUO)

KIA Ratings:

004K1.19 (2.7/2.9)

004A2.25 (3.8/4.3)

004K1.16 (3.3/3.5)

2.2.13 (3.6/3.8)

Task Standard:

The identified flow path is isolated and under administrative control.

Evaluation .Method:

Simulator

In-Plant_X__

======================================================================

Performer:

Performance Rating:

SAT

Evaluator:

NAME

UNSAT

SIGNATURE

Performance Time

DATE

Start Time

_

Finish Time ~__

==================================================.=====================

COMMENTS

JPM # 40-2a

Page 4 of 7

Rev 0

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:

1.

Sequenced steps identified by an "s"

2.

Any UNSAT requires comments

3.

Do NOT use with JPM #40

4.

Insure Unit 2 VCT Hallway door unlocked on the day 'of the JPM.

5.

Insure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;

a.

Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.

b.

Reviews the intended action and expected response.

c.

Compares the actual response to the expected response.

Validation Time: CR.

Local

14 mins

Tools/Equipment/ProceduresNeeded:

0-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B

References:

Reference

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

Title

Uncontrolled Boron Dilution

Rev No.

3

-~--~-----~------~----------------------------------------------------~---~---------


~-------------------------------------~--------~--~------------~----------------

READ TO OPERATOR

Directions to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated for this

JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you complete the task

successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me

when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return

the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1.

Unit 2 has been shutdown for refueling and is currently in Mode 5.

2.

In one hour the reactor vessel head bolts will be detensioned in preparation for pulling the head.

3.

All systems required for Mode 6 are operable.

INITIATING CUES:

1.

You are the Unit 2 Auxiliary Bldg AUG and you are to complete the dilution path isolation in preparation for

the initial performance of O-SI~OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B.

2.

Another AUG has already closed valve 81-536, Primary Water Valve to Containment and determined

valve FCV-62-128, VeT Bypass Flow, is closed.

3.

You are to close the remaining valves on O-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.

4.

The valves will be verified closed and tagged after the clearance is prepared and issued.

5.

Inform the U2 CRO when the remaining valves on Appendix B have been closed.

Job Performance Checklist:

STEP/STANDARD

JPM # 40-2a

Page 5 of 7

Rev 0

SAT/UNSAT

STEP 1.:

Obtain copy of required surveillance instruction.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Obtains copy of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B procedure.

Start Time--

NOTE:

Steps may be performed in any order.

-

SAT

STEP 2.:

CLOSE valve 62-916, Cation Bed Demin Outlet.

-

UNSAT

Cue:

HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.

Critical Step

STANDARD:

Operator locates 2-HCV-62-916 (CVCS demin reach rod area), turns

handwheel clockwise until snug.

STEP 3.:

CLOSE valve 62-922, Mixed Bed Demin Outlet.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

Cue:

HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.

Critical Step

STANDARD:

Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-922 (CVeS demin reach rod area),

turns handwheel clockwise until snug.

STEP 4.:

CLOSE valve 62-696, Boric Acid to VCT outlet.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

Cue:

HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.

Critical Step

STANDARD:

Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-696 (hallway to VCT room), turns

handwheel clockwise until snug.

Job Performance Checklist:

STEP/STANDARD

JPM # 40-2a

Page 6 of 7

Rev 0

SAT/UNSAT

STEP 5.:

Close valve 62-940, Primary Water to chemical mixing tank.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

CUE:

HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.

STANDARD:

Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62~940 (690 blender area) and attempts to

turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction.

STEP 6.:

Close valve 62-929, Manual Emergency Borate Valve.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

CUE:

HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.

STANDARD:

Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-929 (690 blender area, day-glo green)

and attempts to turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction

STEP 7.:

Close valve 62-932, Emergency boration flush valve.

-" SAT

-

UNSAT

CUE:

HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.

STANDARD:

Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-932 (690 blender area) and attempts to

turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction

STEP 8.:

Inform Unit 2 CRO that the closing of the remaining valves on Appendix B

-

SAT

of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 is complete.

-

UNSAT

NOTE:

Role playas Unit 2 CROandacknowledge the report.

Stop Time__

STANDARD:

Operator informs Unit 2 CRO that the remaining valves on Appendix B of

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 have been closed.

READ TO OPERATOR

Directions to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be

simulated for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be

discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job

performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand

your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the

handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 has been shutdown for refueling and is currently in Mode 5.

2. In one hour the reactor vessel head bolts will be detensioned in preparation for pulling

the head.

3. All systems required for Mode 6 are operable.

INITIATING CUES:

1. You are the Unit 2 Auxiliary Bldg AUG and you are to complete the dilution path

isolatlon in preparation for the initial performance of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B.

2. Another AUG has already closed valve 81-536, Primary Water Valve to Containment

and determined valve FCV-62-128, VCT Bypass Flow, is closed.

3. You are to close the remaining valves on O-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.

4~ The valves will be verified closed and tagged after the clearance is prepared and

issued.

5. Inform the U2 CRG when the remaining valves on Appendix B have been closed.

TENNESSE*E VALLEY AUTHORITY

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON DILUTION

Revision 3

QUALITY RELATED

JERRY B. ESPY

PREPARE~PROOFREADBY:~~~~~~~~~~_

OPERATIONS

RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION: --~~~~~--~

JIM DVORAK

APPROVED BY:

~~~~~

~_

EFFECTIVE DATE:

13 May 02

LEVEL OF USE:

CONTINUOUS

REVISION

DESCRIPTION:

Revised to update shutdownmarqin procedure number. This is a non-

intent change.

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 2 of 12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 1 of 1

Section

Title

Page

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2

1.0

INTRODUCTION

3

1.1

Purpose

3

1.2

Scope

3

1.2.1

Operability Test to be Performed

3

1.2.2

Requirements Fulfilled

4

1.2.3

Mode

4

1.3

Frequency/Conditions

~

5

2.0

REFERENCES

5

2.1

Performance References

5

2.2

DevelopmentaIReferences

~

~

5

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

6

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACT*IONS

7

4.1

Preliminary Actions

7

4.2

Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies

7

4.3

Field Preparations

7

4.4

Approvals and Notifications

7

5.0

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

~

7

6.0

PERFORMANCE

~

8

7.0

POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES ............*............................................. 8

APPENDIX A

9

APPENDIX B

10

APPENDIX C

11

APPENDIX D*

12

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 3 of 12

1.0

INTRODUCTION

1.1

Purpose

This instruction provides steps to ensure that valves listed in Surveillance

Requirement 4.9.1.3 (Boron Concentration Control During Refueling Operations)

are maintained in the closed position and maintained under administrative control

during refueling operations. The control of the valves listed in SR 4.9.1.3 will

prevent any uncontrolled boron dilution accident by isolating all possible sources

of unborated water to the RCS. Administrative control is maintained by the

SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.

This procedure may also be performed as *an option to prevent an uncontrolled

RCS dilution during RHR system operation (modes 4 or 5).

1.2

Scope

1.2.1

Operability Test to be Performed

This surveillance provides valve alignment checklists that will isolate and

administratively control all potential flowpaths of unborated water sources to

the Reactor Coolant System. The checklists (Appendix A thru D) represent the

valve combinations specified by SR 4.9.1.3 (LCO 3.9.1) that are required to be

verified closed and under administrative control during refueling operations.

This Surveillance may be performed under the following conditions:

A. Mode 6 (Refuel Operations)

To prevent an uncontrolled RCS dilution during refueling by ensuring all

available RCS dilution paths are isolated and placed under administrative

control. The isolation of dilution flow paths is required by SR 4.9.1.3 and

partially fulfills the plant technical specification requirements of LCO 3.9.1.

B. Modes 4 &5

To prevent an uncontrolled RCS dilution at cold or hot shutdown conditions while

on the RHRSystem by implementing one of the following options:

  • 1.

The RCS is borated to a concentration that would allow sufficient operator

response time to stop the dilution. The adequacy of RCS is boron

concentration is determined by 0-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0, Shutdown Margin.

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 4 of 12

1.2.1

Operability Test to be Performed (Continued)

2.

The shutdown rods are withdrawn by 10/0 delta K/K to provide positive operator

indication of a dilution accident in progress (SRM reactor trip) and additional

time for operator termination of the event. If the shutdown rods are withdrawn

then O-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0, Shutdown Margin must be completed to verify

K~eff remains less than .99 to prevent a mode change.

3.

The RHR system is isolated from the RCS, FCV-74-1 or FCV-74-2 closed.

4.

The available RCS dilution paths are closed and placed under administrative

control.

1.2.2

RequirementsFulfilied

A.

Mode 6 (Refueling)

Performed to partially fulfill the plant technical specification requirements of

LCO 3.9.1 which requires one of the valve combinations specified in SR

4.9.1.3 to be closed and under administrative control.

B. Modes 4 & 5 RHR Operation

Westinghouse letter S53 860813 665 expressed concerns and provided

recommended actions reqardinq the potential for an inadvertent boron

dilution event at cold or hat shutdown conditions while on the RHR System.

Recommended actions to preclude an inadvertent boron dilution event while

in hot or cold shutdown are listed in section 1.2.1, "Operability Test to be

Performed." The isolation of dilution flow paths provides one option for

preventing dilution of the ReS at Cold or Hot Shutdown conditions while on

the Residual Heat Removal System.

1.2.3

Mode

A. Applicable Modes -

B. Performance Modes -

Mode 6 Refueling Operations

Mode 4 & 5 Hot and Cold Shutdown (optional)

Mode 6 Refueling

Mode 4 & 5 Hot and Cold Shutdown (optional)

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 5 of 12

1.3

Frequency/Conditions

A. Mode 6 Refueling

Performed at least once every 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> while in mode 6. Performance

consists of verifying one valve combination (Appendix A, B, C, or D) being

closed and under administrative control.

B. Modes 4 & 5

Initiated by 0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown from Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown

upon entry into Mode 4.

Performance consists of verifying that one of the options stated in Section

1.2.1, "Operability Test to be Performed" has been completed.

If option 1, 2,

or 3 has NOT been completed THEN Perform this SI to close and

administratively control the dilution flowpath. The performance of the valve

checklist to isolate the dilution flowpaths is required only once in modes 4 or

5 with the hold order remaining in effect until Option 1, 2, or 3 is employed.

2.0

REFERENCES

2.1

Performance References

A.SPP-10.2, Clearance Program

2.2

Developmental References

A. SI-214, Uncontrolled Boron Dilution. -

B. SON Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements (SR) 4.9.1.3.

C. SON Technical Specification LeO 3.9.1.

D. Westinghouse-letter to SON dated Feb. 22,1982 (S53 860813 665)

E. Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), Chapter 15 Accident analysis section

15.2.4 Uncontrolled Boron Dilution.

F. TVAdrawings

1. 47W809-1 CVCS flow diagram

2. 47W809-2 eves flow diagram

3. 47W819-1 Primary water flow diagram

4. 45N662-2 CVCS Schematic diagram

5. 45N703-5 Wiring diagram, 125V Vital Battery Bd I

6. 45N703-7 Wiring diagram, 125V Vital Battery Bd III

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 6 of 12

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

A. A specific clearance must be issued to include all valves listed in the appendix

that is performed. This ensures positive administrative control of valving which

could result in an uncontrolled dilution event.

B. After the initial performance of this instruction the clearance procedure may be

utilized to verify valve positions in subsequent performances.

C. The clearance procedure may be utilized for verification per SPP-10.3 for

removal and return to normal of equipment.

D. Failure to observe all posted RADCON requirements may lead to unnecessary

Radiation Absorbed Doses.

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 7 of 12

Unit

Date-----

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS

NOTE

Throughout this Instruction where an IFITHEN statement exists, the

step should be N/A if condition does not exist.

US/SRO

4.1

Preliminary Actions

[1]

ENSURE the Instruction to be used is a copy of the

effective version, AND

ENSURE Data Package Cover Sheet is attached.

[2]

ENSURE Precautions and Limitations, Section 3.0, has

been reviewed.

4.2*

Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies

None.

4.3

Field Preparations

None.'

4.4

Approvalsan.d Notifications

[1]

OBTAIN approval from the Unit (SRO) prior to beginning this

test.

-~---~------- /

Date

Time

5.0

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

A.

Specific quantitative and/or qualitative requirements that are intended to be

verified by this Instruction are noted in the instruction steps where the verifying

actions are performed and documented.

B.

If specific acceptance criteria stated in the instruction steps are not met, notify

the 8M as soon as practical after observation of the noncompliance.

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 8 of 12

Unit

Date-----

6.0

PERFORMANCE

[1]

IF Initial Performance of Instruction, THEN

REQUEST a clearance for valves listed in the

appendix that is to be performed.

[2]

IDENTIFY the appendix to be performed.

A. Appendix A

B. Appendix B

C. Appendix C

D. Appendix 0

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

At least one set of valves listed on

Appendix A, B, C, or 0 Closed and under,Administrative control

(Administrative control maintained by SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.)

[3]

COMPLETE the desired Appendix, AND

E'NSURE Clearance tags placed in accordance with

SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.

7.0

POST PER'FORMANCE ACTIVITIES

[1]

DELIVER SI package to US/SRO for review and

approval.

D

D

D

D

SQN

0-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 9 of 12

Unit---,----

HOLD ORDER NO.----

APPENDIX A

Page 1 of1

Date----

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

VALVE NO.

POSITION

INITIALS

Primary Water

690 pipe chase

Closed &

Valve to

in corner

81-536

tagged

containment

behind CCPIT

Cation Demin

690 CVCS

Closed &

Bed Outlet

demin reach

62-916

tagged

rod area

Mixed Bed

690 CVCS

Closed &

Demin Outlet

demin reach

62-922

tagged

rod area

BA Blend PW

690 Blender

Closed &

Supply

area near

62-933

tagged

L-43 panel

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or 0

Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2,

Clearance Program.)

SQN

0-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 10 of 12

Unit---

HOLD ORDER NO.----

APPENDIX

B

Page 1 of 1

Date----

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

VALVE NO.

POSITION

INITIALS

Primary Water

690 pipe chase

81-536

Closed &

Valve to

in corner behind

tagged

containment

CCPIT

Cation Demin

690 cves demin

62-916

Closed &

Bed Outlet

re-ach rod area

tagged

Mix Bed Demin

690 evcs demin

62-922

Closed &

Outlet

reach rod area

tagged

Boric Acid to

690 hallway to

62-696

Closed &

VCT outlet

VCT room

tagged

Primary Water

690 blender area

62-940

Closed &

to chemical

tagged

mixing tank

Manual

690 blender area

62-929

Closed &

Emergency

(day-glo green)

tagged

Borate valve

Emergency

690 blender area

62-932

Closed &

boration flush

(day-glo orange)

tagged

valve

690 blender area

VCT Bypass

Fuse location'"

Closed &

Flow

Unit 1 - 125V Vital

FCV-62-12-8

tagged

BattBd I A28

(Fuses Removed)

Unit 2 - 125V Vital

Batt Bd III A28

(1) Only the applicable unit's fuses need to be removed and tagged.

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or D

Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2,

Clearance Program).

SQN

0-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 11 of 12

APPENDIX C

Unit---

HOLD ORDER NO. ------

Page 1 of 1

Date-----

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

VALVE NO.

POSITION

INITIALS

Primary Water

690 pipe chase

81-536

Closed &

Valve to

in corner

tagged

containment

behind CCPIT

CAT Bed

690 CVCS62-921

Closed &

Demin Flush

demin reach

tagged

rod area

Mix Bed

690 CVCS62-914

Closed &

Demin B Flush

demin reach

tagged

rod area

Mix Bed

690 CVCS62-907

Closed &

Demin A Flush

demin reach

tagged

rod area

BA Blend

690 blender

62-933

Closed &

PW Supply

area near

tagged

1-L-43 panel

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or D

Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance

Program).

SQN

0-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 12 of 12

Unit---

HOLD ORDER NO. --.--------

APPENDIX'

D

Page 1 of 1

Date---

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

VALVE NO.

POSITION

INITIALS

Primary Water

690 pipe chase

81-536

Closed &

Valve to

in corner behind

tagged

containment

CCPIT

Primary Water

690 CVCS demin

62-907

Closed &

to Mixed Bed

reach rod area

tagged

Dernin A

Mix Bed Demin

690 CVCS demin

62-914

Closed &

B Flush

reach rod area

tagged

CAT Bed

690 CVCS demin

62-921

Closed &

Demin Flush

reach rod area

tagged

Blender outlet

69*0 hallway to

62-696

Closed &

to VCT outlet

VCT room

tagged

Primary Water

6'90 blender area

62-940

Closed &

to chemical

tagged

mixing tank

Manual

690 blender area

62-929

Closed &

Emergency

(day-glo green)

tagged

Borate valve

Emergency

690

62-932

Closed &

boration flush

blender area

tagged

valve

(day-glo orange)

690 blender area

VCT Bypass

Fuse location'"

Flush

Closed &

Unit 1 - 125V Vital

FCV-62-128

tagged

Batt Bd I A28

(Fuses Removed)

Unit 2 - 125V Vital

BattBd III A28

(1) Only the applicable unit's fuses need to be removed and tagged.

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or 0

Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance

Program).

JPM # 61AP2

Page 1 of 8

Rev. 6

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

In-Plant JPM - B.1.k

JPM# 61AP2

TRANSFER 480V SD BOARD 2A1-A

F'ROM NORMAL TO A.LTERNATE SUPPLY

PREPARED/

REVISED BY:

VALIDATED BY:

APPROVED BY:

(Operations Training Manager)

Date/

.

Date/

Date/

CONCURRED:

(Operations Representative)

Date/

  • Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that

do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect the flow of

the JPM.

    • Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the

flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).

JPM # 61AP2

Page 2 of 8

Rev. 6

I

NUCLEAR TRAINING

REVISION/USAGE LOG

REVISION

DESCRIPTION OF

V

DATE

PAGES

PREPARED/

NUMBER

REVISION

AFFECTED

REVISED BY:

0

Initial issue. Revised JPM #61AP to apply

Y

12/17/01

All

L. Pauley

to 480V SDBD 2Al-A. Used for 2000

HLT audit exam. Validation N/A based on

JPM 61AP.

1

Revised per recent revisions to 2-S0-201-

N

8/20/02

4,5

J P Kearney

1; No impact on JPM flow

Pen/ink

Update references only.

N

11/04/03

2,4

T. E. Pitchford

2

Incorporated AUO feedback.

N

8/30/04

All

MG Croteau

3

Updated to current revision.

N

10/04/05

All

MG Croteau

4

Incorporated AUG feedback.

N

11/16/05

All

MG Croteau

5

Update to current revision

N

10105/2006

2,4,5,8

M. D. Lackey

6

Modified cue and steps

V*- Specify if the JPM change will require another validation (Y or N).

See cover sheet for criteria.

JPM # 61AP2

Page 3 of 8

Rev. 6

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

AUO/RO/SRO

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

Task:

Transfer 480V SO Board 2A1-A from Normal to Alternate Supply

JAlTA TASK #: 0620120104

KIA Ratings:

062A2.05 (2.9/3.3)

062A3.05 (3.5/3.6)

(AUO)

062A4.04 (2.6/2.7)

2.1.20 (4.3/4.2)

Task Standard:

480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A fails to transfer from Normal to Alternate Supply. Operator recloses

normal breaker.

Evaluation Method :

Simulator---

In-Plant

x

================================================~======================

Performer:

Performance Rating:

SAT

Evaluator:

NAME

UNSAT

SIGNATURE

Performance Time

DATE

Start Time

_

Finish Time

_

=======================================================================

COMMENTS

JPM # 61AP2

Page 4 of 8

Rev. 6

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:

1.

Critical steps identified by an asterisk (*)

2.

Sequenced steps identified by an "s"

3.

Any UNSAT requires comments

4.

SM approval will be required to enter the "Trip Hazard Zone" near the 480V

SOBO 2A1-A.

5.

Ensure arc flash distance and PPE requirements met.

6.

Role playas second person to complete transfer as directed by the operator.

7.

Ensure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;

a. Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.

b. Reviews the intended action and expected response.

c. Compares the actual response to the expected response.

Valldation Time: CR.---

Local

10 mins

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

2-S0-201-1, Section 8.1.

References:

Reference

2-S0-201-1

Title

480V .Shutdown Boards


~--------------------------~---------------------------------


~-------------~---~----~----~~--------------------~---

READ TO *OPERATOR

Directions to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated

for this JPM. WHEN ENTERING A UNIT TRIP HAZARD ZONE ENSURE YOU DO NOT

TOUCH ANY SWITCHES*WITHIN THAT ZONE. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any

steps to be discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job

performance measure will be satisfied.

Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your

assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I

provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Both units are at 100% power. All 6.9 kV shutdown boards are being supplied from their normal

feeders.

Electrical maintenance has to perform an inspection on the normal supply breaker on the 480V

shutdown board -2A1-A

All equipment is available and operable.

All prerequisites are completed.

All Arc Flash requirements for protective clothing are met.

INITIATING CUES:

You are the Control Room AU*O. Electrical maintenance is ready to perform the inspection of the

normal feeder breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A.

You are to transfer 480V shutdown board 2A1-A to its alternate supplies utilizing 2-S0-201-1

section 8.1.

When 480V shutdown board 2A1-A is aligned to its alternate supply, inform Unit 2 SRO and

he/she will notify Electrical Maintenance that they may proceed with their inspection.

Job Performance Checklist:

STEP/STANDARD

JPM # 61AP2

Page 5 of 8

REV. 6

SAT/UNSAT

STEP1.:

Obtain a copy of the appropriate procedure.

SAT

-

Cue:

If operator addresses TI-300 for Arc Flash required clothing, state

-

UNSAT

"All ARC Flash Requirements are met. "

Start Time--

STANDARD:

Operator obtains a copy of 2-S0~201-1, Section 8.1.

STEP 2.:-

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9kV Feed to 480V Shutdown Board

SAT

-

Alternate Transformer 2A-A (6.9kV SD Bd 2A-A Compt. 5) CLOSED.

-

UNSAT

Cue:

If asked, Red indicating light for alternate supply breaker is

illuminated and/or breaker has a "RED" target.

STANDARD:

Operator ensures 6.9kV Feed to 480V Shutdown Board Alternate

Transformer 2A-A is closed.

STEP 3.:

VERIFY (2BCTB-201-DO/5B-A) Breaker 52E, Alternate Supply Breaker

-

SAT

(Emergency) from Transformer 2A-A OPEN (480V SDBD 2A2-A, Compt

58).

-

UNSAT

Cue."

If asked, Green indicating light for alternate supply breaker is

illuminated and/or breaker has a "GREEN" target inside panel.

STANDARD:

Check 2A-AAlternate Supply Transformer to 480V shutdown board 2A2-

A open locally at 480V shutdown board 2A2-A Compt 5B. green target

STEP 4.:

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been completed.

-

SAT

Cue:

After operator identifies the need to check the Configuration Log

-

UNSAT

Book, then CUE that the checklist has no deviations.

STANDARD:

Operator ensures power checklist is complete by checking the

Configuration Log Book in the MCR.

STEP 5.:

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A-A Alternate Supply Transformer

-

SAT

(480V SDBD 2A1-A Compt 5A).

-

UNSAT

Cue:

Al/3-phases voltage - 490V.

STANDARD:

Check voltage ~. 456 V but ~. 504 volts.

Job Performance Checklist:

STEP/STANDARD

JPM # 61AP2

Page 6 of 8

REV. 6

SAT/UNSAT

NOTE:

The following steps take two people, role playas the second party

and perform actions as directed by the operator. Failure to perform

the next two steps in sequence will result in de-energizing the

board. If operator asks for a CV tell them that they are to proceed as

if a CV was present.

Evaluator Note:

During performance of this and the next step:

If evaluator is stationed at control switch for alternate feeder breaker;

Cue:

A*fter being instructed how to place and hold switch in the CLOSE

position, cue that the switch isin the Close position.

If stationed at the breaker for the Normal feeder breaker;

Cue:

After being instructed how to place the switch in the TRIP position,

cue that the switch is in the TRIP position

-

SAT

STEP *6. S:

PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A) 52E Alternate Supply Breaker

-

UNSAT

(Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE position and hold until step [5]

is complete (Campt 5A).

Critical step

Cue:

Alternate feederACB has GREEN light still illuminated and a red flag

above the handswitch.

STANDARD:

HS-52E on alternate supply breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A

turned and held in CLOSED position.

STE*P *7~ S:

PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal*Supply Breaker Control

-

SAT

Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).

-

UNSAT

Cue:

Normal feeder ACB has GREEN light illuminated and alternate feeder

ACB has GREEN light illuminated. (Breaker did not close)

Alternate Path

Critical step

STANDARD:

Places HS-52N, Normal Supply Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP

position..

STEP 8.:

Verify (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A)52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)

-

SAT

Closed and (2-BCTB--201-DN/1B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker OPEN.

-

UNSAT

Cue:

ACB 52E Green light LIT, ACB 52N Green light LIT.

If asked, ACB 52N opening sound was heard, but no closing sound

was heard from ACB 52E.

Cue:

If operator checks. board voltage (Compt 6). It is Zero.

STANDARD:

Operator attempts to verify alternate ACB 52E CLOSED and normal ACB

52N OPEN and recognizes alternate breaker did not close.

Job Performance Checklist:

STEP/STANDARD

JPM # 61AP2

Page 7 of 8

REV. 6

SAT/UNSAT

STEP *9.:

IF (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A) 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,

-

SAT

THEN PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker

Control Switch to the CLOSE position (Compt 1A), AND VERIFY (2-

-

UNSAT

BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker CLOSED.

Critical step

NOTE:*

Operator should ensure 52E handswitch has been released prior to

reclosing normal feeder breaker.

Cue:

When ACB 52N control switch is placed in the CLOSED position:

"ACS 52N Red light is LIT and closing sound was heard".

STANDARD:

Operator closes 52N and verifies it is closed.

STEP 10.:

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)

-

SAT

Cue:

Al13-phases voltage - 490V.

-

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator checks board voltage ~ 456 V but ~ 504 volts.

STEP 11.:

Inform Unit 2 SRO that board failed to transfer, and the normal breaker

-

SAT

has been re-closed.

-

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator notifies Unit 2SRO of the failure of the board to transfer.

Stop Time__

I

END OF JPM

READ TO OPERATOR

Directions to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps

shall be simulated for this JPM. WHEN ENTERING AUNIT TRIP HAZARD

ZONE ENSURE YOU DO NOT TOUCH ANY SWITCHES WITHIN THAT ZONE.

I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you

complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure

will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned

task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout

sheet I provided you.

INITIAL.CONDIT.IONS:

Both units are at 100% power. All 6.9 kV shutdown boards are being supplied

from their normal feeders.

Electrical maintenance has to perform an inspection on the normal feeder

breaker on the 480V shutdown board 2A1-A

All equipment is available and operable.

All prerequisites are completed.

All Arc Flash requirements for protective clothing are met

.INITIATING CUES:

You are the Control Room AUO. Electrical maintenance is ready to perform the

inspection of the normal feeder breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A.

You are to transfer 480V shutdown board 2A1-A to its alternate supply utilizing 2-

80-201-1 section 8.1.

When 480V shutdown board 2A1-A is aligned to its alternate supply, inform Unit

2 8RO and he/she will notify Electrical Maintenance that they may proceed with

their inspection.

TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE

2-50-201-1

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

Revision 20

QUALITY RELATED

PREPARED BY:

DARRELL W. LUNSFORD

RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION:

OPERATIONS

APPROVED BY:

W. T. LEARY

EFFECTIVE DATE:

06/12/06

LEVEL OF USE:

CONTINUOUS USE

REVISION

DESCRIPTION:

Reversed two steps in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4 to ensure

power checklist is complete before verifying voltage and added a

note that the remainder of the instruction will be performed at the

respective board per NB051011. Corrected typo on 2-201-1.05

per NB050534. Added Note 5 in Section 8.1 that during board

transfer, power interruption to C&A Vent Bd 2A1-A may cause "A"

Shutdown Bd Rm Chiller to trip per RT060202 (PER98065/98292).

These are minor editorial changes.

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 2 of 60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 1 of 2

Section Title

TABLE OF CONTENTS

.

1.0

INTRODUCTION

.

Page

2

4

1.1

Purpose

4

1.2

Scope............................................................................................................

4

2.0

REFERENCES.............................

4

2.1

Performance References..............................................................................

4

2.2

Developmental References...........................................................................

4

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS............................................................

6

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS

7

5.0

STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS

9

5.1

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal Supply...................

9

5.2

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal Supply...................

12

5.3

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal Supply...................

15

5.4.

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal Supply...................

18

5.5

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate Supply................

21

5.6

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate Supply................

24

5.7

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate Supply................

27

5.8

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 282-B From Alternate Supply................

30

6.0

NORMAL OPERATION

33

7.0

SHUTDOWN.................................................................................................

34

7.1

De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A................................................

34

7.2

De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A................................................

36

7.3

De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-8................................................

38

7.4

De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8................................................

40

8.0

INFREQUENT OPERATION

42

8.1

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to

Alternate Power Supply................................................................................

42

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 3 of 60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 2 of 2

Section Title

Page

8.2

8.3

8.4

8.5

8.6

8.7

8.8

9.0

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to

Alternate Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to

Alternate Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to

Alternate Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate to

Normal Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to

Normal Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to

Normal Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to

Normal Power Supply

.

RECORDS

.

44

46

48

51

53

55

57

59

SOURCE NOTES

60

ATTACHMENTS

ATTACHMENT 1:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.01

ATTACHMENT 2:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.02

ATTACHMENT 3:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.03

ATTACHMENT 4:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.04

ATTACHMENT 5:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.05

ATTACHMENT 6:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.06

ATTACHMENT 7:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.07

ATTACHMENT 8:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.08

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 4 of 60

1.0

INTRODUCTION

1.1

Purpose

This instruction provides the steps necessary for the normal operation of the Unit 2

480V Shutdown Boards.

1.2

Scope

This instruction provides the precautions and actions for energizing the Unit 2

480V Shutdown Boards from their normal sources, transferring power sources, and

shutdown of the boards for maintenance or testing.

2.0

REFERENCES

2.1

Performance References

None

2.2

Developmental References

A.

Procedures

1.

0-GO-6-1, Electrical Apparatus Operations

2.

0-SO-250-1, 125 Volt DC Vital Power System

3.

0-SO-202-4, 6900V Shutdown Boards

4.

OPDP-7, Fuse Control

5.

SOI-201.2, 480V Auxiliary Building Electrical Boards

6.

SSP-12.6, Equipment Status Verification and Checking

Program

B.

TVA Drawings

1.

45N749-1 through 4

2.

45N779-1 through 4

3.

45N765-1 and 2

4.

45N703-1 through 4

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 5 of 60

2.2

Developmental References (continued)

C.

FSAR

1.

Section 8.0, Electric Power

2.

Section 7.0, Instrumentation and Controls

3.

Section 15.2.7, Loss of Electrical Load and/or Turbine

Trip

4.

Section 15.2.9, Loss of Off-Site Power to the Station

Auxiliaries

5.

Section 15.5.1, Environmental Consequences of a

Postulated Loss of AC Power to the Plant Auxiliaries

D.

Technical Specifications

1.

LCO 3.8.2.1

2.

LCO 3.8.2.2 '

3.

LCO 3.8.1.1

4.

LCO 3.8.1.2

End of Section 2.2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 6 of 60

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

A.

Protective relaying shall be in service and trip circuit supply

energized before energizing a feeder or bus.

B.

When replacing fuses use only exact replacement or

acceptable substitute in accordance with OPDP-7.

C.

When racking in or out 480V circuit breakers, for personnel

safety and to ensure operability, operate in accordance with

0-GO-10.

D.

Protective grounds will be removed before energizing a

feeder bus.

E.

When working with or around electrical components, for

personnel safety and to ensure operability, conduct should

be in accordance with the Sequoyah Health and Safety

Manual,Section IV.

F.

Alignment of a 480V Shutdown Board to feed from the

Alternate Supply Breaker is acceptable, if the spare 480V

transformer is utilized to power only one 480V shutdown

board at a time.

G.

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed, the 8M or his representative must perform a

walkdown on the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

H.

Prior to transferring (normal to alternate or alternate to

normal) the 480v Shutdown Boards that are aligned to feed

the 1-IV and 2-IV Vital Inverters, the Control Rod Drive

System for the affected unit shall be placed in manual rod

control. Note that rod control system alarms may occur

during transfer operation. (REF. SQ993258PER)

End of Section 3.0

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 7 of 60

Date---

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

Throughout this instruction where an IF/THEN

statement exists, the step should be N/A if

condition does NOT exist.

Throughout this instruction, voltage

verification serves as independent verification

for all breaker operation.

[1]

ENSURE instruction to be used is a copy of effective version.

[2]

ENSURE Section 3.0, Precautions and Limitations has

been reviewed.

[3]

IF removing a board from service, THEN

NOTIFY Unit 8RO to evaluate applicable LCOs.

[4]

IF returning equipment to service after a clearance,

THEN

ENSURE protective safety grounds have been removed

before energizing any bus.

NOTE

The following lists are not intended to be all-inclusive.

15E500 series drawings and applicable procedures

should be reviewed for particular circumstances.

[5]

REVIEW the applicable 80s for potential impacts.

Unit Two 480V Shutdown Boards

Reactor MOV Boards

2-80-201-2

C & A Vent Boards

2-S0-201-3

Reactor Vent Boards

2-80-201-4

DG Auxiliary Boards

2-S0-201-8

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 8 of 60

Date

_

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS (CONTINUED)

[6]

EVALUATE the following panels, and systems which are

associated with board listed for possible impacts.

Shutdown Board 2A2-A

Rad Mon &Samp Dist Pnl

Fire Prot Dist Pnl

[7]

ENSURE each performer documents their name and

initials:

Print Name

Initials

[8]

INDICATE below which performance section of this

instruction will be used and the reason for this performance:

o

5.0

STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS

o

6.0

NORMAL OPERATION

D

7.0

SHUTDOWN

D

8.0

INFREQUENT OPERATION

REASON

_

End of Section 4.0

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 9 of 60

Date

_

5.0

STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS

5.1

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply

CAUTION

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally

supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.

This Instruction section provides for normal

source feed establishment. Alternate source

feed is covered in Section 8.0.

All steps in this section refer to 480V

Shutdown Board 2A1-A unless specifically

stated otherwise.

[1]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.

[2]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III

ENERGIZED.

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[5]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been

PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 1, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.01.

B.

Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.02.

/

-1-

st - --cv

/

-1-

st - --cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 10 of 60

Date

5.1

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)

[6]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Overcurrent

Relays SO/51

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Ground

Relay 50G

/

1st

IV

[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (Compt 3 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2A-A).

-/

1st

CV

[8]

MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2A-A).

[9]

VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.

(Compt 1A)

[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA)

/

1st

IV

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A)

/

1st

IV

[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N, Normal Supply

Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.

/

1st

CV

[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 11 of 60

Date----

5.1

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)

[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A for ground

indication.

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The following steps [14] through [17] may be

marked N/A if currently performed in section

5.2.

Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the

fan circuit of either transformer 2A 1-A

(Normal) or 2A2-A (Alternate) and is operable

when the selected transformer's fan circuit is

operable.

[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 2Aof 480V Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay

50G

/

1st

IV

/

1st

IV

[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

/

1st

cv

[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.1

NOTE 2

NOTE 1

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 12 of 60

Date

_

5.2

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply

CAUTION

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally

supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.

This Instruction section provides for normal

source feed establishment. Alternate source

feed is covered in Section 8.0.

All steps in this section refer to 480V

Shutdown Board 2A2-A unless specifically

stated otherwise.

[1]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.

[2]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III

ENERGIZED.

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[5]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been

PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 3, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.03.

B.

Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.04.

/

-1s-t

- ---cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 13 of 60

Date

5.2

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)

[6]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (Compt 4 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2A-A).

/

1st

CV

[8]

MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 4 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2A-A).

[9]

VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply Breaker.

(Compt. 1A).

[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A).

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1B-Al 52N, Normal Supply

Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.

/

1st

CV

[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

D

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 14 of 60

Date----

5.2

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)

[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A for ground

indication.

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The following steps [14] through [17] may be

marked N/A if currently performed in section

5.2.

Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the

fan circuit of either transformer 2A1-A

(Normal) or 2A2-A (Alternate) and is operable

when the selected transformers fan circuit is

operable.

[14] ENSURE selector switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 2A of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay

50G.

[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

/

1st

CV

[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 15 of 60

Date

_

5.3

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply

CAUTION

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally

supplied from 2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board.

This Instruction section provides for normal

source feed establishment. Alternate source

feed is covered in Section 8.0.

All steps in this section refer to 480V

Shutdown Board 2B1-B unless specifically

stated otherwise.

[1]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.

[2]

VERIFY 125VVitai Battery Boards II and IV

ENERGIZED.

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[5]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been

PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 5, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.05.

B.

Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.06.

/

-15-t ----cv

/

-15-t ----cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 16 of 60

Date

_

5.3

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)

[6]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[7]

CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B (Compt 3 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2B-B).

/

-1-

st -

---cv

[8]

MONITOR ammeter minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2B-B).

[9]

VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.

(Compt. 1A).

[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A).

/

1st

IV

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

/

1st

IV

[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N, Normal Supply

Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.

/

1st

CV

[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B for ground

indication.

D

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 17 of 60

Date

_

5.3

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The following steps [14] through [17] may be

marked N/A if currently performed in section

5.4.

Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the

fan circuit of either transformer 2B1-B

(Normal) or 2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable

when the selected transformer's fan circuit is

operable.

[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 1C of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 28-B).

/

1st

cv

[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

Initials

End of Section 5.3

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 18 of 60

Date

_

5.4

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply

CAUTION 1

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

NOTE 1

480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally

supplied from 2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board.

This Instruction section provides for normal

source feed establishment. Alternate source

feed is covered in Section 8.0.

NOTE 2

All steps in this section refer to 480V

Shutdown Board 2B2-B unless specifically

stated otherwise.

[1]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.

[2]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards II and IV

ENERGIZED.

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[5]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been

PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 7, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.07.

B.

Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.08.

/

-1s-t ---cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 19 of 60

Date

5.4

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)

[6]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1

st

IV

[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (Compt 4 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 28-8).

/

1st

CV

[8]

MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2B-B).

[9]

VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.

(Compt 1A).

[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-B] 52N, Normal Supply

Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.

/

1st

CV

[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8 for ground

indication.

D

Date

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 20 of 60

5.4

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The following steps [14] through [17] may be marked N/A if

currently performed in section 5.3.

Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the fan circuit of

either transformer 2B1-B (Normal) or 2B2-B (Alternate) and is

operable when the selected transformer's fan circuit is

operable.

[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 1C of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2B-B).

[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.4

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 21 of 60

Date----

5.5

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply

CAUTION

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally

supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.

This Instruction section provides for alternate

source feed establishment.

All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown Board

2A1-A unless specifically stated otherwise.

The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is designed to

supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers

are NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both

breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.

[1]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A Compt 5B).

[2]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.

[3]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III ENERGIZED.

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 1, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.01.

B.

Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.02.

/

-1-

st - ---cv

/

-1-

st - ---cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 22 of 60

Date

_

5.5

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

NOTE

Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the fan

circuit of either transformer 2A1-A (Normal) or 2A2-A

(Alternate) and is operable when the selected

transformer's fan circuit is operable.

[7]

ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 2A of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[8]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51

4.80V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay

50G

/

1st

IV

/

1st

IV

[9]

CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2A-A).

/

1st

cv

[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2A-A).

[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.

(Compt SA)

[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

B.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A)

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A)

/

1st

IV

/

1st

IV

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 23 of 60

Date

5.5

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E, Alternate Supply

Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.

/

1st

cv

[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)

[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A for ground

indication.

[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Overcurrent

Relays SO/51

/

1st

IV*

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Ground

Relay SOG

/

1st

IV

[17] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A] 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (Compt 3 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A) CLOSED.

/

1st

CV

[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.5

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 24 of 60

Date

_

5.6

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply

CAUTION

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the 8M/8M representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally supplied from

2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section

provides for alternate source feed establishment.

All steps inthis section refer to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-

A unless specifically stated otherwise.

NOTE 3

The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is designed to

supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers are

NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both breakers

are NOT closed simultaneously.

[1]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A Compt 5B).

[2]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.

[3]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III

ENERGIZED.

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 3, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.03.

B.

Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.04.

I

-1s-t

- ---cv

I

-1s-t ----cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 25 of60

Date

_

5.6

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

NOTE

Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the fan

circuit of either transformer 2A1-A (Normal) or 2A2-A

(Alternate) and is operable when the selected

transformers fan circuit is operable.

[7]

ENSURE selector switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 2A of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[8]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51 .

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[9] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2A-A).

/

1st

cv

[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2A-A).

[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.

(Compt. 5A).

[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 26 of 60

Date

5.6

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E, Alternate Supply

Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.

/

1st

cv

[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A for ground

indication.

D

[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay

50G.

[17]ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A) CLOSED.

/

1st

cv

[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.6

NOTE 2

NOTE 1

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 27 of 60

Date

_

5.7

Energizing 480V Shutdown- Board 2B1-B From its Alternate Supply

CAUTION

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally supplied from

2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section

provides for alternate source feed establishment.

All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown

Board 2B1-B unless specifically stated otherwise.

NOTE 3

The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to

supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers are

NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both

breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.

[1]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B Compt 5B).

[2]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.

[3]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards II and IV ENERGIZED.

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 5, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.05.

B.

Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.06.

/

-1s-t ---cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 28 of 60

Date

_

5.7

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

NOTE

Transformer 28-8 fan circuit is parallel to the fan

circuit of either transformer 281-8 (Normal) or

2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable when the

selected transformer's fan circuit is operable.

[7]

ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 1C of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2B2-8- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[8]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-8).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent

Relays SO/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[9]

CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 28-B).

/

-1-

st -

---cv

[10] MONITOR ammeter minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 28-8).

[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-Bl 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.

(Compt. SA).

[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).

/

1st

IV

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

/

1st

IV

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 29 of60

End of Section 5.7

Date

_

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 30 of 60

5.8

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply

CAUTION

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally supplied from

2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section

provides for alternate source feed establishment.

All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown Board

2B2-B unless specifically stated otherwise.

The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to

supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers

are NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both

breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.

[1]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B Compt 5B).

[2]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.

[3]

VERIFY 125VVitai Battery Boards II and IV ENERGIZED.

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 7, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.07.

B.

Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.08.

/

-1s-t

- ---cv

/

-1s-t ----cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 31 of 60

Date

_

5.8

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

NOTE

Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the fan

circuit of either transformer 2B1-B (Normal) or

2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable when the

selected transformer's fan circuit is operable.

[7]

ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable source

(Compt 1C of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[8]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[9] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-B] 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2B-B).

/

1st

cv

[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2B-B).

[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.

(Compt 5A).

[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 32 of60

Date

5.8

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E, Alternate Supply

Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.

/

1st

cv

[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B for ground

indication.

D

[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[17] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B) CLOSED.

[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.8

/

-1-

st - ---cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 33 of 60

Date----

6.0

NORMAL OPERATION

The 480V Shutdown Boards are normally all four energized from 2A-A, and 2B-B,

6900V Shutdown Boards. Technical Specification operability requires the boards

to be energized with ties between redundant boards open, with normal power

supplies available.

End of Section 6.0

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 34 of 60

Date

_

7.0

SHUTDOWN

7.1

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A

NOTE

This board will NOT normally be deenergized

while the unit is in operation.

[1]

ENSURE the following have been transferred to their

alternate supply.

A.

480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A

B.

480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board

2A1-A

C.

480V Reactor Vent Board 2A-A

D.

480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2A1-A

E.

480V Vital Transfer SW Channel III in

accordance with 0-SO-250-1

[2]

EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1

and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.

NOTE

Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.02 lists all loads feeding

from the 480V Shutdown Board2A1-A.

[3]

ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown

Board 2A1-A can be SECURED.

D

D

D

D

D

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 35 of 60

Date

_

7.1

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A (Continued)

[4]

PERFORM Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Boards

Power Checklist 2-201-1.02.

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[7]

IF deenergizing Transformer 2A1-A is desired, THEN

I

-1-

st -


cv

I

-1-

st -


cv

OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-Al 6900V Breaker feeding

Transformer (6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A Compt 3).

I

1st

CV

End of Section 7.1

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 36 of 60

Date----

7.2

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A

NOTE

This board will NOT normally be deenergized

while the unit is in operation.

[1]

ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger 2-S is NOT in service.

[2]

ENSURE the following 480V Boards have been

transferred to their alternate supply.

D

A.

B.

C.

480V Reactor MOV Board 2A2-A

480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board

2A2-A

480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2A2-A

D

D

D

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

[3]

EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1

and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

NOTE

Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.04 lists all loads feeding

from the 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.

[4]

ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown

Board 2A2-A can be SECURED.

[5]

PERFORM Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Boards

Power Checklist 2-201-1.04.

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 37 of 60

Date

_

7.2

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A

(Continued)

[6]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt 58).

[7]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 18).

[8]

IF deenergizing Transformer 2A2-A is desired, THEN

/

-1-

5t -

---cv

/

-1-

5t -

---cv

OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6900V Breaker feeding

the Transformer

(6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A Compt 4).

/

15t

CV

End of Section 7.2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 38 of 60

Date----

7.3

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 281-8

NOTE

This board will NOT normally be deenergized

while the unit is in operation.

[1]

ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger 2-S is NOT in service.

[2]

ENSURE the following 480V Boards have been

transferred to their alternate supply.

D

A.

B.

C.

D.

480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B

480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board

2B1-B

480V Reactor Vent Board 2B-B

480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 281-B

D

D

D

D

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

[3]

EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1

and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.

NOTE

Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.06 lists all loads feeding

from the 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.

[4]

ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown

Board 2B1-B can be SECURED.

[5]

PERFORM Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.06

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 39 of 60

Date

_

7.3

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B (Continued)

[6]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B~B] 52E Alternate Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[7]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-8] 52N Normal Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[8]

IF deenergizing Transformer 2B1-B is desired, THEN

/

-1-

st - --cv

/

-1-

st - --cv

OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B] 6900V Breaker feeding the

Transformer

(690QV Shutdown Board 2B-B Compt 3).

I

1st

CV

End of Section 7.3

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 40 of 60

Date

_

7.4

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B

NOTE

This board will NOT normally be deenergized

while the unit is in operation.

[1]

ENSURE the following have been transferred to their

alternate supply.

C. 480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2B2-B

D. 480V Vital Transfer SW Channel IV in accordance

with 0-SO-250-1

A.

B.

480V Reactor MOV Board 2B2-B

480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board

2B2-B

D

D

D

D

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

[2]

EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1

and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

NOTE

Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.08 lists all loads feeding

from the 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.

[3]

ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown

Board 2B2-B can be SECURED.

[4]

PERFORM Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.08.

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 41 of 60

Date

_

7.4

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B (Continued)

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[7]

IF deenergizing Transformer 2B2-B is desired, THEN

I

-1-

st - ---cv

I

-1-

st - ---cv

OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-Bl 6900V Breaker feeding the

Transformer (6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B Compt 4).

I

1st

CV

End of Section 7.4

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 42 of 60

Date----

8.0

INFREQUENT OPERATION

8.1

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A1-A. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2A-A.

The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is

designed to supply only one board at a time.

Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the

operator must ensure both breakers are NOT

closed simultaneously.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

NOTE 5

NOTE 4

NOTE

Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due

to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High ".

If power is interrupted to C&A Vent Bd 2A1-A

during performance of this transfer, then

"A" Shutdown Bd Rm Chiller may trip.

[1]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (6.9KV SO Bd 2A-A

Compt. 5) CLOSED.

[2]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A

OPEN (480VShutdown Board 2A2-A Compt 5B).

[3]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been

COMPLETED.

The remaining steps in this instruction are

performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.

[4]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A- A Alternate

Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A

Compt SA).

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 43 of60

Date

8.1

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply (Continued)

NOTE

If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [8] will permit immediately closing

the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to

the board.

[5]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE

position and HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE(Compt

5A).

/

1st

cv

[6]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).

/

1st

cv

[7]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and

[2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker

OPEN.

[8]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails

to close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 1A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

/

1st

cv

[9]

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

End of Section 8.1

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 44 of 60

Date

_

8.2

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A2-A. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2A-A.

The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is

designed to supply only one board at a time.

Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the

operator must ensure both breakers are NOT

closed simultaneously.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

NOTE

[1]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (6.9KV SD Bd 2A-A

Compt. 5) CLOSED.

[2]

IF 2A2-A 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital

Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE),

THEN

ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1 .

Unit 1 RO

[3]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A Compt 5B).

[4]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03 has been

COMPLETED.

The remaining steps in this instruction are

performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.

[5]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A-A Alternate

Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A

Compt 5A).

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 45 of 60

Date

_

8.2 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to Alternate Power Supply

(Continued)

NOTE

If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [9] will permit immediately closing

the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to

the board.

[6]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE

position and HOLD until Step [8] is COMPLETE

(Compt 5A).

/

1st

cv

[7]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).

/

1st

cv

[8]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and

[2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker

OPEN.

[9]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails

to close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 1A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

/

1

st

cv

[10] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[11] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-80-85-1 at US/SM direction.

Unit 1 RO

END OF SECTION 8.2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 46 of 60

Date

_

8.3

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B1-B. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2B-B.

The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is

designed to supply only one board at a time.

Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the

operator must ensure both breakers are NOT

closed simultaneously.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

NOTE

[1]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2B-B

(6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B Compt. 5) CLOSED.

[2]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B Compt 5B).

[3]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.05 has been

COMPLETED.

The remaining steps in this instruction are

performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.

[4]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B-B Alternate

Supply Transformer (48QV Shutdown Board 2B1-B

Compt 5A).

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 47 of 60

Date

8.3

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply (Continued)

NOTE

If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [8] will permit immediately closing

the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to

the board.

[5]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE

position and HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE

(Compt 5A).

I

1st

cv

[6]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).

I

1st

cv

[7]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED

AND

[2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker

OPEN.

[8]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails

to close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 1A),

AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

I

1st

CV

[9]

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

End of Section 8.3

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 48 of60

Date

_

8.4

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply

CAUTION

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

NOTE 4

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B may result in

closing of the Main MSR Control Valves.

480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally fed from the

6900/480V Transformer 2B2-B. Its alternate power source is

the 6900/480V Transformer 2B-B.

The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to supply

only one board at a time. Since the breakers are NOT

interlocked, the operator must ensure both breakers are

NOT closed simultaneously.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due

to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High".

[1]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2B-B

(6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B Compt. 5) CLOSED.

[2]

IF 2B2-B 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital

Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (NORMAL), THEN

ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1 .

Unit 1 RO

[3]

IF Vital Inverter 2-IV is in service to 120v Vital

Instrument Power Board 2-IV (NORMAL), THEN

ENSURE Unit 2 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1

Unit 2 RO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 49 of 60

Date

_

8.4 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate

Power Supply (Continued)

[4]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B OPEN

(480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B Compt 5B).

[5]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07 has been

COMPLETED.

NOTE

The remaining steps in this instruction are

performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.

[6]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B-B Alternate

Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B

Compt 5A).

NOTE

If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [10] will permit immediately closing

the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to

the board.

[7]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE

position and HOLD until Step [9] is COMPLETE

(Compt 5A).

I

1st

CV

[8]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).

I

1st

CV

[9]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and

[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker

OPEN.

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 50 of 60

Date----

8.4 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate

Power Supply (Continued)

[10] IF [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails

to close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position (Compt

1A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

/

1st

-cv-

[11] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[12] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.

Unit 1 RO

[13] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 2 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.

Unit 2 RO

End of Section 8.4

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 51 of 60

Date

_

8.5

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply

NOTE 1

480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally fed from the

6900/480V Transformer 2A1-A. Its alternate power

source is the 6900/480V Transformer 2A-A.

NOTE 2

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

NOTE 3

Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due

to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High ".

[1]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been COMPLETED.

[2]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (6.9KV SD Bd 2A-A

Compt. 3) CLOSED.

[3]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A1-A Normal

Supply Transformer (Compt 1A).

NOTE

If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close, then Step

[7] will permit immediately closing the Alternate

Supply Breaker to restore power to the board.

[4]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and

HOLD until Step [6] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).

I

1st

CV

[5]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP

position (Compt 5A).

I

1st

CV

[6]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E

Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.

[7]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to

close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 5A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

I__

1st

CV

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 52 of 60

Date

_

8.5

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From

Alternate to Normal Power (continued)

[8]

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

End of Section 8.5

NOTE 2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 53 of 60

Date

_

8.6

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply

NOTE 1

480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A2-A. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2A-A.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

[1]

IF 2A2-A 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital

Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE) ,

THEN

ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1 .

Unit 1 RO

[2]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03 has been

COMPLETED.

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (6.9KV SO Bd 2A-A

Compt. 4) CLOSED.

[4]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A2-A Normal

Supply Transformer (Compt 1A).

NOTE

If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [8] will permit immediately closing

the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power

to the board.

[5]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and

HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).

/

1st

CV

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 54 of 60

Date

8.6

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply (continued)

[6]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP

position (Compt 5A).

/

1st

cv

[7]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E

Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.

[8]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,

THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 5A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

/

1st

cv

[9]

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[10] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.

End of Section 8.6

Unit 1 RO

NOTE 2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 55 of60

Date

_

8.7

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply

NOTE 1

480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B1-B. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2B-B.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

[1]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.05 has been

COMPLETED.

[2]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B

Compt. 3) CLOSED.

[3]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B1-B Normal

Supply Transformer. (Compt.1A)

NOTE

If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [7] will permit immediately closing

the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power

to the board.

[4]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and

HOLD until Step [6] is COMPLETE(Compt 1A).

/

1st

CV

[5]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP

position(Compt 5A).

/

1st

CV

[6]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E

Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 56 of 60

Date----

8.7

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply (Continued)

[7]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to

close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 5A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

I

1st

rsr:

[8]

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

End of Section 8.7

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 57 of 60

Date----

8.8

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply

CAUTION

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B may result in

closing of the Main MSR Control Valves.

NOTE 1

480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B2-B. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2B-B.

NOTE 2

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

NOTE 3

Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due

to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High".

[1]

IF 282-B 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital

Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (NORMAL),

THEN

ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1 .

Unit 1 RO

[2]

IF Vital Inverter 2-IV is in service to 120v Vital

Instrument Power Board 2-IV (NORMAL), THEN

ENSURE Unit 2 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1 .

Unit 2 RO

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B

Compt. 4) CLOSED.

[4]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07 has been

COMPLETED.

[5]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B2-B Normal

Supply Transformer. (Compt. 1A)

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 58 of 60

Date

8.8

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply (Continued)

NOTE

If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [9] will permit immediately closing

the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power

to the board.

[6]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and

HOLD until Step [8] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).

I

1st

cv

[7]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP

position (Compt 5A).

/

1st

cv

[8]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E

Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.

[9]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-Bl 52N Normal Supply Breaker

fails to close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 5A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

/

1st

CV

[10] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[11] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.

[12] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 2 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.

End of Section 8.8

Unit 1 RO

Unit 2 RO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 59 of 60

9.0

RECORDS

All completed copies of section 5, 7 or 8 will be sent to the Operations

Superintendent's Secretary.

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 60 of 60

SOURCE NOTES

REQUIREMENTS

STATEMENT

Procedures that do not contain

appropriate verification

requirements will be revised (not

annotated within procedure, since

the entire procedure must meet the

verification program requirements).

SOURCE

DOCUMENT

TROI NCO 970071001

IMPLEMENTING

STATEMENT

C.1